HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 7568 BRYAN AVE BRIDGE REPLACEMENT (2)SPECIFICATIONS
AND
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
BRYAN AVE BRIDGE REPLACEMENT
BID NO. 7568
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
NOVEMBER 12, 2013 – 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
970.221.6707
fcgov.com/purchasing
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Pages
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2
00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9
00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1
00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1
00510 Notice of Award 00510-0
00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6
00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1
00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1
00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2
00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2
00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1
00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2
00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: October 14, 2013
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at
the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on November 12, 2013, for the Bryan
Ave Bridge Replacement; BID NO. 7568. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North
Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O.
Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be
publicly opened and read aloud.
This project is a CDOT administered project with Federal funds being contributed. The
DBE goal is 9% and Davis Bacon Wages apply.
The CDOT Form 347, Certification of EEO Compliance, is no longer required to be submitted
in the bid package. This form certified that the contractor/proposed subcontractors were in
compliance with the Joint Reporting Committee EEO-1 form requirements. The EEO-1 Report
must still be submitted to the Joint Reporting Committee if the contractors and subcontractors
meet the eligibility requirements (29CFR 1602.7); we will, however, no longer require
certification. For additional information regarding these federal requirements, please refer to:
http://www.eeoc.gov/stats/jobpat/e1instruct.html.
The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 7568. The Work includes the
removal of an existing box culvert and replacing it with a new structure. Major work items
include: removal of existing box culvert, new cast-in-place box culvert, earthwork, urban design
components, concrete pavement, asphalt pavement, curb and sidewalk.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with the City of Fort Collins,
215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bid in response to all
invitations and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be
held at 10:00 AM, on October 24, 2013, in the Training Room (Conference Room 2E) at
215 N Mason Street, Fort Collins.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this
meeting.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at:
City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://www.fcgov.com/eprocurement
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General
Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond
guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the
performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening
Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the
form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have
a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material,
supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-
making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift,
gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has
or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited.
City of Fort Collins
Gerry S. Paul
Director of Purchasing & Risk Management
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings
assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits
a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms
"Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to
whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an
award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including
all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to
Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the
locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither
OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430
fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the
above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not
confer a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the
time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data,
a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of
authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each
Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where
the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the
contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in
Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in
determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1)
The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the
service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the
character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder,
(4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the
previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to
the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the
bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and
adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the
ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the
subject of the contract, and
(9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no
just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder
who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or
finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City
or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the
Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local
conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the
Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the
Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract
Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface
and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by
the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract
Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to
indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and
furnishing of the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be
submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications
considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by
Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of
the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda
will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal
effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the
Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of
Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as
having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the
amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a
certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form
enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon
Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of
Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder
will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have
reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier
of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day
after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be
returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within
seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially
complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set
forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in
the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be
furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the
Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and
consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be
supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal
subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained
within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request
the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an
increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any
substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors.
Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom
OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the
Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to
revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as
provided in the General Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or
other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The
use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the
Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained
by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must
be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence.
Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an
assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the corporate name.
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the
partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by
an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company
interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers
of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations,
or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by
the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so
initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be
shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and
shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid
No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security,
Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of
Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or
other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate
envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for
receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by
addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location
designated for receipt of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive
consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will
not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in
a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are
to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized
representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to
the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of
Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to
Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly as
indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major
alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but
OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to
that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract
terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming,
nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to
reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is
not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER.
Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct
sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether
or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit
prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of
Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the
Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider
the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees
of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work
when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and
financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other
persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the
award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the
evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the
lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for
sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice
of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening.
17.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers
the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required
Contract Security.
18.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written
Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall
sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached
documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter,
OWNER hall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is
to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.
19.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the
Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions.
20.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
21.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the
Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions is
available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's
office.
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that
suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify
that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as
a fuel.
22.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be
rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid
assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid.
23.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-addressed, self-stamped
envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the
Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
Place:
Date:
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , 20 and subject to
all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company,
Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of
Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract
Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid
Schedule or Bid Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in
good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for
the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and
conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the
detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which
have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum
of
($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to
Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and
a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days
from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at
the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which
the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment Bonds is as
follows: .
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their
individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or
appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items
listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through
.
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT COST TOTAL
201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1
202-00010 REMOVAL OF TREE EACH 2
202-00019 REMOVAL OF INLET EACH 1
202-00019 REMOVAL OF PIPE LF 50
202-00200 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK SY 87
202-00203 REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER LF 67
202-00210 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 45
202-00220 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT SY 356
202-00705 REMOVAL OF LIGHT STANDARD EA 1
202-01000 REMOVAL OF FENCE LF 28
203-00100 MUCK EXCAVATION CY 173
206-00000 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CY 491
206-00065 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (FLOWFILL) CY 46
206-00100 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1) CY 298
206-01750 SHORING (AREA 1) L S 1
208-00005 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 165
208-00034 GRAVEL BAG LF 40
208-00045 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EACH 1
208-00050 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH 2
208-00070 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EACH 1
208-00103 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF SEDIMENT (LABOR) HR 40
208-00106 SWEEPING (SEDIMENT REMOVAL) HR 5
208-00107 REMOVAL OF TRASH HR 5
208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR HR 120
211-03005 DEWATERING LS 1
212-00005 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 0.02
212-00032 SOIL CONDITIONING ACRE 0.5
212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION LS 1
213-00002 MULCHING (WEED FREE HAY) ACRE 0.02
216-00041 SOIL RETENTION BLANKET (STRAW/COCONUT) SY 444
304-06000 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (CLASS 6) TON 72
403-32721 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (75) (PG 58-28) TON 40
403-33721 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (75) (PG 58-28) TON 42
406-00700 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT SY 285
412-00800 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (8-INCH) SY 100
420-00507 GEOTEXTILE PAVING FABRIC SY 75
506-00000 RIP RAP CY 38
509-70000 STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE (SPECIAL) LF 228
514-00100 HAND RAIL LF 6
514-00200 PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL) LF 38
514-01020 PEDESTRIAN RAILING (TIMBER) LF 58
601-03030 CONCRETE CLASS D (BOX CULVERT) CY 50
601-03050 CONCRETE CLASS D (WALL) CY 114
601-40008 MOSS ROCK VENEER SF 1,200
601-40009 MOSS ROCK CAP LF 94
601-40400 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN SY 369
602-00020 REINFORCING STEEL (EPOXY COATED) LB 34,061
603-50008 8 INCH PVC PIPE (SDR 35) LF 39
603-72020 25 X 7.33 FOOT CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST) LF 39
603-72021 26 X 7.33 FOOT CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST) LF 39
604-19800 CONCRETE CATCH BASIN (2 FOOT X 2 FOOT) EA 2
604-19801 INLET FRAME AND GRATE (24 INCHES) EA 2
608-00006 CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH) SY 207
608-00300 COLOR STAINING AND SEALING (SPECIAL) SY 56
613-00105 1 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LF 20
613-00300 3 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LF 555
613-01050 1/2 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (PLASTIC) LF 36
613-01100 1 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (PLASTIC) LF 200
613-10000 WIRING LS 1
613-13000 LUMINAIRE (LED) EA 4
613-34140 LIGHT STANDARD METAL (14 FOOT) EA 4
613-50010 PHOTOELECTRIC CELL EA 1
620-00020 SANITARY FACILITY EA 1
626-00005 MOBILIZATION L S 1
630-00000 FLAGGING HOUR 260
630-00007 TRAFFIC CONTROL INSPECTION DAY 51
630-00012 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT DAY 145
630-70000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1
630-80359 PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL DAY 84
TOTAL BID (FOR PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS, AND UDBE GOALS)
ACCEPTANCE OF FUEL COST ADJUSTMENTS:
Bidders have the option to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments in accordance with the Revision of
Section 109 - Fuel Cost Adjustment. To accept this standard special provision, the bidder must
fill in an "X" next to "YES" below. No Fuel Cost Adjustment will be made due to fuel cost
changes for bidders who answer "NO". If neither line is marked, the Department will assume the
bidder rejects Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project. After bids are submitted, bidders will not
be given any other opportunity to accept or reject this adjustment.
(Mark only one line with an "X"):
____ YES, I choose to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project
____ NO, I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project (if neither line is
marked, the default is "NO", I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this
project.
700-70010 F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS FA 1 $80,000.00 $80,000.00
700-70011 F/A PARTNERING FA 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00
700-70016 F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT FA 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00
700-70019 F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT FA 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00
TOTAL ADDITIONAL COSTS $90,500.00
TOTAL BASE BID
TOTAL BASE BID IN WORDS (CONTRACT VALUE):
ADDITIONAL COSTS
9. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal,
dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change
quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so
long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
CONTRACTOR
BY:
Printed Date
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Email
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned
as Principal, and , as Surety, are hereby held and firmly
bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind
ourselves, successors, and assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City
of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a
Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge
Replacement.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the
form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and
shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims
hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein
stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety
and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which
the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such
extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of
Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals
this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused
their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper
officers, the day and year first set forth above.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
Name:
Address:
By: By:
Title: Title:
ATTEST:
By:
(SEAL) (SEAL)
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This
statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached
sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present
firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the
appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency?
If yes list agency name.
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the
approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of
construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including
officers:
15. Credit available: $
16. Bank Reference:
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other
information that may be required by the OWNER?
18. Are you licensed as a General Contractor?
If yes, in what city, county and state?
What class, license and numbers?
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?
If yes, what percent of total contract?
And to whom?
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
IF yes, DETAIL
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
What company?
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to
furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising
this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.
Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__.
Company:
By: Printed:
Title:
State of
County of
being duly sworn deposes and says that he
is of
(Name) (Organization)
and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true
and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of____________, 20__.
(Seal)
Notary Public
My commission expires: .
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over
10% of the contract.
ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
DATE: [Date]
TO: [Contractor]
PROJECT: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated [Contractor's Bid Date] for the above project has
been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an
Agreement for 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement.
The Price of your Agreement is ($ ).
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany
this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise
made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of
this Notice of Award, that is by [Date].
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement
including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your
signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as
specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and
Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider
your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1)
fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Gerry S. Paul
Director of Purchasing & Risk Management
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the [Day] day of [Month] in the year of 20[Year] and shall be
effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
[Contractor] (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may
be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 7568 Bryan Ave
Bridge Replacement and is generally described in Section 01010.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by KDG Engineering. The City of Fort Collins
Engineering Department who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will
assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority
assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within One Hundred Twenty
(120) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to
run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for
Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions
within Thirty (30) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times
commence to run.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is
of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss
if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1.
above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of
the General Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in
proving in a legal preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work
is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,
OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated damages for delay
(but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set
forth hereafter.
1) Substantial Completion:
Two Thousand Dollars Dollars ($2,000) for each calendar day or
fraction thereof that expires after the One Hundred Twenty (120)
calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the
Work is Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
After Substantial Completion, Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for each
calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the Thirty (30)
calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is
ready for Final Payment and Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows:
Dollars ($ ), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and
incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on
account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application
for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during
construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis
of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values
established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of
Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in
accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as
contract retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each
case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such
amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in
accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole
discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines
that the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to
OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may determine that as long as the
character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will
be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the
remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an
amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 95% of materials and
equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and
accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the
application Section 00520 Page 3 for payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient, if necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to
95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of
the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall
pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER
as provided in said paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes
the following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and
Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress,
performance or furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of
the General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise
may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as
CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of
the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,
including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General
Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations,
tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required
by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown
or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes
responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies
or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are
or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the
Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance
with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including
specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the
written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the
definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions,
and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract
Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are
not limited to, the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and
dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract
Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated
by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6
of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General
Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the
Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not
without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due
may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the
effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically
stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no
assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR]
By: By:
GERRY S. PAUL
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND RISK MANAGEMENT PRINTED
Title: Title:
Date: Date:
Attest: (CORPORATE SEAL)
City Clerk
Address for giving notices:
P. O. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522 Attest:
Approved as to Form Address for giving notices:
Assistant City Attorney
License No.:
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
To: [Contractor]
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received
by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and
directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as
required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20 .
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be , 20_ and
, 20__, respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of
, 20__.
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
By:
Title:
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(firm)
(address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300
Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as
the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
Project, 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the
undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the
original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or
without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall
satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and
save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure
to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER
may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this _____ day of _____ ____, 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
(Title) (Title)
(Corporate Seal)
(Address)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
_____________________________ By:
_____________________________ By:
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(firm)
(address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins,
300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to
as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United
States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
Project, 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors,
and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work
provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including
all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools,
consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance
premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts,
each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
(Title) (Title)
(Corporate Seal)
(Address)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
_____________________________ By:
_____________________________ By:
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is
Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge
Replacement
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
CONTRACT DATE: [Date]
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of
the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project or specified part of the
project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be
exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to
complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and
will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
. The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under
the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
DATE
REMARKS:
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
, 20__
TO: [Contractor]
Gentlemen:
You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of
Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by [Contractor] for the City of Fort
Collins project, 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final
Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
[Contract Date].
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees
will continue for the specified time from the following date:____________ _, 20__.
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: [Contractor] (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the
OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the
CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives
all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims
(40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights
which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction,
design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against
the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the
possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the
buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or
performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of
the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents,
employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various
Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further
affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or
possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the
OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its
officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any,
and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the
CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns
against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns
arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred as a result of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and
adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release
pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and
may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and
material bonds for the project.
Signed this day of , 20__.
CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR]
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20__,
by .
Witness my hand and official seal.
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
PROJECT: 7568 Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
CONTRACT DATE: [Date]
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
as indicated above, for .
(Surety)
on bond of
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to
the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the
OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this
day of , 20____ .
(Surety Company)
By:
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Special Notice
Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes
in procedure:
The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only
prime contractors will receive a Contractor’s Exemption Certificate on exempt projects.
Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor
involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor’s name and address and
signing it.
The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all
Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime
contractor’s place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in
the event of an audit.
Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any
applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For
instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should
contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the
Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this
may delay processing of your application.
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the
Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins
modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the
General Conditions listed below are as follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage
for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the
Owner.
5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product
liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
SC-6.4.1 Purchasing Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-6.4.2 Cement Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-6.5 Contractor Responsibilities—Amended in its entirety to read:
All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties, if any, provided in the
Specifications shall run specifically to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer
prior to final payment as provided for herein, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory
evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of the
materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,
connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
SC- 6.30.1. - Contractor General Warranty and Guarantee-
Delete the complete paragraph
6.30.1.1 Specific Warranties. Contractor further warrants and guarantees that any Work
covered by a specific warranty provision contained in the Specifications shall be
performed in accordance with the applicable warranty and any such Work shall
conform to the warranty requirements during the warranty period stated in the
specific warranty.
SC-13.12 Correction Period
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-14.15.1- Waiver of Claims- Amended in its entirety to read:
14.15.1 a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising
from unsettled Liens, from defective Work identified and reported to Contractor
during final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents, or the terms of any specific guarantees or warranties specified therein,
or from Contractors’ continuing obligations under the Contract Documents;
SC-17.6.1 Delete the complete paragraph
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: Bryan Ave Bridge Replacement
CONTRACTOR: [Contractor]
PROJECT NUMBER: 7568
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost:
4. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER %
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT %
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ .00
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor Engineer
Project File Architect Purchasing
Section 00960
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4
OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT: APPLICATION NUMBER:
APPLICATION DATE:
PERIOD BEGINNING:
ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD ENDING:
PROJECT NUMBER:
CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract
NUMBER DATE AMOUNT
The present status of the account for this Contract is as
follows:
1
2 Original Contract Amount:
3 Net Change by Change Order:
Current contract Amount: $0.00
Total Completed and Stored to Date:
Less Previous Applications:
Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage: $0.00
Less Retainage:
Net Change by Change Order $0.00 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $0.00
CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with
the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract.
The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER.
Date: By:
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
APPLICATION FOR
PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4
Work
Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period
To
Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
CHANGE ORDERS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 3 OF 4
Work
Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period
To
Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS CHANGE
ORDERS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
PROJECT TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
STORED MATERIALS
SUMMARY PAGE 4 OF 4
On Hand Received Installed On Hand
Item Invoice Previous This This This
Number Number Description Application Period Period Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
PROJECT MANUAL
BID SET FOR REVIEW
September 4, 2013
BRYAN AVE. BRIDGE REPLACEMENT
CDOT PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CDOT SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Index of Special Provisions
a. Project Special Provisions
b. Standard Special Provisions
The following are attached separately
2. BID SET Plans
Prepared for:
City of Fort Collins
Engineering Department
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
(970) 221-6605
Prepared by:
3500 S Wadsworth Blvd, Suite 400
Lakewood, CO 80235
(720) 420-9069
This Page Left Blank Intentionally
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
1P
COLORADO
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
The Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 2011
controls construction of this project. The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard
Specifications and take precedence over the Standard Specifications and plans.
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Description Date Written Page
Index Pages September 4, 2013 1P-3P
Notice to Bidders September 4, 2013 4P
Commencement and Completion of Work September 4, 2013 5P
Contract Goal (Combined) September 4, 2013 6P
OJT Contract Goal September 4, 2013 7P
Revision of Section 101 – Definition of Terms September 4, 2013 8P
Revision of Section 102 – Project Plans and Other Data September 4, 2013 9P
Revision of Section 105 – Claims for Contract Adjustment September 4, 2013 10P
Revision of Section 106 – Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt September 4, 2013 11P
Revision of Section 107 – Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public September 4, 2013 12P-13P
Revision of Section 107 – Insurance September 4, 2013 14P
Revision of Section 107 – Protection and Restoration of Property and
Landscape
September 4, 2013 15P
Revision of Section 109 – Measurement and Payment September 4, 2013 16P
Revision of Section 202 – Removal of Bridge September 4, 2013 17P-20P
Revision of Section 203 – Excavation and Embankment September 4, 2013 21P
Revision of Section 208 – Erosion Control September 4, 2013 22P
Revision of Section 211 – Dewatering September 4, 2013 23P-24P
Revision of Section 212 – Tree Retention and Protection September 4, 2013 25P-30P
Revision of Section 216 – Soil Retention Blanket (Straw/Coconut) September 4, 2013 31P
Revision of Section 304 – Aggregate Base Course September 4, 2013 32P
Revision of Section 406 - Temporary Pavement September 4, 2013 33P-34P
Revision of Section 412 – Portland Cement Concrete Pavement September 4, 2013 35P-36P
Revision of Section 420 - Geotextile Paving Fabric September 4, 2013 37P-38P
Revision of Section 509 – Stainless Steel Angle (Special) September 4, 2013 39P-41P
Revision of Section 514 – Pedestrian Railing September 4, 2013 42P-44P
Revision of Section 522 – Duplex Coating System September 4, 2013 45P-50P
Revision of Section 601 – Moss Rock Veneer September 4, 2013 51P-58P
Revision of Section 601 – Structural Concrete Stain September 4, 2013 59P-62P
Revision of Section 603 – Concrete 3-Sided Culvert (Precast) and Concrete 3-
Sided Culvert Top Slab (Precast)
September 4, 2013 63P-69P
Revision of Section 604 – Manholes, Inlets and Meter Vaults September 4, 2013 70P
Revision of Section 608 – Color Staining and Sealing (Special) September 4, 2013 72P-73P
Revision of Section 613 – Lighting September 4, 2013 74P
Revision of Section 630 – Construction Zone Traffic Control September 4, 2013 75P
Revision of Section 630 – Portable Message Sign Panel September 4, 2013 76P-77P
Revision of Section 712 – Miscellaneous September 4, 2013 78P
Revision of Section 715 – Lighting and Electrical Materials September 4, 2013 79P-80P
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
2P
Force Account Items 81P
Utilities 82P
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
3P
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Date No. of Pages
Revision of Section 105 – Disputes and Claims for Contract Adjustments (January 31, 2013) 31
Revision of Section 105 – Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement Smoothness (April 26, 2012) 7
Revision of Section 105 – Violation of Working Time Limitation (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 106 – Certificates of Compliance and Certified Test Reports (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 107 – Project Payrolls (May 2, 2013) 1
Revision of Section 107 - Responsibility for Damage Claims, (February 3, 2011) 1
Insurance Types, and Coverage Limits
Revision of Sections 107 and 208 – Water Quality Control, Under One
Acre of Disturbance (May 2, 2013) 3
Revision of Section 108 - Critical Path Method (August 19, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 108 – Liquidated Damages (May 2, 2013) 1
Revision of Section 108 – Subletting of Contract (January 31, 2013) 1
Revision of Section 109 - Compensation for Compensable Delays (May 5, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Fuel Cost Adjustment (February 3, 2011) 2
Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Quantities (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Water (January 06, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Prompt Payment (January 31, 2013) 1
Revision of Sections 203, 206, 304 and 613 - Compaction (July 19, 2012) 2
Revision of Section 206 – Imported Material for Structure Backfill (July 19, 2012) 2
Revision of Section 206 – Structure Backfill (Flow-Fill) (April 26, 2012) 2
Revision of Sections 206 and 601 – Backfilling Structures that Support (July 29, 2011) 1
Lateral Earth Pressures
Revision of Section 208 – Erosion Log (January 31, 2013) 1
Revision of Section 212 – Seed (April 26, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 250 – Environmental, Health and Safety Management (July 19, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 401 – Compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt (April 26, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 401 – Compaction Pavement Test Section (CTS) (July 19, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 401 – Temperature Segregation (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 401 and 412 – Safety Edge (May 2, 2013) 2
Revision of Sections 412, 601, and 711 - Liquid Membrane-Forming (May 5, 2011) 1
Compounds for Curing Concrete
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Batching (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Form and Falsework Removal (July 28, 2011) 2
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Slump Acceptance (July 29, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Construction Zone Traffic Control (February 17, 2012) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Retroreflective Sheeting (With Type VI Sheeting) (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Retroreflective Sign Sheeting (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Signs and Barricades (January 31, 2013) 1
Revision of Section 703 – Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (November 1, 2012) 2
Revision of Section 703 – Concrete Aggregate (July 28, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 712 – Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete (February 3, 2011) 1
Affirmative Action Requirements – Equal Employment Opportunity (February 3, 2011) 10
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise – Definitions and Requirements (February 3, 2011) 14
Minimum Wages Colorado, (July 26, 2013) 56
U.S. Department of Labor General Decision Numbers CO130016 thru CO130024,
MOD 1, Highway Construction, Statewide
On the Job Training (July 29, 2011) 3
Partnering Program (February 3, 2011) 1
Required Contract Provisions – Federal-Aid Construction Contracts (July 19, 2012) 14
This Page Left Blank Intentionally
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
4P
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
The proposal guaranty shall be a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond in the amount of five (5%) percent of
the Contractor's total bid.
Pursuant to subsections 102.04 and 102.05, it is recommended that bidders on this project review the work site and
plan details.
Information regarding the project may be obtained from the following listed representatives.
Randy Maizland
Fort Collins Engineering
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80521
970-218-5658
Stan Kobayashi, P.E.
KDG Engineering, LLC
3500 S. Wadsworth Blvd.
Lakewood, CO 80235
720-420-9069
The above referenced individuals are the only representatives with authority to provide any information,
clarification, or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract documents or requirements.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
5P
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK
The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract on or before the 20th day following the date of award
unless such time for beginning the work is changed by the City in the "Notice to Proceed."
The Contractor shall complete all work within 150 calendar days in accordance with the “Notice to Proceed”.
The roadway closure of Bryan Avenue for installation of the precast split-box bridge shall be completed
within 21 calendar days as shown in the Construction Documents.
Section 108.03 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
The Contractor’s progress schedule may be a bar chart type schedule.
Salient features to be shown on the Contractor’s Progress Schedule are:
1. Construction Traffic Control
2. Clearing and Grubbing
3. Removals
4. Erosion Control
5. Utility Relocations
6. Concrete 3-Sided Box Culvert and Top Slab (Precast) Bridge Design and Plan Submittals
7. Coordination with the Larimer County Canal No. 2
8. Structure Excavation and Backfill
9. Concrete 3-Sided Box Culvert and Top Slab (Precast) Bridge Installation
10. Joint Wrap
11. Temporary Paving with Cold Asphalt Pavement (Recycle)
12. Cast-in-place Concrete Box Culvert
13. Concrete
14. Sidewalk
15. Hot Mix Asphalt
16. Lighting and Electrical Wiring
17. Urban Design – Stone Installation
18. Cleanup and punch list
19. Seeding (Work to be done under Substantial Completion)(No time charge)
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
6P
CONTRACT GOAL (COMBINED)
The Department has determined that Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (UDBEs) will participate
by contracting for a part of the work of this Contract. The contract goal for participation in this Contract by certified
DBEs who have been determined to be underutilized has been established as follows:
UDBE& 9 Percent
The percentage will be calculated from proposals received for this project according to the following formula:
*Dollar amount of work to be contracted to underutilized DBEs (UDBEs)
Percentage = 100 X ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total dollar amount of the original Contract
* Based on DBE contract unit prices rather than prime contract unit prices.
& All DBEs will be considered to be UDBEs.
NOTE: Specific Good Faith Efforts required to meet the Contract Goal specified above are defined in the
Standard Special Provisions. In addition, the Transportation Commission has determined an overall 12.69%
annual goal for the participation of all DBEs.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
7P
ON THE JOB TRAINING
CONTRACT GOAL
The Department has determined that on-the-job training shall be provided to trainees with the goal of developing
full journey workers in the types of trade or classification involved. The contract goal for on-the-job trainees
working in an approved training plan in this Contract has been established as follows:
Minimum number of total On-the-Job training hours required 0 hours
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
8P
REVISION OF SECTION 101
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Section 101 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 101.10 CDOT Resident Engineer
101.28 Department,
101.29 Engineer, and
101.76 State
shall be defined as the City of Fort Collins, acting directly or through its duly authorized representative or
agent.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
9P
REVISION OF SECTION 102
PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA
Section 102 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 102.05 shall include the following:
Contract Documents and supporting information will be available for review until the date set for opening of bids
at the following locations:
1. Online at the City of Fort Collins Buy Speed Webpage, www.fcgov.com/eprocurement
2. City of Fort Collins Purchasing Department, 215 N. Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
The following supporting information will be available:
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Drainage Report
After the proposals have been opened, the low responsible bidder may obtain from Fort Collins Engineering, at no
cost: 10 sets of plans and special provisions; and if available for the project, one set of full-size major structure plan
sheets, and one set of computer output data. If the low bidder has not picked up the plans and other available data
by 4:00 p.m. on the second Friday after bid opening, they will be sent to the Resident Engineer in charge of the
project. Additional sets of plans and other available data may be purchased on a cash sale basis from the City of
Fort Collins at current reproduction prices. Subcontractors and suppliers may obtain plans and other data from the
successful bidder or they may purchase copies on a cash sale basis from the City of Fort Collins at current
reproduction prices.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
10P
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105
CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT
Sections 105 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 105.22, shall be revised as follows:
The Colorado Department of Transportation will not participate in the resolution for any claims filed by the
contractor.
Contract claims will follow the appropriate procedures of Subsection 105.22 except that all claims will be
handled by Fort Collins or its duly authorized representative. The following terms shall be defined as
follows:
Project Engineer shall be Fort Collins Engineering, acting directly or its duly authorized
representative.
District Engineer shall be Fort Collins Engineering, acting directly or its duly authorized
representative.
Chief Engineer shall be Fort Collins Engineering, acting directly or its duly authorized
representative.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
11P
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 106 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 106.05 shall include the following:
For this project, Contractor process control testing of hot mix asphalt is mandatory.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
12P
- 1 -
REVISION OF SECTION 107
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
Add subsection 107.061 immediately following subsection 107.06 as follows:
107.061 Performance of Safety Critical Work. The following work elements are considered safety critical
work for this project:
(1) Removal of bridge Str. No. FCBRYN-0.2-MULB
(2) Temporary works: falsework, shoring that exceeds 5 feet in height, cofferdams, and temporary bridges
(3) Work requiring the use of cranes or other heavy lifting equipment to set a girder, to make overhead
repairs, or includes special provisions for Removal of Bridge or Removal of Portion of Bridge. Also
when construction materials are being lifted that may fall onto active traffic lanes.
(4) Excavation and embankment adjacent to the roadway, especially if it requires shoring
The Contractor shall submit, for record purposes only, an initial detailed construction plan that addresses safe
construction of each of the safety critical elements. When the specifications already require an erection plan, a
bridge removal plan, or a removal of portion of bridge plan, it shall be included as a part of this plan. The detailed
construction plan shall be submitted two weeks prior to the safety critical element conference described below.
The construction plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The
construction plan will not be approved by the Engineer.
The Construction Plan shall include the following:
(1) Safety Critical Element for which the plan is being prepared and submitted.
(2) Contractor or subcontractor responsible for the plan preparation and the work.
(3) Schedule, procedures, equipment, and sequence of operations, that comply with the working hour
limitations
(4) Temporary works required: falsework, bracing, shoring, etc.
(5) Additional actions that will be taken to ensure that the work will be performed safely.
(6) Names and qualifications of workers who will be in responsible charge of the work:
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(7) Names and qualifications of workers operating cranes or other lifting equipment
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(8) The construction plan shall address how the Contractor will handle contingencies such as:
A. Unplanned events (storms, traffic accidents, etc.)
B. Structural elements that don’t fit or line up
C. Work that cannot be completed in time for the roadway to be reopened to traffic
D. Replacement of workers who don’t perform the work safely
E. Equipment failure
F. Other potential difficulties inherent in the type of work being performed
(9) Name and qualifications of Contractor’s person designated to determine and notify the Engineer in
writing when it is safe to open a route to traffic after it has been closed for safety critical work.
(10) Erection plan or bridge removal plan when submitted as required elsewhere by the specifications. Plan
requirements that overlap with above requirements may be submitted only once.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
13P
- 2 -
REVISION OF SECTION 107
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
A safety critical element conference shall be held two weeks prior to beginning construction on each safety
critical element. The Engineer, the Contractor, the safety critical element subcontractors, and the Contractor’s
Engineer shall attend the conference. Required pre-erection conferences or bridge removal conferences may be
included as a part of this conference.
After the safety critical element conference, and prior to beginning work on the safety critical element, the
Contractor shall submit a final construction plan to the Engineer for record purposes only. The Contractor’s
Engineer shall sign and seal temporary works, such as falsework, shoring etc., related to construction plans for the
safety critical elements, (1) Removal of Bridge and (2) Temporary Works. The final construction plan shall be
stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall perform safety critical work only when the Engineer is on the project site. The Contractor’s
Engineer shall be on site to inspect and provide written approval of safety critical work for which he provided
signed and sealed construction details. Unless otherwise directed or approved, the Contractor’s Engineer need not
be on site during the actual performance of safety critical work, but shall be present to conduct inspection for
written approval of the safety critical work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately stop safety critical work that is being performed
in an unsafe manner or will result in an unsafe situation for the traveling public. Prior to stopping work, the
Contractor shall make the situation safe for work stoppage. The Contractor shall submit an acceptable plan to
correct the unsafe process before the Engineer will authorize resumption of the work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove workers from the project that are performing the
safety critical work in a manner that creates an unsafe situation for the public in accordance with subsection
108.06.
Should an unplanned event occur or the safety critical operation deviate from the submitted plan, the Contractor
shall immediately cease operations on the safety critical element, except for performing any work necessary to
ensure worksite safety, and provide proper protection of the work and the traveling public. If the Contractor
intends to modify the submitted plan, he shall submit a revised plan to the Engineer prior to resuming operations.
All costs associated with the preparation and implementation of each safety critical element construction plan will
not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Nothing in the section shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from ultimate liability for unsafe or negligent
acts or to be a waiver of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act on behalf of the Department.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
14P
REVISION OF SECTION 107
INSURANCE
Section 107.15 is hereby revised to read:
For this project all insurance certificates shall name Fort Collins, the Colorado Department of Transportation, and
the Larimer County Canal No. 2 Company as an additionally insured party.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
15P
- 1 -
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
Add the following to section 107.12:
See the Revision of Section 212, Tree Retention and Protection, for the protection and trimming of existing trees
that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
16P
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 – Partial Payments, paragraph (a), (Standard Amount Retained). Delete the second sentence
beginning with “The amount to be retained…”, and replace with the following:
The amount to be retained will be 5% of the value of the completed work throughout the period of
performance.
Subsection 109.07 – Payment for Materials on Hand (Stockpiled Material). Delete and replace with the
following:
Partial monthly payments to the Contractor for completed work will include payment only for materials
actually incorporated in the Work unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
17P
1
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 202.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of removal of the existing bridge at Bryan Avenue over Larimer County Canal No. 2. Bridge
removal shall consist of the complete removal of all superstructure and substructure elements unless otherwise
shown on the plans.
Subsection 202.02 shall include the following:
The removal of the existing bridge shall be performed in a safe manner.
When removal operations are located over a railroad or in proximity to any live water way , additional
coordination with the railroad or other agency, (United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), US Fish and
Wildlife Service, US Forest Service, etc.) shall be required.
The Contractor shall submit a Bridge Removal Plan to the Engineer, for record purposes only, at least 20 working
days prior to the proposed start of removal operations. This Plan shall detail procedures, sequences, and all
features required to perform the removal in a safe and controlled manner. The Bridge Removal Plan shall be
stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The Bridge Removal Plan will not be
approved by the Engineer.
The Bridge Removal Plan shall provide complete details of the bridge removal process, including:
(1) The removal sequence, including staging of removal operations. Sequence of operation shall include a
detailed schedule that complies with the working hour limitations.
(2) Equipment descriptions including size, number, type, capacity, and location of equipment during removal
operations.
(3) Shoring that exceeds 5 feet in height, all falsework and bracing.
(4) Details, locations and types of protective coverings to be used. The protective covering shall prevent any
materials, equipment or debris from falling onto the property below. When removal operations are
located over or in proximity to any live waterway, railroad, or pedestrian/bicycle path, additional width of
protective covering sufficient to protect these facilities shall be required. Detailed methods for protection
of the existing roadway facilities, including measures to assure that people, property, utilities, and
improvements will not be endangered.
(5) Detailed methods for protection of live waterways including minimization of turbidity and sedimentation,
and protection of existing wetlands.
(6) Detailed methods for mitigation of fugitive dust resulting from the demolition.
(7) Details for dismantling, removing, loading, and hauling steel elements.
(8) Methods of Handling Traffic, including bicycles and pedestrians, in a safe and controlled manner.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
18P
2
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
A Pre-Removal Conference shall be held at least seven days prior to the beginning of removal of the bridge. The
Engineer, the Contractor, the removal subcontractor, the Contractor’s Engineer, and the Traffic Control
Supervisor (TCS) shall attend the Pre-Removal Conference. The Bridge Removal Plan shall be finalized at this
Conference.
The Contractor’s Engineer shall sign and seal (1) and (3) listed above in the final Bridge Removal Plan.
Calculations shall be adequate to demonstrate the stability of the structure remaining after the end of each stage of
removal, before traffic is allowed to resume in its normal configuration.
The final Bridge Removal Plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall submit a final Bridge Removal Plan to the Engineer prior to bridge removal for record purposes
only. The Contractor shall not begin the removal process without the Engineer’s written authorization.
Submittal of the final Bridge Removal Plan to the Engineer, and field inspection performed by the Engineer, will
in no way relieve the Contractor and the Contractor’s Engineer of full responsibility for the removal plan and
procedures.
Work within Railroad right-of-way shall be in accordance with Section 107. For bridge removal over railroads,
including overhead wires, tunnels and underground facilities, approval of the bridge removal plans will be
contingent upon the drawings being satisfactory to the railroad company involved.
Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor’s Engineer need not be on site when bridge removal operations are in
progress, but shall be present to conduct daily inspection for written approval of the work. The Contractor’s
Engineer shall inspect and provide written approval of each phase of the removal prior to allowing vehicles or
pedestrians on, below, or adjacent to the structure. The Contractor’s Engineer shall certify in writing that the
falsework, bracing, and shoring conform to the details of the final Bridge Removal Plan. A copy of the
certification shall be submitted to the Engineer.
The Contractor’s Engineer shall inspect the bridge removal site and report in writing on a daily basis the progress
of the operation and the status of the remaining structure. A copy of this daily report shall be available at the site
of the work at all times, and a copy of the previous day’s inspection report shall submitted to the Engineer daily.
The Contractor shall have all necessary workers, materials, and equipment at the site prior to closing any lanes to
traffic to accommodate bridge removal operations. While the lanes are closed to public traffic, work shall be
pursued promptly and without interruption until the roadway is reopened to traffic.
Removal of hazardous material shall be in accordance with Section 250.
The Contractor shall take all steps to avoid contaminating state waters, in accordance with subsection 107.25.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
19P
3
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
Should an unplanned event occur or the bridge removal operation deviate from the submitted bridge removal plan,
the bridge removal operations shall immediately cease after performing any work necessary to ensure worksite
safety. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, the procedure or operation proposed by the Contractor’s
Engineer to correct or remedy the occurrence of this unplanned event or to revise the final Bridge Removal Plan.
The Contractor shall submit his Engineer’s report in writing, within 24 hours of the event, summarizing the details
of the event and the procedure for correction.
Before removal of the protective covering, the Contractor shall clean the protective covering of all debris and fine
material.
Bridge removal may be suspended by the Engineer for the following reasons:
(1) Final Bridge Removal Plan has not been submitted, or written authorization has not been provided by the
Engineer to begin the removal.
(2) The Contractor is not proceeding in accordance with the final Bridge Removal Plan, procedures, or
sequence.
(3) The Contractor’s Engineer is not on site to conduct inspection for the written approval of the work.
(4) Safety precautions are deemed to be inadequate.
(5) Existing neighboring facilities are damaged as a result of bridge removal.
Suspension of bridge removal operations shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under the
terms of the Contract. Bridge removal operations shall not resume until modifications have been made to correct
the conditions that resulted in the suspension, as approved in writing by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify all emergency response agencies of the proposed removal work and any detours 24
hours in advance of work. This shall include the Colorado State Patrol, local Police Department, local Fire
Department, all local ambulance services, and the Sheriff’s Department, as appropriate.
All required traffic control devices, night time flagging stations, barricades and VMS signs shall be in place, with
detours in operation, prior to the beginning of removal operations each day. Night work shall conform to the
requirements of the MUTCD, Parts 1, 5, and 6.
Prior to reopening the roadway to public traffic, all debris, protective pads, materials, and devices shall be
removed and the roadways swept clean.
Explosives shall not be used for removal work without the written approval of the Engineer.
Removal shall include the superstructure, the substructure, which includes the piers, the abutments and wingwalls,
the bridge rail, and any approach slabs and sleeper slabs.
Removal of the substructure shall be taken down to at least 1 foot below the natural existing or future ground
surface at the lowest point of interface with the abutment, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Holes
resulting from substructure removal shall be backfilled with Structure Backfill (Class 2) to the adjacent existing
grades.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
20P
4
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
All other materials removed from the existing structure shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
properly disposed of offsite at the Contractor’s expense, unless otherwise stated in the plans.
Existing structures, facilities, and surrounding roadways shall not be damaged by the removal operations.
Damage that does occur shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor’s expense.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Unit
Removal of Bridge Each
Payment for Removal of Bridge will be full compensation for all labor and materials required to complete the
work, including, preparation and implementation of the Bridge Removal Plan, inspection, equipment, debris
handling and disposal, salvaging, handling and storage of salvable materials, handling and disposal of all
hazardous materials and disposal of non-salvable materials.
Lighting required for nighttime operations will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in
the work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
21P
REVISION OF SECTION 203
EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 203.03(a), first paragraph, after the second sentence add the following:
All embankment material shall consist of material that is essentially a granular soil with a minimum
resistance value of 30 when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
22P
REVISION OF SECTION 208
EROSION CONTROL
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 208.11 delete paragraph 7 and replace with the following:
Payment for Erosion Control Supervisor shall be lump sum including all items necessary to complete the work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 208.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Erosion Control Supervisor Lump Sump
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
23P
REVISION OF SECTION 211
DEWATERING
Section 211 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
211.01 This work consists of dewatering to facilitate construction activities. It is anticipated that the
construction period will occur during the time when the irrigation canal is not being used. However, other
sources of water in the project site may be present.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
211.02 The Contractor is advised that groundwater and from stormwater such as surface runoff or seepage due
to rain, hail, snow, and snow melt are within the project limits and may require dewatering. The Contractor is
advised to limit pumping of groundwater and surface runoff or seepage in all project excavations, by careful
scheduling, expediting the work and use of conscientious construction methods. The Contractor shall conform to
all applicable State and City of Fort Collins requirements.
Permitting, removal, sample collection, analytical testing, containerization, transportation, and disposal or treatment
of all contaminated groundwater will be in accordance with Section 107.25 Water Quality Control and as described
in Section 250 Environmental, Health and Safety Management.
The Contractor shall:
(1) Minimize the disturbance of contaminated groundwater by avoidance.
(2) Limit intrusion of groundwater into excavations.
The Contractor shall obtain the appropriate Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) general permit for
management of groundwater from CDPHE Water Quality Control Division, as determined necessary. A completed
application must be submitted to CDPHE at least four weeks prior to dewatering operations.
The Contractor shall submit a Dewatering Plan to the Engineer at least four (4) weeks prior to the proposed start of
dewatering operations. This Plan shall detail the Contractor’s method of dewatering for all major excavations
including caisson construction. The Dewatering Plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by
the Contractor. The Dewatering Plan will not be approved by the Engineer.
The Engineer will review the Dewatering Plan and issue a written acceptance letter or request for changes within
two (2) weeks of receiving the Plan. If changes are requested the Contractor shall update the Plan and resubmit it
to the Engineer within one (1) week after receiving the request for changes.
The Engineer’s written acceptance of the Dewatering Plan is required before construction.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
24P
2
REVISION OF SECTION 211
DEWATERING
The Dewatering Plan shall provide complete details of the Contractor’s method for construction dewatering
including:
(1) Copies of all permits required for dewatering, treatment of and (or) disposing of water.
(2) If applicable, copies of agreements for disposing of water in storm sewers, sanitary sewers etc.
(3) Method and details for minimizing dewatering in excavations and during caisson construction.
(4) Method of measuring groundwater discharge.
(5) Equipment descriptions including size, number, type, capacity, and location of equipment during
dewatering operations.
(6) Methods of testing groundwater to determine appropriate disposal.
(7) Detailed methods for disposal of water.
(8) If applicable, name of facility where contaminated water is to be delivered to.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
211.03 Payment for all work for Dewatering including preparation of the Dewatering Plan and all work for
Section 250 will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Permitting, removal, sample collection, analytical testing, containerization, transportation, and disposal or treatment
of all contaminated groundwater will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Dewatering Lump Sum
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
25P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 212.01 shall include the following:
Tree Retention and protection includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected
by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. The following definitions apply:
(a) Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape or the average of the smallest and largest
diameters at 6 inches above the ground for trees up to, and including, 4-inch size; and 12 inches above the
ground for trees larger than 4-inch size.
(b) Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be
protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings.
(c) Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during
construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter of the
drip line unless otherwise indicated.
(d) Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.
Subsection 212.02 shall include the following:
(d) Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following requirements. Previously
used materials may be used when approved by Engineer. Protection-Zone fencing will be considered
incidental to the “Tree Retention and Protection” line item and will not be paid for separately.
1. Plastic Protection-Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high-density extruded
and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch maximum opening in pattern and weighing a minimum
of 0.4 lb/ft.; remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F; inert to most chemicals and acids;
minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi and ultimate tensile strength of 2680 psi; secured with
plastic bands or galvanized-steel or stainless-steel wire ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape
galvanized-steel posts spaced not more than 8 feet apart.
A. Height: 5 feet
B. Color: High-visibility orange, nonfading.
Add Subsection 212.061 immediately following Subsection 212.06
212.061 Tree Retention and Protection.
(a) Submittals.
1. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following:
A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples of manufacturer's standard size made from full-
size components.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
26P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
2. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which
establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction
activities.
A. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape.
B. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or
other plants designated to remain.
(b) Quality Assurance.
1. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
A. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including, but
not limited to, the following:
(1) Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, personnel, and equipment needed
to make progress and avoid delays.
(2) Enforcing requirements for protection zones.
(3) Field quality control.
(c) Project Conditions.
1. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
A. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
B. Parking vehicles or equipment.
C. Foot traffic.
D. Erection of sheds or structures.
E. Impoundment of water.
F. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
G. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated.
2. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones.
3. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and
organic mulch.
(d) Preparation.
Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Tie a 1-inch
blue-vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground.
Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing,
placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting
caused by dewatering operations.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
27P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Within the drip line of any protected existing tree, there shall be no cut or fill over a four-inch depth unless
a qualified arborist or forester has evaluated and approved the disturbance.
Prior and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees with such barriers
to be of orange fencing a minimum of (5) feet in height, secured with metal T-Posts, no closer than six (6)
feet from the trunk or at the drip line, whichever is greater. There shall be no storage or movement of
equipment, material, debris or fill within the fenced tree protection zone. Modification of protective fence
locations to accommodate construction shall be approved by the City Forester prior to moving or erecting a
protective fence. Where the drip line of trees touch or overlap, place fence around groups of trees.
During construction there shall be no cleaning of equipment or materials or the storage and disposal of
waste material such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material harmful to the
life of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees.
No damaging attachments, wires, signs or permits may be fastened to any protected tree.
The installation of utilities, irrigation lines or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six
(6) inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum
depth of twenty-four (24) inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and
is scaled from the tree diameter at breast height as described in the tree protection chart of the Fort Collins
Land use Code Section 3.2.1.
Construction shall be performed in a manner to not damage any existing tree. Clearance pruning of any tree
on site shall only be by a Fort Collins Licensed Arborist under the direction of the City Forester.
Equipment access/drives shall be positioned to minimize travel over the root system of any existing tree.
Equipment drive locations over the root system of any significant tree shall be approved by the City
Forester with requirements to protect the compaction of exposed soil.
Prior to construction the contractor shall meet the City Forester on site to verify protected existing trees and
the application of tree protection specifications.
The Contractor shall wrap protected trees with concrete blankets or equivalent treatment whenever directed
by the Engineer.
(e) Tree and Plant Protection Zones.
Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones before materials
or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that will prevent people
from easily entering protected zone. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe passage or visibility at
vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian walkways or in close proximity to
street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
28P
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.
Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by
construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and remove
when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site.
1. Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment access
through the protection zone.
(f) Excavation.
General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according
to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
Trenching near Trees: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, hand excavate under or
around tree roots or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral
tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required
for root pruning.
Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots
beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered
immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots
approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning.
Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or
pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support
and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil.
(g) Root Prunning.
Prune roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Pruning roots 2” in diameter or
greater must be reviewed by City Forester prior to pruning. Prune roots as shown on Drawings and as
follows:
1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do
not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or
pulls roots.
2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered
with soil.
3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
29P
-5-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone, by cleanly
cutting all roots impacted to the depth of the required excavation.
(h) Crown Pruning.
Prune all existing trees retained on City property by cleaning and thinning the canopy. Prune branches that
are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as shown on the Drawings and as
follows:
1. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to the City of Fort Collins Tree Management Standards
(i) Regrading.
Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade
beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond
the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
(j) Repair and Replacement.
General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are
damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect/Owner’s Rep.
1. Submit details of proposed root cutting and tree and shrub repairs.
2. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to an ISA certified arborist's written instructions.
3. Perform repairs within 24 hours.
4. Replace vegetation that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by
Landscape Architect/Owner’s Rep.
Protected trees that are damaged during construction will be appraised by a qualified arborist, and the
amount of damage appraised will be billed to the Contractor.
Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy
condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that
Landscape Architect/Owner’s Rep determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 6
inches or smaller in caliper size.
(k) Disposal of Surplus and Waste Materials.
Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally dispose of them
off Owner's property.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
30P
-6-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Subsection 212.07 shall include the following:
Tree retention and protection will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price
bid will be full compensation for all work required to complete the item, including installation and maintenance of
protection-zone fencing.
Subsection 212.08 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Tree Retention and Protection Lump Sum
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
31P
REVISION OF SECTION 216
SOIL RETENTION BLANKET (STRAW/COCONUT)
Section 216 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
Subsection 216.01 shall include the following:
For this project, the term “biodegradable soil retention blanket” is herein used to define any of the products
covered under Section 216 and does not include Turf Reinforcement Mat as defined under Revision of Section
420.
Delete Subsection 216.02(a) 4 and replace it with the following:
Soil Retention Blanket (straw/coconut) shall be a machine produced mat consisting of 70 percent agricultural straw
and 30 percent coconut fiber. The blanket shall be of consistent thickness with the straw and coconut fiber evenly
distributed over the entire area of the mat. The blanket shall be covered on the top and bottom with 100 percent
biodegradable natural organic fiber netting. The mesh size shall be approximately 1.0 to 0.50 inch. Netting shall
be constructed using a Leno weave which allows strands of the net to move independently of each other. The
blanket shall be sewn together on 1.50 inch centers with biodegradable thread.
Material Requirements:
Straw Content: 0.35 pounds per square yard
Coconut Fiber Content: 0.15 pounds per square yard
Netting: biodegradable organic jute fiber, top and bottom
Thread: biodegradable
Roll Width: 6.5 to 8.0 feet
Roll Length: 108.0 to 112.5 feet
Roll Weight: 50.0 to 68.0 pounds
A sample of the Soil Retention Blanket (straw/coconut) shall be submitted to the Construction Inspector at least
two weeks in advance of planned use on the Project for approval.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
32P
REVISION OF SECTION 304
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 304.02 shall include the following:
Materials for the base course shall be Aggregate Base Course (Class 6) as shown in subsection 703.03
The aggregate base course (Class 6) must meet the gradation requirements and have a resistance value of
at least R=78 when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer method.
Subsection 304.07 shall include the following:
The quantity for aggregate base course will not be measured but will be the quantity designated in the
Contract Documents unless field changes are ordered, the Contractor fails to furnish contract quantity or
discrepancies are found in the plans. If field changes are ordered or plan quantity is not furnished, the
quantity will be calculated using the revised dimension. The Engineer, prior to beginning the work, shall
approve the additional or reduced volume of material in writing.
No allowances shall be made for shrinkage, swell, or subsidence due to compaction of the existing ground
or any other losses.
The Contractor should be aware that the plan quantities were based upon application rate, in-place density,
as shown in the General Notes of the plans. The Contractor’s bid unit cost shall account for differing
application rates or in-place densities for the materials he intends to furnish to the project as no quantity
adjustments will be made for differing application rates or densities. The Engineer will verify placed
quantities from delivery tickets furnished by the supplier.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
33P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 406
TEMPORARY PAVEMENT
Section 406 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Subsection 406.01 shall include the following:
The work consists of construction of temporary pavement for maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic as
required in the Contract Documents and as directed by the Engineer. The work includes all surface preparagion,
spreading and compacting asphalt millings to the depth shown on the plans, repairing and maintaining the surface,
and removal of the material.
MATERIALS
Subsection 406.02 shall include the following:
The following materials are acceptable for use:
1. Asphalt millings. Asphalt millings are to be product of milling of existing asphalt concrete pavement.
Asphalt millings are to be free of organic materials, gravel, crushed stone or any other material not direct
product of milling process.
Tack Coat. When ordered by the Engineer or specified in the Contract, a tack coast shall be applied. Tack coat
shall be in conformance with Section 407.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 406.03 shall include the following:
Temporary pavement section is to be constructed in the over the roadway driving lanes, shoulders, driveway and
other excavated areas where directed by Project Manager to maintain vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Temporary
pavement section is to be constructed within 24 hours after having received written notice from the Engineer.
Temporary pavement will be constructed of asphalt millings when hot mix asphalt material is not available due to
weather restrictions and only as approved by the Engineer.
Finished surface of temporary pavement section is to be reasonably smooth, well drained, free of potholes,
bumps, irregularities, and depressions. Proper equipment and personnel is to be available at all times in order to
maintain temporary pavement section surface in safe and satisfactory condition. Special attention is to be given to
maintenance of temporary pavement section during weekends, holidays, and winter season.
When construction of the new pavement and driveway is to begin, the temporary pavement section is to be
removed and materials properly disposed of.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
34P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 406
TEMPORARY PAVEMENT
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsedtion 406.12 shall include the following:
Temporary pavement will be measured by the square yard of surface, complete in place and accepted.
Subsection 406.13 shall include the following:
The accepted quantity of in-place temporary pavement will be paid for at the contract unit price per square year
for preparation of the subgrade, furnishing and placing the asphalt millings, tack coat, maintenance, removal and
disposal of temporary pavement section, and furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary to complete
the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Temporary Pavement Square Yard
Repair of temporary pavement damaged by the Contractor or by weather and removal of the temporary pavement
will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
35P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Section 412 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 412.16 shall include the following:
The City’s Agreement and General Conditions of the Construction Contract will be apparent for all Portland Cement
Concrete Pavement placed as part of the construction project. The warranty period will begin the date the project
has reached final acceptance. All improvements which do not meet the project’s contract specifications, be it
through substandard materials or workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
The project will be inspected by City representatives on a periodic basis throughout the duration as specified in the
Agreement and General Conditions of the Construction Contract. The City will develop a list of improvements
which will need to be removed and replaced and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet
to finalize the list of improvements to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed.
The following failures will result in removal of the Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, adjustment of the
underlying material (if necessary), and the replacement with material meeting the project’s contract specifications:
Pavement slabs containing one or more cracks through the full depth of the slab that separate the slab into
two or more parts
Pavement slabs containing honeycombed areas
Pavement slabs containing an extreme void as defined above
Pavement slabs containing more than one void greater in depth than half the pavement thickness
Pavement slabs containing a cumulative surface area of moderate and severe voids greater than one
percent of the slab’s total area
Pavement slabs containing 20 or more severe voids
Joints that are spalled over 50% their length
Concrete improvements constructed which do not meet specified grades in the plans. If water pools
greater than 0.5” after a storm event, concrete improvements will need to be removed to nearest grades
that meet the contract’s intent and replaced, enabling proper drainage
All pavement slabs to be removed shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed
pavement with underlying material. The removals shall be performed in accordance with the removal specifications
for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement as are defined in the contract. The damaged pavement slab shall be cut in
a straight, true line with a vertical face and shall be cut with a concrete saw. If the damage to the slab does not
extend past the midpoint of the slab, half the panel can be removed and replaced. If the damage extends past the
midpoint of the slab, the pavement shall be removed to the nearest joint. The removed concrete pavement shall
become the property of the Contractor and disposed of outside the project site legally. All concrete pavement
removed shall be replaced with concrete meeting the specifications for either Class E or P concrete, and shall match
the thickness and finish of the existing pavement. For repairs on arterial and collector streets, concrete placed shall
meet 3000 psi strength within 48 hours of placement. A minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi or .80 Fc,
whichever is greater, and a minimum flexural compressive strength of 450 psi are required prior to opening the
roadway to traffic. Prior to removing and replacing the damaged slab, a concrete mix design shall be submitted and
approved.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
36P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control necessary to reroute traffic during the removal, replacement, and
curing for all concrete pavement not meeting the project’s contract specifications. All traffic control plans shall be
submitted to the City’s Traffic Operations Department for approval. The Contractor shall notify the City’s project
manager at least 48 hours prior to beginning any removals. If any striping or stenciling is necessary after the work
has been completed, the City will perform the striping. All costs incurred for the striping will be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
37P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 420
GEOTEXTILE PAVING FABRIC
Section 420 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 420.01 is revised to include the following:
This work shall consist of placing Geotextile Paving Fabric as manufactured by Phillips Fibers Corporation,
Hoechst Fiber Industries, Amoco Fabrics Company, or an approved equal in designated areas in substantial
compliance with the plans, specifications and as directed by the City.
This work includes placing Geotextile Paving Fabric 10-feet wide centered on the back face of the abutment on
both sides of the bridge. The fabric shall be placed after the first layer of hot mix asphalt is constructed, or as
directed by the Engineer.
Subsection 420.02 is revised to include the following:
Geotextile Paving Fabric shall be a non-woven, needle-punched pavement reinforcing fabric which conforms to
the following properties:
Grab Strength, either direction, minimum (ASTM D-4632) 90 pounds
Elongation, either direction, minimum (ASTM D-4632) 50 percent
Burst Strength (ASTM D-3786) 185 pounds / square inch
Weight, minimum 3.6 ounces / square yard
Asphalt Retention, minimum (TF25 #8) 0.2 gallons / square yard
Melting Point, minimum (ASTM D-276) 300 degrees Fahrenheit
The tack coat to be applied to the roadway surface and / or to the Geotextile Paving Fabric shall meet the
following requirements:
Asphalt Cement AC-20
Emulsified and /or Cutback Asphalt shall not be used as tack coat for Geotextile Paving Fabric
Subsection 420.03 is revised to include the following:
Surface Preparation:
The pavement to be repaired shall be cleaned and free of dirt, dust, water and vegetation. Cracks shall be cleaned
and filled in accordance with Section 403 of these specifications. If the crack filling materials contain volatiles,
adequate curing time must be allowed prior to placement of the fabric. The pavement must be cleared of all sharp
or angular protrusions.
Application of Tack Coat:
The tack coat shall be applied at a rate in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications (approximately 0.25
gallons per square yard). Application must be by a distributor. Temperature of the tack coat must be sufficiently
high to permit a uniform spray pattern. The maximum asphalt temperature shall be three hundred degrees
Fahrenheit (300 ° F).
Subsection 420.04 is revised to include the following:
Geotextile Paving Fabric Placement:
The Geotextile Paving Fabric shall be placed into the tack coat with a minimum of wrinkles.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
38P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 420
GEOTEXTILE PAVING FABRIC
If Geotextile Paving Fabric folds greater than one (1) Inch occur, the Geotextile Paving Fabric shall be slit and
allowed to lie flat. Additional tack coat shall be placed as required to insure fabric bonding.
If Geotextile Paving Fabric is placed adjacent to patched sections of roadway, the fabric shall overlap said patched
section a minimum of twelve (12) Inches.
All joints shall overlap adjacent fabric approximately six to twelve (6 to 12) Inches.
Transverse joints of the Geotextile Paving Fabric shall be shingled in the direction of the paving to prevent edge
pickup by the paver.
Additional tack coat shall be uniformly applied to the joints and overlaps to insure bonding.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain the Geotextile Paving Fabric until the overlay is complete.
If the Geotextile Paving Fabric begins to be picked up, the Contractor shall immediately broadcast sand or hot
mix asphalt over the area or “skin” the Geotextile Paving Fabric with Hot Mix Asphalt SC Type 1 or 2. Excess
sand or hot mix shall be removed before paving. Sand and / or Hot Mix Asphalt SC Type 1 or 2 used for this
purpose will not be measured and paid for separately under the terms of this contract.
Geotextile Paving Fabric shall be clean, dry and sufficiently bonded to the tack coat prior to commencing the
paving operations. Paving operations shall be completed the same day as the Geotextile Paving Fabric placement.
Subsection 420.09 is revised to include the following:
Geotextile Paving Fabric will be measured by the Square Yard of surface area covered, complete in place,
including surface preparation and AC-20 tack coat.
Subsection 420.10 is revised to include the following:
The accepted quantities of Geotextile Paving Fabric will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per Square Yard
complete in place, including surface preparation and AC-20 tack coat.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Geotextile Paving Fabric Square Yard
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
39P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 509
STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE (SPECIAL)
Section 509 to the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
Subsection 509.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of the construction of stainless steel angle in accordance with these specifications and in
conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
Add Subsection 509.131 immediately following subsection 509.13 as follows:
509.131 Stainless Steel Angle (Special). The stainless steel angle shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A276-13 Type 316.
Manufacturer(s):
1. M&R Fabricators, Inc.
3001 Rawhide Drive
Laporte, CO 80535-9330
T: 970.222.0109
e-mail: rustywillford@aol.com
2. DaVinci Sign Systems, Inc.
4496 Bents Drive
Windsor, CO 80550
T: 970.203.9292
e-mail: info@davincisign.com
3. YESCO
3770 Joliet St
Denver CO 80239
T: 720-458-7124
e-mail: jharshaw@yesco.com
4. Or approved substitute.
Subsection 509.15 shall include the following:
For the Stainless Steel Angle the Contractor shall submit shop drawings that clearly indicate the following:
Profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of members
Connections, attachments and anchor details
Size and type of fasteners
All fittings, mounting brackets, hardware and accessories
Finishes, coatings and shop painting
Weld lengths and sizes
The Contractor shall include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. The Contractor shall
submit a sample of stainless steel angle.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
40P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 509
STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE (SPECIAL)
Add Subsection 509.311 immediately after subsection 509.31 under Field Construction Requirements:
509.311 Stainless Steel Angle (Special): Shall be delivered in sections ready for installation with minimal field
welding required. Store fabricated steel in a dry place to avoid condensation or damage to finish.
Deliver stainless steel anchor bolts, sleeves, and stainless steel anchorage devices which are embedded in concrete
to the project in time for installation under appropriate trades. Furnish setting drawings, templates and installation
instructions as required.
Fabricate Stainless Steel Angle in accordance with details and approved shop drawings. Upon completion, work
shall be straight, rigid and tight and free of defects. Material shall consist of new stock of types and sizes
indicated. Contractor shall verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Fit and shop assemble sections in
largest practical sizes for delivery to site and installation. Supply components required for secure anchorage of
fencing as indicated. Make cuts clean and sharp with edges ground smooth. Grind exposed welds smooth and
flush with adjacent surfaces. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush and hairline. Close all exposed ends of tubing
with welding caps.
Welding shall comply with American Welding Society Standards for exposed architectural metal work. Miter
and cope intersections and weld all around. Remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces
to match those adjacent.
Inspection: Verify existing conditions to receive Stainless Steel Angle are satisfactory prior to commencing
work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to General Contractor. Beginning of installation means acceptance of
existing conditions.
Supply items to be cast into concrete with setting templates and erection drawings to appropriate sections as
required.
Erect work square and level, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Install
panels and bollards according to approved shop drawings.
Leave protective coatings in place until project is substantially completed. Remove and leave surfaces clean upon
completion. Remove stained or otherwise defective work. Replace with new material. Touch up paint as
required following installation.
Workmanship, fabrication and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications.
Welding shall be done by welder(s) certified for AWS, D1.6 Structural Welding Code for Stainless Steel
requirements.
Installation shall be in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer’s recommendations as
required. Stainless Steel Angle shall be installed in the locations and quantities shown on the Drawings and as
detailed. Where applicable, the Engineer shall approve the Stainless Steel Angle locations prior to fastening in
place.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
41P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 509
STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE (SPECIAL)
Subsection 509.04 shall include the following:
Stainless Steel Angle (Special) will be measured by the linear foot (LF), installed complete. Work shall include
all stainless steel, stainless steel anchors, stainless steel hardware, and other incidentals for the erection of the
stainless steel angle.
Subsection 509.33 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Stainless Steel Angle (Special) LF
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
42P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 5l4
HAND RAIL, PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL), AND PEDESTRIAN RAILING (TIMBER)
(SPECIAL)
Section 5l4 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Add Subsection 514.051 immediately following subsection 515.05 under the Materials Section:
514.051 Hand Rail (Special) and Pedestrian Railing (Steel) (Special)
Steel for railing shall be sheet steel or fabricated tubular metal or fabricated metal pipe fencing shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM A526 Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized by the Hot Dip Process) and ASTM B117
Salt Spray Testing as specified. Railing to be powder coated shall conform to the Revision of Section 522.
Manufacturer(s):
1. M&R Fabricators, Inc.
3001 Rawhide Drive
Laporte, CO 80535-9330
T: 970.222.0109
e-mail: rustywillford@aol.com
2. DaVinci Sign Systems, Inc.
4496 Bents Drive
Windsor, CO 80550
T: 970.203.9292
e-mail: info@davincisign.com
3. YESCO
3770 Joliet St
Denver CO 80239
T: 720-458-7124
e-mail: jharshaw@yesco.com
4. Or approved substitute.
Hand Rail (Special): Shall be delivered in pre-assembled sections ready for installation with no field welding
required. Store fabricated steel in a dry place to avoid condensation or damage to finish.
Pedestrian Railing (Steel) (Special): Shall be delivered in pre-assembled sections ready for installation with no
field welding required. Store fabricated steel in a dry place to avoid condensation or damage to finish.
Deliver anchor bolts, sleeves and anchorage devices which are embedded in concrete to the project in time for
installation under appropriate trades. Furnish setting drawings, templates and installation instructions as required.
Hand Rail and Pedestrian Railing (Steel) shall be powder coated. Color(s) shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
Fabricate Hand Rail and Pedestrian Railing (Steel) in accordance with details and approved shop drawings.
All posts and pickets shall be plumb. Adjust anchor base plates as necessary to accommodate this.
Upon completion, work shall be straight, rigid and tight and free of defects. Material shall consist of new stock of
types and sizes indicated. Contractor shall verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Fit and shop
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
43P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 5l4
HAND RAIL, PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL), AND PEDESTRIAN RAILING (TIMBER)
(SPECIAL)
assemble sections in largest practical sizes for delivery to site and installation. Supply components required for
secure anchorage of fencing as indicated. Make cuts clean and sharp with edges ground smooth. Grind exposed
welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush and hairline. Close all
exposed ends of tubing with welding caps.
Welding shall comply with American Welding Society Standards for exposed architectural metal work. Miter
and cope intersections and weld all around. Remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces
to match those adjacent.
Add Subsection 514.052 immediately following subsection 515.051 under the Materials Section:
514.052 Pedestrian Railing (Timber) (Special)
Pedestrian Railing (Timber) (Special) shall conform to the requirements of this section and shall be delivered in
pre-cut fence components ready for installation.
Subsection 514.06 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings that clearly indicate the following:
Profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of members
Connections, attachments and anchor details
Size and type of fasteners
All fittings, mounting brackets, hardware and accessories
Finishes, coatings and shop painting
Weld lengths and sizes
The Contractor shall include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. The Contractor shall
submit a sample of the Hand Rail, Pedestrian Railing (Steel), and Pedestrian Railing (Timber) materials and
samples of powdercoat color(s).
Inspection: Verify existing conditions to receive Hand Rail, Pedestrian Railing (Steel), and Pedestrian Railing
(Timber) are satisfactory prior to commencing work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor. Beginning
of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
Supply items to be cast into concrete with setting templates and erection drawings to appropriate sections as
required.
Erect work square and level, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Install
panels and bollards according to approved shop drawings.
Leave protective coatings in place until project is substantially completed. Remove and leave surfaces clean upon
completion. Remove stained or otherwise defective work. Replace with new material. Touch up paint as
required following installation.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
44P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 5l4
HAND RAIL, PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL), AND PEDESTRIAN RAILING (TIMBER)
(SPECIAL)
The tops of all posts shall be set to the required grade and alignment.
Workmanship, fabrication and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications.
Welding shall be done by welder(s) certified for AWS, D1.1 structural welding requirements.
Installation shall be in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer’s recommendations as
required. Hand Rail, Pedestrian Railing (Steel), and Pedestrian Railing (Timber) shall be installed in the locations
and quantities shown on the Drawings and as detailed. Where applicable, the Engineer shall approve the Hand
Rail, Pedestrian Railing (Steel), and Pedestrian Railing (Timber) prior to fastening in place.
Subsection 514.07 shall include the following:
Hand Rail (Special) will be measured by the linear foot (LF), installed complete. Work shall include all steel,
hardware, powder coating, reinforcing steel, frame, posts, rail, mounting and other incidentals to the erection of
the hand rail.
Pedestrian Railing (Steel) (Special) will be measured by the linear foot (LF), installed complete. Work shall
include steel, hardware, powder coating, reinforcing steel, frame, posts, rail, mounting and all other incidentals to
the erection of the pedestrian railing.
Pedestrian Railing (Timber) (Special) will be measured by the linear foot (LF), installed complete. Work shall
include all cutting, hardware, digging, assembling, and other incidentals to the erection of the pedestrian railings.
Subsection 514.08 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Hand Rail (Special) Linear Foot
Pedestrian Railing (Steel) Special) Linear Foot
Pedestrian Railing (Timber) (Special) Linear Foot
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
45P
-1-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
Section 522 of the standard specifications is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
522.01 This work consists of hot dip galvanizing and duplex coating steel structures as shown in the Contract.
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
522.02
(a) General. The Contractor shall provide, install, and repair if necessary, all steel items that are prepared and
coated in conformance with this Section. All repair and replacement of the finished coating necessary for
final acceptance shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
Steel products to be galvanized and coated shall be cleaned of weld spatter and bevel finished at exposed
corners, edges and points. Areas having welds, cuts, bores, notches, or grooves shall also be beveled unless
otherwise noted in the Contract or directed by the Engineer. Bevel work shall produce a uniform, smooth
finish for galvanizing. Bevel size to be used is based on steel thickness and other criteria as follows:
Steel Thickness/Type Bevel Size (inches)
Less than ½” thick 1/32” to 1/16”
Over ½” thick 1/16” to 1/8”
Bores, notches & grooves root face of 1/32” to 1/16”
Welds shall be cleaned and finished according to AWS standards.
All coating measurements shall be taken with a Type 2 fixed probe Dry Film Thickness (DFT) gauge. The
gauge shall be calibrated, and measurements shall be taken, according to the Society for Protective Coatings
(SSPC) Standard PA-2.
(b) Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be done in accordance with the Contract requirements and AASHTO M 111
(ASTM A123) for the type of material being galvanized, except that items shall only be quenched with
ambient air. The poles and arms for traffic signals and signs shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and
outside. Chromate treatment of any type will not be permitted. Zinc-phosphate pretreatment or acrylic
passivation pretreatments shall be as described in (d) below.
The Contractor shall submit a certificate of compliance (COC), conforming to subsection 106.12, confirming
that all materials meet or exceed the galvanizing requirements described herein.
All galvanized surfaces shall be free from drips, slag or surface irregularities..
Spot areas not requiring galvanizing shall be marked and cleanly patched with material that prevents
galvanization but does not weaken the adjacent spelter coating. Repair of patched areas shall be achieved by
metallizing as described in (c) below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
46P
-2-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
Prior to galvanizing, the Contractor’s galvanizer shall notify the Engineer in writing that the galvanized
order is chromate free and air quenched. Products not certified chromate free by the Contractor’s
galvanizer shall be tested prior to galvanizing. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification
from an independent ASTM accredited laboratory listing all individual items that test chromate free. Testing
shall comply with ASTM D-2092 Appendix X2. Test results shall be provided to the Engineer prior to
galvanizing.
(c) Repair of Galvanized Products. Uncoated areas or damaged coating exceeding applicable specification
limits shall be re-galvanized to meet the original specification requirements. Cuts made after galvanizing
shall be ground, beveled, and smoothed before repair. Damaged galvanized areas shall be re-galvanized or
metallized.
Re-galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-780, Annex A1. Metalizing shall conform to ASTM A-780,
Annex A3, except that minor repair areas shall be cleaned according to SSPC method SP-3. SSPC Method
SP-2 may be used to clean difficult access areas. Thickness of the repair coat shall match adjacent
galvanizing, as measured by a calibrated DFT gauge.
Coating imperfections such as burring, runs or drips, high spots, heavy dross, or ash inclusion shall be
removed and cleaned at the Contractor’s expense. Areas of re-work falling below zinc thickness limits shall
be repaired at the Contractor’s expense.
Printed Technical Data Sheets (PTDS) shall be provided to the Engineer for repair materials used.
(d) Preparing Galvanized Surfaces for Coating. Products shall be inspected for shipping and handling damage
before surface preparation begins. Damage shall be reported to the Contractor’s galvanizer and to the Engineer
prior to repair. The Engineer will determine whether damaged items are to be repaired or replaced. Minor
repair of galvanizing shall conform to (c) above, and shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall prepare each surface to be coated so that it has a slightly roughened profile without
removing over 1.0 mil of the galvanized coating. Minimum ASTM zinc thickness specifications shall still
apply after preparation.
Surfaces of fasteners to be coated shall be lightly brushed or sanded in a manner that will remove the least
amount of zinc.
Surfaces that become soiled after pretreatment shall be cleaned prior to coating by low pressure, mild detergent
wash and rinse. Stained or oiled surfaces may also be mildly scrubbed with a soft bristle nylon brush. Stubborn
stains may be mildly scrubbed with a mix of 1 - 2 percent ammonia solution and thoroughly rinsed. Wash and
rinse pressure shall not exceed 100 psi at 185° F temperature.
Surface preparation work shall be done according to one of the following methods:
1. Zinc-Phosphate Pretreatment. This treatment may be used only on new galvanizing less than 48 hours
of age.
Items shall be immersed in a bath of acidic zinc-phosphate solution for 3 - 6 minutes, rinsed with clean
water, and dried. The first epoxy coat shall be applied within 48 hours after immersion treatment.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
47P
-3-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
If treated items are shipped to a different coating facility they shall be rewashed, rinsed and dried to
remove surface soiling. The first epoxy coat must still be applied within 48 hours after immersion
treatment.
2. Acrylic Passivation Pretreatment. This treatment may be used only on fresh hot galvanizing or new
galvanizing less than 48 hours of age. Only chrome-free solutions shall be used, applied by a method
that ensures complete coverage of all surfaces to be coated. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer
with treatment dates for each item and the PTDS for the solutions used.
The Contractor’s galvanizer may apply solution to fresh hot galvanizing that is less than 6 hours of age,
still clean, and dry and that has cooled to treatment application temperature guidelines.
If newly galvanized items are shipped to another treatment facility they shall be washed, rinsed and
dried to remove surface soiling. The solution shall then be applied and cured according to the supplier’s
instructions.
Fully cured and treated items shall be rewashed, rinsed, and dried again just before coating. Items not
coated within 100 days of treatment shall be abrasive blasted in conformance with subsection (d) 3.
3. Abrasive Blasting. This treatment may be used on galvanized items of any age if beveling
requirements as listed in the third and fourth paragraphs of subsection (a) have been met.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least five working days before blasting begins.
Zinc thickness shall be measured and recorded immediately after blasting and provided to the
Engineer within 48 hours of blasting. Thickness limits and measurement frequency shall comply with
the original applicable ASTM specification. Blast operations shall reasonably conform to ASTM
Standard Practice D-6386, Subsection 5.4.1 except for small areas falling below required zinc
thickness. These areas shall be repaired in accordance with subsection (c). No single area shall exceed
2 inches at its largest width or 12 inches at its longest dimension. The total repair area shall not exceed
1 percent of the coatable surface of the item; if limits are exceeded or zinc thickness is below the
specification requirement, the item shall be re-galvanized in conformance with the original
specification.
The Contractor shall measure and record the size, location and repair method used for all repairs. This
information shall be included on the report of thickness measurements.
The first epoxy coat shall be applied within 24 hours of abrasive blasting. Items shall be cleaned free
of blast debris before coating. Compressed air used to clean items shall be free of oil, residue, oil and
other harmful contaminants.
Thickness measurement is not required after surface preparation work has been completed.
(e) Coating and Paint Systems. Prepared items shall be coated with a two or three coat system described in this
subsection. Alternative coating systems shall be pre-approved in writing by the Engineer. Manufacturer’s
PTDS for each coating type shall state test values for ASTM requirements of this subsection. Prior to product
use the coating supplier shall provide the PTDS and certify to the Engineer in writing that all furnished coating
materials meet applicable requirements of this subsection.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
48P
-4-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
Faying surfaces shall not be painted unless written approval is given by the Engineer. All shop fabrication,
including welds and attachments, shall be completed prior to coating unless otherwise specified in the
Contract or directed in writing by the Engineer.
Inorganic zinc coatings shall not be used. Combined DFT of all coats applied over the galvanizing shall
range from 6.5 to 10 mils with a topcoat DFT of 3 mils minimum. Dried color of the base coat and topcoat
shall be visually contrasting. Finished color shall not vary more than 4 ΔΕ*ab units from the specified color
determined in accordance with ASTM D 2244.
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) levels shall not exceed 3.5 pounds per gallon for each applied coat. Dry
films shall contain less than 1 percent lead and other toxic heavy metals. The zinc concentration of each
epoxy coat shall not exceed 40 percent. Top coats shall have a semi-gloss value of 50-75.
All coatings shall be able to withstand temperatures up to 180° F without sag, blister, or peel damage.
Topcoat formulation shall provide weathering, chemical, and ultraviolet (UV) resistance. All coatings shall
meet the following ASTM requirements as amended:
(1) Corrosion Weathering. ASTM D-5894, minimum 6-cycles of exposure:
Corrosion rating of 8 or higher according to ASTM D-1654.
Blistering rating of 8 or higher according to ASTM D-714.
(2) Impact Resistance. ASTM D-2794, 30 day test:
Epoxies – Minimum 40 inch-pounds
All Topcoats – Minimum 90 inch-pounds
(3) Adhesion Testing. ASTM D-4541, 30 day test, Minimum 500 psi for either: Method B - flat surface or
Method E - curved surface.
(4) Abrasion Resistance. ASTM D-4060, 30 day test: Maximum 90 mg loss after 1000 cycles with a CS10
or CS17 wheel.
(5) Flexibility. ASTM D-522, 30 day test - Method B: Epoxies shall pass a 180 degree bend over a ¾ inch
mandrel. All Topcoats shall pass a 180 degree bend over a 3/8 inch mandrel.
Each coat shall be applied uniformly to provide an appearance free of laps, streaks, sags, drips, pinholes, and
other discontinuities; all such defects shall be repaired prior to product shipment.
The Contractor’s coater shall measure the DFT of each applied coat according to SSPC, Guide PA-2, except
that measurements shall be taken with a calibrated Type 2 fixed probe gauge. Thickness records shall be
provided to the Engineer prior to project shipment. The following two coating systems do not require pre-
approval:
1. Powder Coating. The Contractor’s coater shall oven preheat the articles to abate out-gassing potential.
The Contractor’s coater shall use compatible materials and coating processes to obtain proper coat to
coat adhesion.
The epoxy powder base coat shall measure 2 to 6 mils DFT and be applied by electrostatic or airstatic
spray. The powder formulation shall be a non-hybrid epoxy of anti-gassing grade.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
49P
-5-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
The powder topcoat shall be electrostatic or airstatic spray applied and measure 3 to 6 mils DFT. The
powder formulation shall be a non-acrylic, high-build, aliphatic-based, enhanced polyester or urethane
polyester of anti-gassing grade.
2. Liquid Coating. The Contractor’s coater shall apply coats by conventional or airless spray according to
the supplier’s guidelines. Minimal striping at difficult work areas is permissible. The Contractor’s
Coater shall use proper work methods and compatible materials to obtain proper coat adhesion.
Thinning of paints shall be done according to the manufacturer’s instructions so that thinned products
conform to the solids content and VOC limits of this subsection.
The epoxy base coat shall measure 2 to 6 mils DFT. Paint shall be a low-blush epoxy polyamide, or a
low-blush cycloaliphatic bisphenol-A polyamine. Minimum solids by weight of all epoxies used shall
be 68 percent.
The topcoat shall measure 3 to 6 mils DFT. Paint shall be an aliphatic-based urethane polyester or
aliphatic-based polyurea urethane. Specially formulated aliphatic-based polyaspartic polyureas may also
be used over compatible epoxy bases.
(f) Repair of Coated Products. The Contractor shall repair damage from shipment, installation, field welding, or
other activity during the construction. Damage shall be reported to the Engineer prior to repair. Repairs shall
be as directed by the Engineer.
Significant repair procedures require written submittal of a proposed repair process from the Contractor. The
Engineer shall approve the proposal in writing before repairs begin. Significant repairs are classified as:
(1) Any damaged area to the base coat material over 1 square inch
(2) Total repair areas exceeding 5 percent of the coating per item
(3) Any single topcoat repair area over 64 square inches
Minor and touchup repair of topcoats shall be done as follows:
A UV rated, aliphatic-based liquid topcoat paint shall be used. The paint shall be compatible with the
existing topcoat material and closely match existing color. The paint shall meet the requirements of
subsection (e). The paint supplier shall provide the Engineer with PTDS for the products used.
Single areas smaller than 8 square inches requiring repair shall be scuffed with 220 grit sandpaper or
equivalent scuff material. Larger areas up to 64 square inches may be cleaned according to SSPC, Method
SP-2. All border areas at the undamaged topcoat shall be scuffed with 220 grit material.
Cleaned, scuffed areas shall be bordered and coated by airless or conventional spray. Work areas shall be
adequately shielded to contain errant spray. Fresh repair areas shall be protected as necessary during the
initial cure. Repair thickness shall reasonably match the adjacent coating.
The repair coat shall provide an appearance free of sags, runs, streaks, drips, pinholes, or other
discontinuities. Spray can paint repair shall not be used.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
50P
-6-
SECTION 522
DUPLEX COATING SYSTEM
(g) Conditions for Final Acceptance of Coating. Within six weeks immediately prior to final project acceptance,
the Engineer and a representative of CDOT’s Staff Bridge Branch will conduct a final inspection of the
coating. The Contractor’s Superintendent shall also attend the inspection. Before final project acceptance,
the Contractor shall repair the following defects found during the inspection:
a. Peeling on any portion of the coatings.
b. Blistering on any portion of the coatings.
c. Color fading below a 35 gloss rating, in accordance with ASTM D523.
d. Mottling defects that exceed 3 percent of the topcoat surface.
e. Visible cracking of the topcoat material.
f. Visible rusting discoloration on the coating.
g. Sag or other evidence of coating adhesion loss.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT
Duplex Coating System will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
51P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised to include the following:
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the construction clean new Moss Rock Veneer and Moss Rock Cap masonry including
mortar, grout, ties, anchors, accessories, and removal of surplus material and waste in accordance with these
specifications, and in conformity the plans.
MATERIALS
Moss Rock Veneer and Moss Rock Cap masonry shall meet the following requirements
(a) Reference Standards:
A. ASTM E514: Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry.
Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications,
except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified.
B. Stone masonry work shall be in accordance with the recommendations and standards of the
American Standards Association.
C. ASTM: American Society of Testing and Materials.
D. ASTM C144: Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
E. ASTM C150: Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
F. ASTM C270: Standard Specification for Mortar Mix.
G. ASTM C476: Standard Specification for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry.
H. ASTM E514: Standard Specification for Moisture Resistance in Masonry Assemblies.
I. PCA, current edition.
(b) Moss Rock Units: Moss Rock to match existing adjacent moss rock sign project, see drawings. Moss Rock
veneer shall be 4” thick from face of concrete wall to face of veneer (4” dimension includes mortar between wall
and veneer).
A. Finish: Faced rough on exposed surfaces. Stone with broken or fractured surfaces shall be
rejected.
B. Color(s): To match existing adjacent moss rock sign project.
C. Depth Range: To match existing adjacent moss rock sign project.
D. Standard Height Range: To match existing adjacent moss rock sign project.
E. Length Range: To match existing adjacent moss rock sign project.
F. Corners: Include corner stones
(c) Approved Suppliers:
A. Crystal Landscape Supplies CO.
B. The Rock Garden, CO.
C. Pioneer Sand Company, CO
D. TimberRock Landscape, CO
E. Other suppliers meeting the requirements of this section are acceptable as approved by the
Engineer prior to bidding.
(d) Mortar and Grout Materials
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, natural.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
52P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction.
C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144.
D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8".
E. Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption.
F. Mortar Coloring To match existing adjacent moss rock sign project.
G. Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted.
H. Integral Water Repellent: Integral polymeric-based water repellent admixture, conforming to
ASTM E514 and achieving an E (Excellent) rating, RainBlok for Mortar by ACM Chemistries,
Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. Integral water repellent shall be used in all
exterior stone masonry construction.
(e) Mortar and Grout Mixes
A. Mortar Mixes for Stone Masonry Veneer: ASTM C270, Type N mortar with hydrated lime for all
new veneer masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 750 psi at 28 days, or as
indicated on the Structural Drawings:
1. 1 part Portland cement, Type 1.
2. 1/4 to 1/2 part hydrated lime.
3. 2-1/4 to 3-1/2 parts damp, loose sand.
4. Integral water repellent.
5. Mortar coloring.
B. Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days:
1. 1 part Portland cement, Type 1.
2. 2-1/4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand.
3. 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate.
4. Pozzolan as per manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume.
C. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements.
D. Non-Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120.
(f) Stone Masonry Accessories
A. Stone Masonry Veneer Ties: per plans and details.
B. Anchors: Furnish and set all anchors, ties, and dowels: stainless steel.
(g) Sealer
A. Clear Masonry Sealer: None.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
53P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Submittals
Supplier and Installer: Submit name of installer and quarry/supplier from which stone will be received for
approval by the Owner.
Contractor Qualifications: Installer shall have five (5) years successful experience installing stone on projects of
similar scale and complexity.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating dimensions of stone units, types of cuts, face texture and
installation details.
Samples for Moss Rock: Submit sample board of specified blend of stone material for approval before delivery to
the site – see drawings. Final approval shall be by the Owner.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified, including
certification that each type complies with the specifications.
Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect.
Mortar Analysis: Submit three (3) copies of the existing mortar analysis. Inspection and testing shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149, E514
and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples
shall be taken at random to provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these
specifications shall be removed from the job and replaced.
Sample Panel: Erect minimum 3'-0" x 3'-0" sample panel consisting of approved Moss Rock masonry that
satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship, including special coursing.
A. Sample panel shall show an external corner condition Contractor shall not continue work until
Engineer has accepted sample panel.
B. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as
standard of comparison for balance of work.
C. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by
the Owner.
Delivery, Storage and Handling
Deliver stone material to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep stone completely covered and free from frost, ice
and snow. Handle stone carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Store
mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used.
Environmental Conditions
Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 F prior to, during and 48 hours after
completion of stone work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
54P
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
During freezing or near-freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum
temperature of 50 F and to protect stone work completed or in progress.
Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 70 F and 100 F.
Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted.
Protect partially completed stone masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls
with strong, waterproof, non-staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and
anchor securely in place.
Cold Weather Installation:
A. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in
mortar or grout.
C. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace work damaged by frost or freezing.
D. Do not heat water above 106 F.
E. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less
than 70 F or more than 100 F.
F. Materials shall be preconditioned and protected as follows:
1. When air temperature is below 40 F and above 32 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry
from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers.
2. When air temperature is below 32 F and above 20 F, heat both sand and mixing water.
Maintain a temperature of at least 40 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or
enclosures for 24 hours.
3. When air temperature is 20 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide
heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 40 F shall be maintained within enclosures for
48 hours.
4. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to
1/2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's
approval.
G. Hot Weather Installation:
1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Engineer may order very light fog spray of
mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of
mortar.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
55P
-5-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
Masonry Installation
(a) General:
A. Stone Masonry Installer shall check lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to
commencing work of this Section. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions or discrepancies
which may affect the successful installation of the stone masonry work. Do not begin work until
conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized.
C. Establish lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place stone masonry in
accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings.
D. Ensure that wall ties are been properly located and installed.
E. Clean and dry stone units prior to installation.
F. Installation of Veneer Ties. Install stainless steel corrugated dovetail anchor masonry veneer ties
in dovetail stainless steel wall anchor slots in concrete columns and walls at regular intervals not
to exceed 16" o.c. both ways over the face of the concrete.
G. Installation of Masonry Anchors. Install stainless steel cast-in dovetail masonry anchors and slots
in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
H. Properly install and embed anchors into mortar for random or coursed ashlar installations not to
exceed 16" o.c.
I. Provide product data sheet for ties, anchors, and slots, depicting proposed gauge of masonry
anchors and proposed gauge of slots for Owner’s Representative to review and approve prior to
ordering.
(b) Mortar Batch Control
A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for
mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained.
B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Hand
mixing in a wheelbarrow or other uncontrolled method is not acceptable.
C. Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial
mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability.
1. Ensure addition of integral water repellent for exterior masonry construction, proportioned as
recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Colored Mortar: If colored mortar is specified, mortar color shall be pre-blended, not field
mixed.
E. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 80 degrees F, and 2-1/2 hours at
temperatures under 50 degrees F.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
56P
-6-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
(c) Joints
A. General: Lay coursed modular units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for
minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. See drawings as joint thickness/depth
varies per plans.
B. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown.
E. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work.
F. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work.
G. Clean soiled surfaces using a non-acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Consult
masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners.
(d) Installation of Stone Masonry
A. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay stone masonry in rough coursed ashlar bond.
B. If masonry pattern requires, ensure that courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and
horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness to match existing.
C. Tolerances: See drawings.
D. Joint Width: See drawings.
E. Do not shift or tap stone units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made,
remove mortar and replace.
(e) Mortar Bedding and Joints
A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to 1/2 face dimension of unit or panel and
shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units.
B. Joint Width: As specified above.
(f) Tooling
A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled – see drawings. Rake out mortar in preparation for
application of caulking or sealants as required.
B. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: See drawings.
C. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown.
D. Exposed Bench Seat Slab Joints: Tool joints, except exposed horizontal joints shall be cut flush.
E. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
57P
-7-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
(g) Cutting and Fitting
A. Cut and fill for fasteners, mounting plates, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required.
Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location.
B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the
Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work.
(h) Cleaning and Protection
A. General: New stone masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work.
B. Remove and replace broken or fractured stone units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon
completion of work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non-acidic solution which will not harm stone or
adjacent materials. Consult manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in
cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified.
(i) Field Quality Control
A. General: Installation of stone masonry units, mortar and grout, and workmanship of joints shall
be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel.
B. Stone masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the
proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction.
C. Face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the
satisfaction of the Architect and Owner, except that chips not larger than 1/4" will be considered
acceptable on a very limited basis.
D. Contractor shall promptly remove rejected stone units or portions of the work and replace to
match the quality of the approved sample panel.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Moss Rock Veneer will be measured by the face square foot of veneer constructed and accepted. Wall anchors
and ties will be considered incidental and included in the cost of the stone masonry veneer.
Wall anchors, wall ties, and mortar will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear
in the bid schedule. Except as otherwise indicated on the plans or in the special provisions, all connecting devices
will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
58P
-8-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
MOSS ROCK VENEER
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Moss Rock Veneer Face Square Foot
Moss Rock Cap Linear Foot
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
59P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN
Sections 601 and 708 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 601.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of: (1) Class 2 surface finish of concrete to receive Concrete Stain; (2) providing and
applying an opaque structural concrete stain to all concrete surfaces previously designated in the Contract to
receive a structure concrete stain; (3) sealing of the concrete; and (4) provide up to 5-gallons of pre-mixed
touch-up paint in aerosol spray cans.
The color of the structural concrete stain shall be as noted on the plans, and shall be approved from test panels
provided by the Contractor.
The structural concrete stain shall be one of the following products or approved equals:
1. RAINSTOPPER RS400 – Semi Transparent Stain
Textured Coatings of America
Pro-Coat Systems, Inc.
5775 Stapleton Drive North
Denver, Colorado 80216
303-322-9009
2. “Acrylic” Structural Concrete Stain
Anchor Paint Co. of Denver, Inc.
641 South Jason
Denver, Colorado 80223-2305
303-744-2361
3. Bridge and Highway Concrete Sealer, B97-Series
The Sherwin-Williams Company
543A Santa Fe Drive
Denver, Colorado 80204
303-893-1303
Subsection 601.03 shall include the following:
Structural Concrete Stain 708.08.
Subsection 601.09(f) shall include the following:
All concrete forms shall be treated with a water based concrete form release agent prior to placing reinforcement
for surfaces to which structural concrete stain is to be applied.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
60P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN
In Subsection 601.14 (a) delete the third paragraph and replace with the following:
Structural concrete stain shall be the final finish for all concrete surfaces designated on the plans and in these
specifications.
Delete Subsection 601.14(b)4 and replace with the following:
Unless otherwise shown in the Contract, the structural concrete stain shall be applied to all exposed concrete
elements of the structure above the ground line, and shall extend 1-foot below the finished ground line. Bridge
bearing devices, curb and barrier cover plates, fence, and steel bridge rail shall be masked or otherwise protected
to prevent structural concrete stain from coming into contact with them.
The color of the Structural Concrete Stain shall have the written approval of CDOT prior to final batching and
application on the project. The final color of the Approved, structural concrete stain, shall be determined as
follows:
1. 2 foot by 2 foot samples of the colors required by the Contract, shall be submitted to CDOT for Approval.
The Stain samples shall be applied to a surface similar in texture to the concrete surface on which the stain
will be applied on the project. The Stain samples shall be applied by the same methods to be used in field
application.
2. At least three weeks prior to beginning of the application of the structural concrete stain, 100 sf test panels
shall be prepared for final color Approval by CDOT. The test panels shall be produced on the actual
concrete surface on which the final product will be placed, at a location designated by CDOT. The stain
shall be applied to the test panels by the same methods to be used in the final field application. CDOT will
be allowed one week for Approval after stain application to the test panels.
Concrete finishing and curing shall be completed in accordance with the specification prior to the application
of the Stain. The concrete finish to which the structural concrete stain is to be applied shall be a Class 2 Finish,
except as modified below:
1. Following curing of the concrete in accordance with Subsection 601.13, all projections and bulges shall be
removed and the surface sandblasted. Sandblasting shall profile the concrete surface, remove all form
release agents, and all other deleterious materials that would inhibit the bond of the Structural Concrete
Stain. The profile of the sandblasted concrete surface shall be equivalent to Concrete Surface Profile Three
(CSP 3) as defined in Technical Guideline No. 03732, “ Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface
Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays” by the International Concrete Repair Institute.
The Contractor shall provide a CSP 3 chip for use on the project.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
61P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN
2. A mortar mix, proportioned by volume, consisting of one part Portland cement, two to three parts sand
(conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 144), and an approved bonding agent shall be used to patch
all holes produced by form ties, honeycombing, voids 1/2 inch or larger in any dimension, broken corners
and edges, and other defects. The mortar mix shall include an approved bonding agent. The quantity and
application procedure of the bonding agent shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer of the bonding agent. Areas to be patched shall be moistened with water before the mortar is
applied, and the patched area shall be float finished and left flush with the concrete surface without checking
or cracking of patches. Patching shall be done when the ambient temperature is at least 40°F. Holes deeper
than 3/4 inch shall be filled in layers that does not exceed 1/2 inch in thickness.
1. Within 24 hours prior to applying structural concrete stain, the concrete surface to be coated shall be cleaned
by water blasting at a minimum pressure of 3,000 psi and at a rate of 4 to 14 gallons/minute, to remove
dust, dirt, and other materials that would inhibit bonding of the coating. If the surface is contaminated before
application of the coating, it shall be re-cleaned as required prior to application of the coating.
New concrete shall be at least 28 Days old or as approved in writing by the coating manufacturer before the
stain is applied.
Two coats of stain shall be applied. Each coat shall be applied at a rate of 200 to 250 square feet per gallon.
(Approximately 3 mils dry film thickness.) The second coat shall not be applied until at least 12 hours after the
application of the first coat.
If the surface is contaminated between coats it shall be re-cleaned as stated above prior to application of the
next coat.
The stain shall be mixed mechanically and applied by spraying. Workmanship shall be such that the final stained
surface is colored uniformly and presents a pleasing appearance. Any areas determined by CDOT to be
insufficiently stained shall be re-stained.
The stain shall be applied only when the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 90°F, and is anticipated to
remain above 40°F for a minimum of twenty-four hours. The surface to be stained shall be dry and free of frost.
Subsection 708.08 shall include the following:
708.08 Structural Concrete Stain: The Stain shall be a one-component, non-vapor barrier, solvent based acrylic
resin. No sand or other texturing agents will be permitted.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Solid by Weight: 51%, plus or minus 2%
Solids by Volume: 34%, plus or minus 2%
A material safety data sheet (MSDS) prepared in accordance with Federal Standard 313 and a complete set of
manufacturers mixing and application instructions shall be submitted to CDOT before the Contractor begins
applying the Stain.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
62P
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN
Subsection 601.20 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Structural Concrete Stain Square Yard
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
63P
- 1 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of designing, fabrication, and erection of precast concrete units, hereinafter referred to as
Concrete 3-Sided Culvert (Precast) and Concrete 3-Sided Culvert Top Slab (Precast), in accordance with these
specifications and in conformity with the plan details. References to Precast Base Unit shall mean “Concrete 3-
Sided Culvert (Precast) “. References to Precast Top Slab or Top Slab (Precast), shall mean “Concrete 3-Sided
Culvert Top Slab (Precast)”. References to Precast Bridge Unit shall mean both items.
MATERIALS
Concrete. Concrete shall meet the minimum requirements for Concrete Class D, Class S35, or Class S40 in
accordance with Section 601 and for Class PS in accordance with Section 618.
Reinforcing Steel. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars or smooth welded wire fabric in accordance with
Subsection 602, Reinforcing Steel. Deformed Welded Wire fabric maybe supplied, at the contractor’s option, at no
additional cost to the department. Galvanized Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to AASHTO M111.
Structural Steel. Structural steel items shall conform to Section 509. Bolts shall be 7/8”F unless shown otherwise
in the plans. Bolts shall conform to Subsection 509.07. High strength bolts shall conform to Subsection 509.08.
Prestressing Steel. Prestressing Steel shall conform to Subsection 714.01.
CONSTRUCTION
Design. Precast elements shall be designed in accordance with the following:
(1) American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) LRFD Bridge
Design Specifications.
(1) CDOT Bridge Design Manual.
(2) American Welding Society (A.W.S.)
Structural Welding Code – Structural Steel AWS D1.1
Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel AWS D1.4
*A minimum of 5 years of similar welding experience is acceptable
Concrete 3-sided culvert (precast) shall consist of an open top structure with vertical legs and flat bottom. The top
slab for the Concrete 3-sided culvert shall be precast and referred to as Concrete 3-Sided Culvert Top Slab (Precast).
Field welding of precast units shall not be permitted.
If the Precaster elects to prestress any portion of the precast unit, work shall conform to Section 618 Prestressed
Concrete. Prestressing shall be included in the work.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
64P
- 2 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Precast elements that are designed as soil-structure systems shall provide at least two (2) independently verified full
scale load tests. This requirement will not apply to precast elements designed as rigid frames.
Rating. A Load rating meeting the applicable requirements of the CDOT Rating Manual will be required for the
structure. All electronic files and hand calculations needed for each structure rating shall be submitted with the
rating package.
Shop Drawings. The Contractor shall submit seven sets of shop drawings and design computations to the engineer
for each separate structure. Submittals shall conform to Subsection 105.02. Shop drawings and design calculations
shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the state of Colorado. Shop drawings and design
calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer within 10 calendar days after notice of low bidder.
Shop drawings shall include all details, dimensions, and quantities necessary to construction the culvert, head walls
wing walls, and foundations, and shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:
a. Structure span and rise.
b. All details showing all concrete dimensions, elevations, and reinforcing steel with bar size,
length, and spacing’s indicated. Concrete 3-Sided Culvert and Top Slab plan and section views
shall be provided. The actual soil bearing pressure shall be noted on the details sheets.
c. Culvert section details.
d. Head wall, concrete railing, and cast-in-place concrete box culvert and wingwall and riparian wall
extension anchorage design and details, and computations. Head wall, concrete railing, and cast-
in-place concrete box culvert and wingwall and riparian wall extensions plan, elevation, and
section views shall be provided.
e. Prestressing submittals in accordance with Section 618, when required.
f. Backfill limits and requirements.
g. Waterproofing requirements.
h. Handling and placement requirements.
i. Hydraulic or clearance box equivalency computations, when required.
Placement of Reinforcement. Placement of reinforcement in precast bridge units shall be in accordance with
ASTM C1504. Laps and Spacing for steel reinforcement in precast bridge units shall be in accordance with ASTM
C1504, with the exception that no welding shall be permitted.
Curing. Curing shall be in accordance with AASHTO M170.
Storage. Precast elements shall be stored in such a manner to prevent cracking or damage. Store elements using
adequate supports as appropriate. Units shall not be moved until concrete compressive strength has reached a
minimum of 2500 psi. Units shall not be stored in an upright position unless approved by the engineer.
Handling. Handling devices shall be permitted in each precast element for the purpose of handling and setting.
Spreader beams may be required for lifting of precast concrete bridge elements to preclude damage from bending
or torsion forces.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
65P
3 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Each bridge unit shall be clearly marked by a waterproof means with the following information:
Bridge Span X Bridge Rise
Date of Manufacture
Name or trademark of the manufacturer
ASTM Product Designation
Delivery. Precast concrete elements shall not be shipped until concrete has attained specified design compressive
strength, or as directed by the Engineer. Precast concrete elements may be unloaded and placed on the ground at
the site until installed. Store elements using timber supports as appropriate.
Quality Control/Assurance. The Precaster shall be certified by the National Precast Concrete Association (NPCA)
and the prestressing, if used, shall be performed by a firm certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI). The
precaster shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in the production of 3-sided bridges or have fabricated at
least 10 three-sided structures of greater or similar length to the plans. The precaster shall maintain a permanent
quality control department and employ qualified technicians.
Qualifications, Testing and Inspection
The Precaster shall employ a Quality Control (QC) unit with an ACI certified employee. In lieu of a QC
unit the Precaster may retain the services of a CCRL certified independent inspection and testing agency
(throughout the duration of production). The test agency shall issue reports, certified by a licensed engineer,
detailing the Precaster’s setup, forming, casting and curing operations. The agency shall provide concrete
test reports showing CDOT required physical results for plastic concrete properties, and test strength results
for specified test ages.
The Owner may designate QA fabrication inspection at the fabrication site. Reports and documentation
shall be provided to the Engineer upon request.
The Precaster shall perform the following tests according to the ASTM standards as listed:
Air Content: C231 or C173
Compressive Strength: C31, C39, C192, C497
Slump: C143 or Spread Test if using SCC
Unit Weight: C138
The precaster shall provide documentation demonstrating compliance with this section if requested by Fort
Collins.
Fort Collins may place an inspector in the plant when the products covered in this specification are being
manufactured.
Permissible Variations. Permissible variations shall conform to ASTM C1504.
Testing/ Inspection. Testing and inspection shall conform to these specifications and ASTM C1504; see “Physical
Requirements” and “Inspection”.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
66P
- 4 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Installation assistance. A representative from the manufacturer or the design engineer of record shall be onsite
during the installation or the precast bridge units.
Installation Preparation. Support areas for bridge units and headwall elements, shall be formed to ensure correct
installation of the precast bridge system.
Bottom Concrete 3-Sided Culvert:
a. Soil sub-grade and compaction shall be performed in accordance to the geotechnical recommendations
or the precast manufacturer’s recommendations.
b. Do not over excavate foundations unless directed by the Engineer to remove unsuitable soil.
c. A copy of the geotechnical report will be provided by the Engineer prior to the design of the precast
concrete elements. The Contractor’s Engineer shall certify in writing that the bearing capacity meets
or exceeds the footing design requirements, prior to placement of the footings.
d. Shall be a precast unit. The size and elevation shall meet the design of the Contractor’s Engineer but
not to exceed the plan dimensions without prior approval. A keyway/weld pocket shall be formed in
the top surface of the bottom slab of the 3-sided culvert as specified on the plans.
e. A precast riparian wall, if provided, shall be installed as recommended by the supplier.
f. The top of the bottom slab surfaces shall be constructed in accordance with grades shown on the plans.
When tested with a 10-foot straight edge, surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
g. The contractor shall prepare a 4-inch thick base layer of compacted granular material along the full
width of the base unit prior to placing precast base units. All work and materials for the base layer will
not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
h. The precast base units must be connected as shown on the plans or as approved by the Engineer to form
a monolithic body. Expansion joints shall not be used.
Top Slab
a. Shall be a precast unit. The size and elevation shall meet the design of the Contractor’s Engineer but
not to exceed the plan dimensions without prior approval. A keyway/weld pocket shall be formed in
the top surface of the top slab unit as specified on the plans.
b. Provide key under the slab at all connections to the bottom unit legs.
c. The top of the bottom slab surfaces shall be constructed in accordance with grades shown on the plans.
When tested with a 10-foot straight edge, surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
d. The precast base units must be connected as shown on the plans or as approved by the Engineer to form
a monolithic body. Expansion joints shall not be used.
Lifting. Crane lifting capacity, crane placement, and safe worksite conditions are the sole responsibility of the
Contractor. Lift anchors or holes provided for each unit shall be the only means allowed for lifting precast elements.
Elements shall only be supported or raised by procedures listed in approved manuals, erection plans, or drawings
approved by the Precaster.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
67P
- 5 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Placement of Precast Units. Precast units shall be placed as shown on approved plans or drawings. Line and
grade shall be checked as often as necessary to meet plan requirements.
a. The contractor shall devise an erection and placement method to ensure lateral spreading of bridge
elements does not occur. The final clearance between adjacent precast elements shall not exceed
that shown on the plans.
Leveling Pad/ Shims. Precast units shall be set on polymer or steel shims measuring 6" x 6", minimum, unless
shown otherwise on the plans. A minimum gap of 1/2 inch shall be provided between the top slab and the top of
vertical legs. The fabricator shall define the shims used in the shop drawings.
Grouting. Grout shall have a maximum aggregate size of ¼” inch. Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be
4500 psi. Grouting shall not be performed when temperatures are expected to fall below 40° F for a period of 72
hours after grout placement. A heating system may be used to keep the curing temperature above 40° if pre-
approved by the Engineer.
Vibrate grout as necessary to ensure that entire key around the bridge element is completely filled. If bridge
elements have been set with temporary ties (cables, bars, etc.) grout shall attain a minimum compressive strength
of 1500 psi before ties can be removed.
Lifting and erection anchor recesses shall be filled with grout prior to backfilling.
Joints. Joints shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C1504. Sections for flat-topped structures shall be
produced with a connection joint as show on the plans. The joint shall be sealed with a grout that attains a minimum
3000 psi.
All butt joints between structure sections shall be covered with a joint wrap conforming to ASTM C877, Type II.
Surfaces shall be free of dirt before joint material is applied. The entire joint shall be continuously covered. Joints
between structure sections and retaining walls shall be covered with either the same wrap used between structure
sections or with a non-woven Geotextile with a minimum of 1-foot lap on each side of the joint (horizontally).
Joint wrap shall be maintained in proper location over joints, and shall not be damaged during backfilling operations.
In addition to joints between bridge units, joints between end units and headwalls shall also be sealed as described
above. All lift holes shall be primed and covered with a 9" x 9" square of joint wrap.
Workmanship/ Finish. Precast units shall be substantially free of fractures. Joints between precast units shall not
exceed the dimensions shown on the plans. Surface defects larger than 1 sq. in. and defects deeper than 1 inch,
shall be patched with durable non-shrink grout.
Rejection. Precast elements may be subject to rejection if any of the following discrepancies exist:
Fractures or cracks passing through walls or decks, except for a single end crack that does not exceed one-half the
thickness of the wall.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
68P
- 6 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
Defects such as segregation, voids, open texture, or heavy honeycomb indicate that concrete proportioning, mixing,
and placement did not comply with specifications.
Damaged or spalled ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint.
Repairs. Precast elements with significant or major damage may be repaired, if pre-approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall submit written proposal of repair for approval, prior to starting repair work.
Excavation and Backfill. Structure excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with Section 206 and the Project
Special Provisions and Standard Special Provisions.
Construction equipment weight restrictions: Operating equipment shall not exceed the design load permitted on
bridge units unless pre-approved by the Engineer.
In the immediate area of the bridge units, the following restrictions for use of heavy construction machinery during
backfilling operations apply:
a. Construction equipment shall not cross bare precast concrete bridge units.
b. If the compacted fill level is 4 inches minimum over the bridge crown, construction equipment
weighing less than 10 tons may cross the bridge.
c. If the compacted fill level is12 inches minimum over the bridge crown, construction equipment
weighing less than 30 tons may cross the bridge.
d. If the compacted fill level has reached design cover, or 2 feet minimum, over the bridge crown,
construction equipment within the design load limits for the road may cross the bridge.
Monitoring. The contractor shall measure settlements and horizontal displacement of foundation to ensure that
they are within the allowable limits as determined by the Precaster (approximately 1 inch). These measurements
shall give an indication of settlements and deformations along the length of the foundations. The first measurement
row shall take place after erection of all precast bridge system elements; a second measurement after completion of
backfilling; and a third measurement before opening the bridge to traffic. Additional measurements may be needed
due to local conditions. The maximum difference in vertical displacements 'v' should not exceed 1 inch along the
length of one wall.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Concrete 3-Sided Culvert (Precast) and Concrete 3-Sided Culvert Top Slab (Precast) will be measured by the the
length of the precast structure measured perpendicular to the centerline of the road, as shown on the plans complete
in place and accepted. Prestressing, if used, will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in
the work. Structure excavation and structure backfill will be measured and paid for separately.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
69P
- 7 -
REVISION OF SECTION 603
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT (PRECAST)
AND
CONCRETE 3-SIDED CULVERT TOP SLAB (PRECAST)
BASIS OF PAYMENT
The accepted quantity shall be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay unit listed below.
Pay Item Pay Unit
25 x 7.33 Foot Concrete 3-Sided Culvert (Precast) Linear Foot
25 x 7.33 Foot Concrete 3-Sided Culvert Top Slab (Precast) Linear Foot
Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item, which shall include design,
fabrication, transportation to the bridge site, compacted granular base material, erection and precast foundation
components. Structure excavation and structure backfill will be measured and paid for in accordance with
Subsection 206.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
70P
REVISION OF SECTION 604
MANHOLES, INLETS AND METER VAULTS
Section 604 to the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
MATERIALS
Subsection 604.02 shall include the following:
2’ X 2’ Concrete Catch Basin – HS 20 Loading
24” Inlet Frame and Grate- HS 20 Loading
A prefabricated catch basin shall conform to the specifications of this section and section 712.05.
Manufacturer(s):
1. Oldcastle Precast
427 North Front St.
Platteville, CO 80651
2. Or approved equal.
Inlet Frame and Grate shall conform to the specifications of this section and section 712.05.
Grate shall be ADA Compliant.
Manufacturer(s):
1. D&L Foundary
801-785-5015
2. Or approved equal.
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings that clearly indicate the following:
Prefabrication Manufacturer, Profiles, sizes, knockout locations, and joint details
Subsection 604.07 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
2’ X 2’ Concrete Catch Basin – HS 20 Loading EACH
24” Inlet Frame and Grate- HS 20 Loading EACH
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
71P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 608
COLOR STAINING AND SEALING (SPECIAL)
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
In subsection 608.01, add the following:
This work also consists of the provision and installation of chemical staining and sealing of concrete as identified
below, in conformance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans.
Chemical staining and sealing is for horizontal concrete slab areas such as sidewalks only, as shown on civil
drawings.
In subsection 608.02, add the following paragraph:
Chemical Staining and Sealing (Special)
Chemical Staining:
Application:
1. Concrete surfaces shall be dry and properly prepared as described above. Protect surrounding areas from
over-spray, run-off and tracking. Divide surfaces into small work sections using wall, joint lines, or other
stationary breaks as natural stopping points.
2. Apply chemical stains full strength (undiluted) at the coverage rate recommended by the manufacturer
and use application equipment described in the manufacturer’s printed technical literature. The color of
the liquid chemical stain has no resemblance to the final color produced on the concrete substrate.
3. Chemical stains normally fizz when reacting with the concrete. If fizzing does not occur, the substrate
has not been adequately prepared or the concrete pH level is too low. If this should happen, contact the
local representative for further recommendations.
4. Transfer chemical stain to the substrate by brush or spray and immediate scrub into surface.
5. Reaction time depends on wind conditions, temperatures, and humidity levels.
6. When multiple coats of one or more colors are required, washing and drying between colors is desirable
to evaluate the color prior to the next coat.
7. After the final coat of chemical stain has remained on the surface for a minimum of four hours, remove
all residue by wet scrubbing with commercial grade detergent. Rinse surfaces after scrubbing until rinse
water is completely clean. Run off may stain the adjacent areas or harm plants. Collect rinse water by
wet vacuuming or absorbing with an inert material.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
72P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 608
COLOR STAINING AND SEALING (SPECIAL)
Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, Douglasville, Georgia and Los Angeles, California (800) 800-9900 or the
appropriate local contact: Eastern Division – 201-672-9050; Western Division – 323-720-3055; Central
Division Office – 630-377-5959.
2. Duraamen, New York City/New Jersey – 212.386.7609, or appropriate local contact
3. CSI ChemSystems, Inc., Houston – 800.545.9827, or appropriate local contact
4. Approved substitute.
Acceptable Materials:
1. LITHOCHROME Chemstain® Classic; L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, reactive water-based solution of
metallic salts which react with the calcium hydroxide in the cured concrete substrate to produce
permanent, variegated or translucent color effects.
Colors: CS-2: Padre Brown
2. Duraamen – Patinaetch chemical (acid) stain
Colors: 2 eb, 1 ab
3. CSI ChemSystems – CSI ChromaStain acidic stain
Colors: HBS #15, Buckwheat
4. Colors selected above are approximate. Contractor shall provide full stain color chart from chosen
manufacturer (Scofield, Duraamen, CSI ChemSystems, approved substitute) for owner’s representative to
select color of stain. Once color is selected, contractor shall provide 12” x 12” mock up of standard gray
concrete, stained and sealed for Owner’s Representative to review and approve prior to commencing with
staining and sealing.
5. Approved substitute
Sealers:
1. Application of Sealer: Concrete substrate shall be completely dry.
2. Sealer shall be produced by the chemical stain manufacturer.
3. Test surface for proper pH level prior to applying sealer.
4. Apply sealer according to manufacturer’s written instructions at a rate of 300 to 500 square feet
per gallon per coat.
5. Maintain a wet edge at all times.
6. Allow sealer to completely dry before applying additional coats.
7. Apply second coat of sealer at 90o to the direction of the first coat using the same application
method and rates.
8. Seal horizontal joints in areas subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
73P
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 608
COLOR STAINING AND SEALING (SPECIAL)
Acceptable Manufactures:
1. L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, Douglasville, Georgia and Los Angeles, California (800) 800-9900 or the
appropriate local contact: Eastern Division – 201-672-9050; Western Division – 323-720-3055; Central
Division Office – 630-377-5959.
2. Duraamen, New York City/New Jersey – 212.386.7609, or appropriate local contact
3. CSI ChemSystems, Inc., Houston – 800.545.9827, or appropriate local contact
4. Approved Substitute.
Acceptable Materials:
1. SCOFIELD® Selectseal-W; L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, water-based, clear aliphatic polyurethane
specifically formulated for protecting chemically stained concrete hardscapes.
2. Duraamen – manufacturer recommended sealer
3. CSI ChemSystems, Inc. – manufacturer recommended sealer
4. Approved substitute.
Protection: Protect staining/sealing from traffic and/or use for at least 72 hours after final application of sealer.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 608.05 shall include the following:
Chemical staining will be measured by the actual square yard installed. Concrete substrate that chemical staining
is applied to will be measured separately.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 608.06 shall include the following:
The accepted quantities for chemical staining will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items
listed below that appear in the bid schedule. Contractor shall furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, stain,
and other equipment necessary to furnish and install finishes as detailed on the drawings and specified in this
Section.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Color Staining and Sealing (Special) Square Yard
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
74P
-1-
REVISION OF SECTION 613
LIGHTING
Section 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete Section 613.12 and replace it with:
BASIS OF PAYMENT
613.12 The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below
that appear in the bid schedule.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Light Standard (14 foot) Each
Luminaire (LED) Each
1 Inch Electrical Conduit Linear Foot
1 Inch Electrical Conduit (Plastic) Linear Foot
1/2 Inch Electrical Conduit (Plastic) Linear Foot
Photoelectric cell Each
Wiring Lump Sum
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
75P
- 1 -
REVISION
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.15 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
Construction Traffic Control will not be measured separately but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. This
lump sum basis shall include all traffic control devices that are shown on the plans or any other devices that
may be requested by the engineer to ensure the safety of the project. Traffic control management, traffic
control inspection and flagging will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the
cost of the work. It is anticipated that traffic control management services (TCM) will only be required
during the initial set-up of required traffic control devices.
Flagging
Subsection 630.15 hereby revised as follows:
Delete paragraph 1, 2, 3 including the Pay Item Table and replace with the following:
Payment shall be made at the contract lump sum price for Construction Traffic Control Devices and will
be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the work.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Construction Zone Traffic Control Devices Lump Sum
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
76P
- 1 -
REVISION OF SECTION 630
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.01 shall include the following:
This work includes furnishing, operating, and maintaining a portable message sign panel for the Contactor’s
period of performance. In addition, special events may require the additional use of the portable message sign.
Add subsection 630.031 immediately following subsection 630.03 as follows:
630.031 Portable Message Sign Panel. Portable message sign panel shall be furnished as a device fully self
contained on a portable trailer, capable of being licensed for normal highway travel, and shall include leveling and
stabilization jacks. The panel shall display a minimum of three - eight character lines. The panel shall be a
dot-matrix type with an LED legend on a flat black background. LED signs shall have a pre-default message that
activates before a power failure. The sign shall be solar powered with independent back-up battery power. The
sign shall be capable of 360 degrees rotation and shall be able to be elevated to a height of at least five feet above
the ground measured at the bottom of the sign. The sign shall be visible from one-half mile under both day and
night conditions. The message shall be legible from a minimum of 750 feet. The sign shall automatically adjust
its light source to meet the legibility requirements during the hours of darkness. The sign enclosure shall be
weather tight and provide a clear polycarbonate front cover.
Solar powered message signs shall be capable of operating continuously for 10 days without any sun. All
instrumentation and controls shall be contained in a lockable enclosure. The sign shall be capable of changing
and displaying sign messages and other sign features such as flash rates, moving arrows, etc.
Each sign shall also conform to the following:
(1) In addition to the onboard solar power operation with battery back-up, each sign shall be capable of operating
on a hard wire, 100-110 VAC, external power source.
(2) All electrical wiring, including connectors and switch controls necessary to enable all required sign functions
shall be provided with each sign.
(3) Each sign shall be furnished with an operating and parts manual, wiring diagrams, and trouble-shooting guide.
(4) The portable message sign shall be capable of maintaining all required operations under Colorado
mountain-winter weather conditions.
(5) Each sign shall be furnished with an attached license plate and mounting bracket.
(6) Each sign shall be wired with a 7-prong male electric plug for the brake light wiring system.
Subsection 630.13 shall include the following:
The portable message sign panel shall be on the project site at least 5 days prior to the start of active roadway
construction. Maintenance, storage, operation, relocation to different sites during the project, and all repairs of
portable message sign panels shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
77P
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 630
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
Subsection 630.15 shall include the following:
Portable message sign panels for the Contractors operations during the period of performance will not be
measured or paid for separately but shall be included in the work for Item 630, Construction Zone Traffic Control
Devices.
Portable message sign panels may be required for special events as determined by the Engineer. Portable
message sign panels for special events as determined by the Engineer will be measured as Portable Message Sign
Panel (Special) by the actual number of days each portable message sign is used for the special even on the
project as approved by the Engineer.
Subsection 630.16 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Portable Message Sign Panel (Special) Day
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
78P
REVISION OF SECTION 712
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 712 to the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
MATERIALS
Subsection 712.13 (b) shall include the following:
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
(4) Solid wall PVC Pipe less than 15 inches in diameter may be standard dimension (SDR) 35
compliant with ASTM D 3034 SDR 35 PS 46 (AASHTO M278).
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
79P
- 1 -
REVISION OF SECTION 715
LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
Section 715 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete Section 715.03 and replace it with:
715.03 Light Standards.
(a) The 14 ft tall decorative post shall be one-piece construction made of ASTM 6063 extruded
aluminum and tempered to a T6 condition. The pole tenon shall fit the luminaire.
(b) Light standard shall be suitable for wind velocity in accordance with AASHTO's Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals,
(c) The pole shall be U.L. or E.T.L. listed.
(d) The base shall be designed with twelve curved flutes and teardrop decorations and be made of heavy
wall, 356 alloy cast aluminum. It shall have a 1” thick floor cast as an integral part of the base.
(e) Four 3/4” diameter hot-dipped galvanized “L” type anchor bolts shall be provided with the post for
anchorage. A door shall be provided for wiring and anchor bolt access. It shall be secured with tamper
proof, stainless steel hardware. Post will be provided with a grounding stud mounted on the base floor
opposite the access door.
Delete Section 715.04 and replace it with:
715.04 Luminaires and Lamps.
(a) Luminaire.
a. Pole mounted luminaire, nominal 38” overall height x 17” wide cast aluminum housing with
black baked enamel finish, selected to match existing luminaires.
b. Etched glass lens.
c. Initial nominal absolute lumen output = nominal 4000.
d. Replaceable ANSI 4000K LED array, 94 watt, high power factor integral driver, for 120v power,
roof mounted, downlight Type III optics.
e. UL listed for Wet Location.
f. BUG rating = B1-U3-G3
g. The luminaire shall be supplied with line-ground, line-neutral and neutral-ground electrical surge
protection in accordance with IEEE/ANSI c62.41.2 guidelines.
h. Tested to the IESNA LM-79-08 standard.
i. The fitter shall be heavy wall cast aluminum for high tensile strength to fit the pole; the fitter shall
be attached by set-screw to the pole top / tenon.
j. Prior to coating, the luminaire shall be chemically cleaned and etched in a 5-stage washing
system which includes alkaline cleaning, rinsing, phosphoric etching, reverse-osmosis water
rinsing and non-chrome sealing to ensure corrosion resistance and excellent adhesion for the
finish coat which shall be electrostatically applied semi-gloss, super durable polyester powder
coat, baked on at 400°f, to provide a durable, color retentive matte black finish.
k. Seven year warranty on all parts and light sources and drivers.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
80P
- 2 -
REVISION OF SECTION 715
LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
(b) Light Source. LED lamp systems shall meet or exceed the following requirements:
a. Binning: All LEDs shall be matched to satisfy the CCT, CRI, and Luminous Flux requirements as
described herein.
b. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): All LED lamps shall emit white light and have a 4000K
CCT +/- 100° Kelvin.
c. Color Rendering Index (CRI): LED lamps shall have a minimum CRI of 75.
d. Luminous Flux: LED lamps shall not exceed the junction temperature recommended by the LED
manufacturer. Luminous flux differences between LEDs shall not exceed 10%.
e. Rated Lamp Life: LEDs shall have a minimum rated life of 70,000 hours. The lumen output shall
be maintained at 70% of initial rated lumens or greater at the rated life of the lamp rated at 25°c.
f. Quality Control: Luminaires with LEDs that have a perceptible and significant brightness or color
differences shall be replaced by the Manufacturer at no cost to the Project.
g. Environmental Conditions: LEDs shall be temperature rated for operation and storage within the
range of -40°C to +50°C, and shall withstand low and high frequency vibration over the rated life
of the lamp.
Delete Section 715.05 and replace it with:
715.05 LED Driver
(a) LED power supplies:
(1) LED power supplies shall have an input voltage of 120VAC/60Hz and the output voltage shall be per
LED manufacturer’s specifications. The output voltage shall be regulated automatically and
continuously by an integral electronic voltage regulator to maintain the LED voltage within a
tolerance of +/- 5%.
(2) The output current shall be regulated automatically and continuously by an integral electronic
current regulator to maintain the current within a tolerance of +/- 5%.
(3) All electronics of the power supply and the LEDs shall be protected from all electrical surges,
including but not limited to lightning strikes and stray current in rebar and concrete. Surge protection
shall be integral to the LED power supply.
(4) The driver shall be U.L. or E.T.L. Recognized.
(5) The driver shall have a minimum efficiency of 88%.
(6) The driver shall be rated at full load with THD<20% and a power factor of greater than 0.90.
(7) The driver shall contain over-heat protection which reduces output to less than half rating if the case
temperature reaches 85°c.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
81P
FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS
DESCRIPTION
This special provision contains the Department’s estimate for force account items included in the Contract. All
force account items will be added to the total bid to determine the amount of the performance and payment bonds.
Force Account work shall be performed as directed by the Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment will be made in accordance with subsection 109.04. Payment will constitute full compensation for all
work necessary to complete the item.
Force account work valued at $5,000 or less, that must be performed by a licensed journeyman in order to comply
with federal, state, or local codes, may be paid for after receipt of an itemized statement endorsed by the Contractor.
Force Account Item Quantity Amount
F/A Minor Contract Revisions FA $79,991*
F/A Partnering FA $5,000
F/A On the Job Trainee HOUR 0
F/A Erosion Control FA $5,000
*To be included in the bond amounts.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS September 4, 2013
COLORADO PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
CONSTRUCTION SUBACCOUNT NO. 16784 BID SET
82P
UTILITIES
The known utilities and corresponding contacts for this project are:
Fort Collins Water Utilities Roger Buffington 970-221-6854
Comcast Don Kapperman 970-689-3487
Century Link Bill Johnson 970-377-6401
Xcel Energy (gas) Stephanie Rich 970-225-7828
Fort Collins Light and Power Doug Martine 970-224-6152
Fort Collins IT Infrastructure Clint Andrews 970-416-2516
The work described in these plans and specifications requires full cooperation between the Contractor and the
utility owners in accordance with Subsection 105.06 in conducting their respective operations, so the utility work
can be completed with minimum delay to all parties concerned. Also, in accordance with the plans and
specifications, and as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall keep each utility owner advised of any work
being done to its facility, so that each utility owner can coordinate its inspections for final acceptance of the work
with the Engineer.
THE WORK LISTED BELOW SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor will coordinate with the City of Fort Collins and the Utility Companies. In addition, Fort
Collins Light and Power will install a temporary electric conduit across Bryan Avenue on both ends of the
bridge. The Contractor will excavate a trench approximately 2-feet wide and 3-feet deep at the location and
time required by the City and then properly fill and compact the trench after the conduit is installed by the
City.
THE WORK LISTED BELOW SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE UTILITY OWNERS COMPANIES
City of Fort Collins Light and Power – Coordinate crossing of electric line and installation of temporary conduit
across Bryan Avenue on both ends of the bridge.
XCEL Gas – Coordinate crossing of gas line by new drainage line.
Comcast and Century Link – Relocation of lines near the new East Ramp.
UTILITIES LOCATING
The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9 CRS ("Excavation Requirements") when excavating or grading
is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall notify all affected utilities at least two (2)
business days, not including the actual day of notice, prior to commencing such operations. The Contractor shall contact
the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) at phone no. 1-800-922-1987, to have locations of UNCC registered
lines marked by member companies. All other underground facilities shall be located by contacting the respective
owner. Utility service laterals shall also be located prior to beginning excavation or grading.
The location of utility facilities on the plan and profile sheets, and herein described, were obtained from the best
available information.
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
This Page Left Blank Intentionally
January 31, 2013
1
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsections 105.22, 105.23 and 105.24 and replace with the following:
105.22 Dispute Resolution. Subsections 105.22, 105.23, and 105.24 detail the process through which the
parties (CDOT and the Contractor) agree to resolve any issue that may result in a dispute. The intent of the
process is to resolve issues early, efficiently, and as close to the project level as possible. Figure 105-1 in the
standard special provisions outlines the process. Specified time frames may be extended by mutual agreement
of the Engineer and the Contractor. In these subsections, when a time frame ends on a Saturday, Sunday or
holiday, the time frame shall be extended to the next scheduled work day.
A dispute is a disagreement concerning contract price, time, interpretation of the Contract, or all three between
the parties at the project level regarding or relating to the Contract. Disputes include, but are not limited to, any
disagreement resulting from a delay, a change order, another written order, or an oral order from the Project
Engineer, including any direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination by the Project Engineer,
interpretations of the Contract provisions, plans, or specifications or the existence of alleged differing site
conditions.
The term "merit" refers to the right of a party to recover on a claim or dispute, irrespective of quantum, based on
the substance, elements, and grounds of that claim or dispute. The term "quantum" refers to the quantity or
amount of compensation or time deserved when a claim or dispute is found to have merit.
Disputes from subcontractors, material suppliers, or any other entity not party to the Contract shall be submitted
through the Contractor. Review of a pass-through dispute does not create privity of Contract between CDOT and
the subcontractor.
If CDOT does not respond within the specified timelines, the Contractor may advance the dispute to the next
level.
When the Project Engineer is a Consultant Project Engineer, actions, decisions, and determinations specified
herein as made by the Project Engineer shall be made by the Resident Engineer.
The dispute resolution process set forth in this subsection shall be exhausted in its entirety prior to initiation of
litigation or arbitration. Failure to comply with the requirements set forth in this subsection shall bar either party
from any further administrative, equitable, or legal remedy. If a deadline is missed that does not prejudice either
party, further relief shall be allowed.
All disputes and claims shall be submitted within 30 days of the date of the certified letter submitting the CDOT
Form 96, Contractor Acceptance of Final Estimate, to the Contractor. Failure to submit a dispute or claim within
this time period releases the State of Colorado from all disputes and claims for which notice has not already been
submitted in accordance with the Contract.
All disputes and claims seeking damages calculated on a Total Cost or Modified Total Cost basis will not be
considered unless the party asserting such damages establishes all the legal requirements therefore, which
include:
(1) The nature of the particular losses makes it impossible or highly impractical to determine them with a
reasonable degree of accuracy.
(2) The Contractor’s bid or estimate was realistic.
(3) The Contractor’s actual costs were reasonable.
(4) The Contractor was not responsible for the cost overrun.
January 31, 2013
2
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Should the Contractor’s dispute use the Total Cost approach for calculating damages, damages will be
determined by subtracting the contract amount from the total cost of performance. Should the Contractor’s dispute
use the Modified Total Cost approach for calculating damages, if the Contractor’s bid was unrealistic in part,
and/or some of its costs were unreasonable and/or some of its damages were caused by its own errors, those
costs and damages will be deducted from the total cost of performance to arrive at the Modified Total Cost. The
Total Cost or Modified Total Cost basis for calculating damages shall not be available for any disputes or claims
seeking damages where the Contractor could have kept separate cost records at the time the dispute arose as
described in subsection 105.22(a).
(a) Document Retention. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the costs and additional time
incurred for each dispute for a period of at least three years after the date of final payment or until dispute is
resolved, whichever is more. The Contractor, subcontractors, and lower tier subcontractors shall provide
adequate facilities, acceptable to the Engineer, for an audit during normal business hours. The Contractor
shall permit the Engineer or Department auditor to examine and copy those records and all other records
required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in the dispute. The Contractor shall
identify and segregate any documents or information that the Contractor considers particularly sensitive, such
as confidential or proprietary information.
Throughout the dispute, the Contractor and the Project Engineer shall keep complete daily records of extra
costs and time incurred, in accordance with the following procedures:
1. Daily records shall identify each operation affected, the specific locations where work is affected, and the
potential effect to the project’s schedule. Such records shall also reflect all labor, material, and
equipment applicable to the affected operations.
2. On the first work day of each week following the date of the written notice of dispute, the Contractor shall
provide the Project Engineer with the daily records for the preceding week. If the Contractor’s records
indicate costs greater than those kept by the Department, the Project Engineer will meet with the
Contractor and present his records to the Contractor at the meeting. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer in writing within three work days of any inaccuracies noted in, or disagreements with, the
Department’s records.
(b) Initial Dispute Resolution Process. To initiate the dispute resolution process the Contractor shall provide a
written notice of dispute to the Project Engineer upon the failure of the Parties to resolve the issue through
negotiation. Disputes will not be considered unless the Contractor has first complied with specified issue
resolution processes such as those specified in subsections 104.02, 106.05, 108.07(a), and 108.07(d).
The Contractor shall supplement the written notice of dispute within 15 days with a written Request for
Equitable Adjustment (REA) providing the following:
(1) The date of the dispute
(2) The nature of the circumstances which caused the dispute
(3) A statement explaining in detail the specific provisions of the Contract and any basis, legal or factual,
which support the dispute.
(4) If any, the estimated quantum, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in subsection
105.24(b)12., of the dispute with supporting documentation
(5) An analysis of the progress schedule showing the schedule change or disruption if the Contractor is
asserting a schedule change or disruption.
The Contractor shall submit as much information on the quantum and impacts to the Contract time as is
reasonably available with the REA and then supplement the REA as additional information becomes
available. If the dispute escalates to the DRB process the DRB shall not hear any issue or consider any
information that was not contained in the Request for Equitable Adjustment and fully submitted to the Project
Engineer and Resident Engineer during the 105.22 process.
January 31, 2013
3
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(c) Project Engineer Review. Within 15 days after receipt of the REA, the Project Engineer will meet with the
Contractor to discuss the merits of the dispute. Within seven days after this meeting, the Project Engineer will
issue a written decision on the merits of the dispute.
The Project Engineer will either deny the merits of the dispute or notify the Contractor that the dispute has
merit. This determination will include a summary of the relevant facts, Contract provisions supporting the
determination, and an evaluation of all scheduling issues that may be involved.
If the dispute is determined to have merit, the Contractor and the Project Engineer will determine the
adjustment in payment, schedule, or both within 30 days. When a satisfactory adjustment is determined, it
shall be implemented in accordance with subsections 106.05, 108.08, 109.04, 109.05 or 109.10 and the
dispute is resolved.
If the Contractor accepts the Project Engineer's denial of the merits of the dispute, the dispute is resolved and
no further action will be taken. If the Contractor does not respond in seven days, it will be assumed he has
accepted the denial. If the Contractor rejects the Project Engineer's denial of the merits of the dispute or a
satisfactory adjustment of payment or schedule cannot be agreed upon within 30 days, the Contractor may
further pursue resolution of the dispute by providing written notice to the Resident Engineer within seven
days, according to subsection 105.22(d).
(d) Resident Engineer Review. Within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's written notice to the Resident
Engineer of unsatisfactory resolution of the dispute, the Project Engineer and Resident Engineer will meet
with the Contractor to discuss the dispute. Meetings shall continue weekly for a period of up to 30 days and
shall include a Contractor's representative with decision authority above the project level.
If these meetings result in resolution of the dispute, the resolution will be implemented in accordance with
subsections 108.08, 109.04, 109.05, or 109.10 and the dispute is resolved.
If these meetings do not result in a resolution or the participants mutually agree that they have reached an
impasse, the dispute shall be presented to the Dispute Review Board in accordance with subsection 105.23.
105.23 Dispute Review Board. A Dispute Review Board (DRB) is an independent third party that will provide
specialized expertise in technical areas and administration of construction contracts. The DRB will assist in and
facilitate the timely and equitable resolution of disputes between CDOT and the Contractor in an effort to avoid
animosity and construction delays, and to resolve disputes as close to the project level as possible. The DRB
shall be established and operate as provided herein and shall serve as an independent and impartial board.
There are two types of DRBs: the "On Demand DRB" and the "Standing DRB". The DRB shall be an "On
Demand DRB" unless a "Standing DRB" is specified in the Contract. An On Demand DRB shall be established
only when the Project Engineer initiates a DRB review in accordance with subsection 105.23(a). A Standing
DRB, when specified in the Contract, shall be established at the beginning of the project.
(a) Initiation of Dispute Review Board Review. When a dispute has not been resolved in accordance with
subsection 105.22, the Project Engineer will initiate the DRB review process within 5 days after the period
described in subsection 105.22(d).
(b) Formation of Dispute Review Board. DRBs will be established in accordance with the following procedures:
1. CDOT, in conjunction with the Colorado Contractors Association, will maintain a statewide list of
suggested DRB candidates experienced in construction processes and the interpretation of contract
documents and the resolution of construction disputes. The Board members shall be experienced in
highway and transportation projects. After December 31, 2013 only individuals who have completed
training (currently titled DRB Administration & Practice Training) through the Dispute Resolution Board
Foundation or otherwise approved by CDOT can be a DRB member. When a DRB is formed, the parties
shall execute the agreement set forth in subsection 105.23(l).
2. If the dispute has a value of $250,000 or less, the On Demand DRB shall have one member. The
Contractor and CDOT shall select the DRB member and execute the agreement within 30 days of
initiating the DRB process. If the parties do not agree on the DRB member, each shall select five
candidates. Each party shall numerically rank their list using a scale of one to five with one being their
January 31, 2013
4
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
first choice and five being their last choice. If common candidates are listed, but the parties cannot
agree, that common candidate with the lowest combined numerical ranking shall be selected. If there is
no common candidate, the lists shall be combined and each party shall eliminate three candidates from
the list. Each party shall then numerically rank the remaining candidates, with No. 1 being the first
choice. The candidate with the lowest combined numerical ranking shall be the DRB member. The
CDOT Project Engineer will be responsible for having all parties execute the agreement.
3. If the dispute has a value over $250,000, the On Demand DRB shall have three members. The
Contractor and CDOT shall each select a member and those two members shall select a third. Once the
third member is approved the three members will nominate one of them to be the Chair and execute the
agreement within 45 days of initiating the DRB process.
4. The Standing DRB shall always have three members. The Contractor and CDOT shall each select a
member and those two members shall select a third member. Once the third member is approved the
three members will nominate one of them to be the Chair.. The Contractor and CDOT shall submit their
proposed Standing DRB members within 5 days of execution of the Contract. The third member shall be
selected within 15 days of execution of the Contract. Prior to construction starting the parties shall
execute the Three Party Agreement. The CDOT Project Engineer will be responsible for having all
parties execute the agreement. The Project Engineer will invite the Standing DRB members to the
Preconstruction and any Partnering conferences.
5. DRB members shall not have been involved in the administration of the project under consideration. DRB
candidates shall disclose to the parties the following relationships:
(1) Prior employment with either party
(2) Prior or current financial interests or ties to either party
(3) Prior or current professional relationships with either party
(4) Anything else that might bring into question the impartiality or independence of the DRB member
(5) Prior to agreeing to serve on a DRB, members shall notify all parties of any other CDOT DRB’s they
are serving or that they will be participating in another DRB.
If either party objects to the selection of a potential DRB member based on the disclosures of the
potential member, that potential member shall not be placed on the Board.
6. There shall be no ex parte communications with the DRB at any time.
7. The service of a Board member may be terminated only by written agreement of both parties.
8. If a Board member resigns, is unable to serve, or is terminated, a new Board member shall be selected
within four weeks in the same manner as the Board me member who was removed was originally
selected.
(c) Additional Responsibilities of the Standing Disputes Review Board
1. General. Within 120 days after the establishment of the Board, the Board shall meet at a mutually
agreeable location to:
(1) Obtain copies of the Contract documents and Contractor's schedules for each of the Board members.
(2) Agree on the location of future meetings, which shall be reasonably close to the project site.
(3) Establish an address and telephone number for each Board member for the purposes of Board
business.
2. Regular meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held approximately every 120 to 180 days
throughout the life of the Contract, except that this schedule may be modified to suit developments on the
job as the work progresses. Regular meetings shall be attended by representatives of the Contractor and
the Department.
3. The Board shall establish an agenda for each meeting which will cover all items that the Board considers
necessary to keep it abreast of the project such as construction status, schedule, potential problems and
January 31, 2013
5
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
solutions, status of past claims and disputes, and potential claims and disputes. Copies of each agenda
shall be submitted to the Contractor and the Department at least seven days before the meeting date.
Oral or written presentations or both shall be made by the Contractor and the Department as necessary
to give the Board all the data the Board requires to perform its functions. The Board will prepare minutes
of each meeting, circulate them to all participants for comments and approval, and issue revised minutes
before the next meeting. As a part of each regular meeting, a field inspection trip of all active segments of
the work at the project site may be made by the Board, the Contractor, and the Department.
4. Advisory Opinions
(1) Advisory opinions are typically used soon after the parties find they have a potential dispute and have
conducted preliminary negotiations but before expenditure of additional resources and hardening their
positions. Advisory opinions provide quick insight into the DRB’s likely assessment of the dispute.
This process is quick and may be entirely oral and does not prejudice the opportunity for a DRB
hearing.
(2) Both parties must agree to seek an advisory opinion and so notify the chairperson. The procedure for
requesting and issuing advisory opinions should be discussed with the DRB at the first meeting with
the parties.
(3) The DRB may or may not issue a written opinion, but if a written advisory opinion is issued, it must
be at the specific request of both parties.
(4) The opinion is only advisory and does not require an acceptance or rejection by either party. If the
dispute is not resolved and a hearing is held, the oral presentations and advisory opinion are
completely disregarded and the DRB hearing procedure is followed.
(5) Advisory opinions should be limited to merit issues only.
(d) Arranging a Dispute Review Board Hearing. When the Project Engineer initiates the DRB review process, the
Project Engineer will:
1. Contact the Contractor and the DRB to coordinate an acceptable hearing date and time. The hearing
shall be held at the Resident Engineer’s office unless an alternative location is agreed to by both parties.
Unless otherwise agreed to by both parties the DRB hearing will be held within 30 days after the DRB
agreement is signed by the CDOT Chief Engineer.
2. Ensure DRB members have copies of all documents previously prepared by the Contractor and CDOT
pertaining to the dispute, the DRB request, the Contract documents, and the special provisions at least
two weeks before the hearing.
(e) Pre-Hearing Submittal: At least fifteen days prior to the hearing, CDOT and the Contractor shall submit by e-
mail to the DRB Chairperson their parties pre-hearing position paper. The DRB Chairperson shall
simultaneously distribute by e-mail the pre-hearing position papers to all parties and other DRB members, if
any. At the same time, each party shall submit a copy of all its supporting documents to be used at the
hearing to all DRB Members and the other party unless the parties have agreed to a common set of
documents as discussed in #2 below. In this case, CDOT shall submit the common set of documents to the
Board and the Contractor. The pre-hearing position paper shall contain the following:
1. A joint statement of the dispute, and the scope of the desired decision. The joint statement shall
summarize in a few sentences the nature of the dispute. If the parties are unable to agree on the wording
of the joint statement, each party’s position paper shall contain both statements, and identify the party
authoring each statement. The parties shall agree upon a joint statement at least 20 days prior to the
hearing and submit it to the DRB or each party’s independent statement shall be submitted to the DRB
and the other party at least 20 days prior to the hearing.
2. The basis and justification for the party’s position, with reference to specific contract language and other
supporting documents for each element of the dispute. To minimize duplication and repetitiveness, the
parties may identify a common set of documents that will be referred to by both parties and submit them
in a separate package to the DRB. The engineer will provide a hard copy of the project plans and Project
January 31, 2013
6
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
and Standard Special Provisions, if necessary, to the DRB. Other standard CDOT documents such as
Standard Specifications and M&S Standards are available on the CDOT website.
(1) If any party contends that they are not necessary to the proceedings, the DRB shall determine that
issue in the first instance. Should the DRB determine that a dispute does not involve a party, that
party shall be relieved from participating in the DRB hearing and paying any further DRB costs.
(2) When the scope of the hearing includes quantum, the requesting party's position paper shall include
full cost details, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in subsection 105.24(b)12. The
Scope of the hearing will not include quantum if CDOT has ordered an audit and that audit has not
been completed.
3. A list of proposed attendees at the hearing. In the event of any disagreement, the DRB shall make the
final determination as to who attends the hearing.
4. A list of any intended experts including their qualifications and a summary of what their presentation will
include and an estimate of the length of the presentation.
The number of copies, distribution requirements, and time for submittal shall be established by the DRB
and communicated to the parties by the Chairperson.
A pre-hearing phone conference with all DRB members and the parties shall be conducted as soon as a
hearing date is established but no later than 10 days prior to the hearing. The DRB Chairperson shall
explain the specifics of how the hearing will be conducted including how the two parties will present their
information to the DRB (Ex: Each party makes a full presentation of their position or presentations will be
made on a “point by point” basis with each party making a presentation only on an individual dispute issue
before moving onto to the next issue). If the pre-hearing position papers and documents have been
received by the Board prior to the conference call, the DRB Chairperson shall at this conference discuss
the estimated hours of review and research activities for this dispute (such as time spent evaluating and
preparing recommendations on specific issues presented to the DRB). If the pre-hearing position papers
and documents have not been received by the Board prior to the conference call, another conference call
will be scheduled during the initial conference call to discuss the estimated hours of review. Compensation
for time agreed to in advance by the parties will be made at an agreed rate of $125 per hour in accordance
with subsection 105.23 (k) 2. Compensation for the phone conference time will also be made at an agreed
to rate of $125 per hour in accordance with subsection 105.23 (k) 2. The Engineer shall coordinate the
phone conference.
(f) Dispute Review Board Hearing. The DRB shall preside over a hearing. The chairperson shall control the
hearing and conduct it as follows:
1. An employee of CDOT presents a brief description of the project and the status of construction on the
project.
2. The party that requested the DRB presents the dispute in detail as supported by previously submitted
information and documentation in the pre-hearing position paper. No new information or disputes will be
heard or addressed by the DRB.
3. The other party presents its position in detail as supported by previously submitted information and
documentation in the pre-hearing position paper. No new information or disputes will be heard or
addressed by the DRB.
4. Employees of each party are responsible for leading presentations at the DRB hearing.
5. Attorneys shall not participate in the hearing unless the DRB specifically addresses an issue to them or
unless agreed to by both parties. Should the parties disagree on attorney participation, the DRB shall
decide on what, if any, participation will be permitted. Attorneys representing the parties are permitted to
attend the hearing, provided their presence has been noted in the pre-hearing submittal.
6. Either party may use experts. A party intending to offer an outside expert's analysis at the hearing shall
January 31, 2013
7
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
disclose such intention in the pre-hearing position paper. The expert's name and a general statement of
the area of the dispute that will be covered by his presentation shall be included in the disclosure. The
other party may present an outside expert to address or respond to those issues that may be raised by
the disclosing party's outside expert.
7. If both parties approve, the DRB may retain an outside expert. The DRB chairperson shall include the
cost of the outside expert in the DRB's regular invoice. CDOT and the Contractor shall equally bear the
cost of the services of the outside expert employed by the DRB.
8. Upon completion of their presentations and rebuttals, both parties and the DRB will be provided the
opportunity to exchange questions and answers. All questions shall be directed to the chairperson first.
Attendees may respond only when board members request a response.
9. The DRB shall hear only those disputes identified in the written request for the DRB and the information
contained in the pre-hearing submittals. The board shall not hear or address other disputes. If either
party attempts to discuss a dispute other than those to be heard by the DRB or attempts to submit new
information, the chairperson shall inform such party that the board shall not hear the issue and shall not
accept any additional information. The DRB shall not hear any issue or consider any information that was
not contained in the Request for Equitable Adjustment and fully submitted to the Project Engineer and
Resident Engineer during the 105.22 process.
10. If either party fails to timely deliver a position paper, the DRB may reschedule the hearing one time. On
the final date and time established for the hearing, the DRB shall proceed with the hearing using the
information that has been submitted.
11. If a party fails to appear at the hearing, the DRB shall proceed as if all parties were in attendance.
(g) Dispute Review Board Recommendation. The DRB shall issue a Recommendation in accordance with the
following procedures:
1. The DRB shall not make a recommendation on the dispute at the meeting. Prior to the closure of the
hearing, the DRB members and the Contractor and CDOT together will discuss the time needed for
analysis and review of the dispute and the issuance of the DRB's recommendation. The maximum time
shall be 30 days unless otherwise agreed to by both parties. At a minimum, the recommendation shall
contain all the elements listed in Rule 35, Form of Award, of the Arbitration Regular Track Provisions
listed at the end of subsection 105.24.
2. After the meeting has been closed, the DRB shall prepare a written Recommendation signed by each
member of the DRB. In the case of a three member DRB, where one member dissents that member shall
prepare a written dissent and sign it.
3. The chairperson shall transmit the signed Recommendation and any supporting documents to both
parties.
(h) Clarification and Reconsideration of Recommendation. Either party may request clarification or
reconsideration of a decision within ten days following receipt of the Recommendation. Within ten days after
receiving the request, the DRB shall provide written clarification or reconsideration to both parties unless
otherwise agreed to by both parties.
Requests for clarification or reconsideration shall be submitted in writing simultaneously to the DRB and to the
other party.
The Board shall not accept requests for reconsideration that amount to a renewal of a prior argument or
additional argument based on facts available at the time of the hearing. The Board shall not consider any
documents or arguments which have not been made a part of the pre-hearing submittal other than
clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation.
Only one request for clarification or reconsideration per dispute from each party will be allowed.
January 31, 2013
8
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(i) Acceptance or Rejection of Recommendation. CDOT and the Contractor shall submit their written acceptance
or rejection of the Recommendation, in whole or in part, concurrently to the other party and to the DRB within
14 days after receipt of the Recommendation or following receipt of responses to requests for clarification or
reconsideration.
If the parties accept the Recommendation or a discreet part thereof, it will be implemented in accordance with
subsections 108.08, 109.04, 109.05, or 109.10 and the dispute is resolved.
If either party rejects the Recommendation in whole or in part, it shall give written explanation to the other
party within 14 days after receiving the Recommendation. When the Recommendation is rejected in whole or
in part by either party, the other party may either abandon the dispute or pursue a formal claim in accordance
with subsection 105.24.
If either party fails to submit its written acceptance or rejection of the Dispute Board’s recommendation,
according to these specifications, such failure shall constitute that party’s acceptance of the Board’s
recommendation.
(j) Admissibility of Recommendation. Recommendations of a DRB issued in accordance with subsection 105.23
are admissible in subsequent proceedings but shall be prefaced with the following paragraph:
This Recommendation may be taken under consideration with the understanding that:
1. The DRB Recommendation was a proceeding based on presentations by the parties.
2. No fact or expert witnesses presented sworn testimony or were subject to cross-examination.
3. The parties to the DRB were not provided with the right to any discovery, such as production of
documents or depositions.
4. There is no record of the DRB hearing other than the Recommendation.
(k) Cost and Payments.
1. General Administrative Costs. The Contractor and the Department shall equally share the entire cost of
the following to support the Board's operation:
(1) Copies of Contract and other relevant documentation
(2) Meeting space and facilities
(3) Secretarial Services
(4) Telephone
(5) Mail
(6) Reproduction
(7) Filing
2. The Department and the Contractor shall bear the costs and expenses of the DRB equally. Each DRB
board member shall be compensated at an agreed rate of $1,200 per day if time spent on-site per
meeting is greater than four hours. Each DRB board member shall be compensated at an agreed rate of
$800 per day if time spent on-site per meeting is less than or equal to four hours. The time spent
traveling to and from each meeting shall be reimbursed at $50 per hour if the travel distance is more than
50 miles. The agreed daily and travel time rates shall be considered full compensation for on-site time,
travel expenses, transportation, lodging, time for travel of more than 50 miles and incidentals for each
day, or portion thereof that the DRB member is at an authorized DRB meeting. No additional
compensation will be made for time spent by DRB members in review and research activities outside the
official DRB meetings unless that time, (such as time spent evaluating and preparing recommendations
on specific issues presented to the DRB), has been specifically agreed to in advance by the Department
and Contractor. Time away from the project that has been specifically agreed to in advance by the
parties will be compensated at an agreed rate of $125 per hour. The agreed amount of $125 per hour
shall include all incidentals. Members serving on more than one DRB, regardless of the number of
January 31, 2013
9
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
meetings per day, shall not be paid more than the all inclusive rate per day or rate per hour for an
individual project.
3. Payments to Board Members and General Administrative Costs. Each Board member shall submit an
invoice to the Contractor for fees and applicable expenses incurred each month following a month in
which the Board members participated in Board functions. Such invoices shall be in the format
established by the Contractor and the Department. The Contractor shall submit to the Department copies
of all invoices. No markups by the Contractor will be allowed on any DRB costs. The Department will
split the cost by authorizing 50 percent payment on the next progress payment. The Contractor shall
make all payments in full to Board members within seven calendar days after receiving payment from the
Department for this work.
(l) Dispute Review Board Three Party Agreement.
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
THIS THREE PARTY AGREEMENT, made as of the date signed by the Chief Engineer below, by and between:
the Colorado Department of Transportation, hereinafter called the “Department”; and
,
hereinafter called the “Contractor”; and
,
,
,
and
,
hereinafter called the “Dispute Review Board” or “Board”.
WHEREAS, the Department is now engaged in the construction of the
[Project Name]
and
WHEREAS, the Contract provides for the establishment of a Board in accordance with subsections 105.22 and
105.23 of the specifications.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed:
ARTICLE I
DESCRIPTION OF WORK AND SERVICES
The Department and the Contractor shall form a Board in accordance with this agreement and the provisions of
subsection 105.23.
ARTICLE II
COMMITMENT ON PART OF THE PARTIES HERETO
The parties hereto shall faithfully fulfill the requirements of subsection 105.23 and the requirements of this
agreement.
January 31, 2013
10
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
ARTICLE III
COMPENSATION
The parties shall share equally in the cost of the Board, including general administrative costs (meeting space and
facilities, secretarial services, telephone, mail, reproduction, filing) and the member’s individual fees.
Reimbursement of the Contractor’s share of the Board expenses for any reason is prohibited.
The Contractor shall make all payments in full to Board members. The Contractor will submit to the Department
an itemized statement for all such payments, and the Department will split the cost by including 50 percent
payment on the next progress payment. The Contractor and the Department will agree to accept invoiced costs
prior to payment by the Contractor.
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 2
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
Board members shall keep all fee records pertaining to this agreement available for inspection by representatives
of the Department and the Contractor for a period of three years after the termination of the Board members’
services.
Payment to each Board member shall be at the fee rates established in subsection 105.23 and agreed to by each
Board member, the Contractor, and the Department. In addition, reimbursement will be made for applicable
expenses.
Each Board member shall submit an invoice to the Contractor for fees incurred each month following a month in
which the members participated in Board functions. Such invoices shall be in the format established by the
Contractor and the Department.
Payments shall be made to each Board member within 60 days after the Contractor and Department have
received all the applicable billing data and verified the data submitted by that member. The Contractor shall make
payment to the Board member within seven calendar days of receipt of payment from the Department.
ARTICLE IV
ASSIGNMENT
Board members shall not assign any of the work to be performed by them under this agreement. Board members
shall disclose any conflicts of interest including but not limited to any dealings with the either party in the previous
five years other than serving as a Board member under other contracts.
ARTICLE V
COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF SERVICES
The commencement of the services of the Board shall be in accordance with subsection 105.23 of the
specifications and shall continue until all assigned disputes under the Contract which may require the Board’s
services have been heard and a Recommendation has been issued by the Board as specified in subsection
105.23. If a Board member is unable to fulfill his responsibilities for reasons specified in subsection 105.23(b)7, he
shall be replaced as provided therein, and the Board shall fulfill its responsibilities as though there had been no
change.
ARTICLE VI
LEGAL RELATIONS
January 31, 2013
11
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
The parties hereto mutually agree that each Board member in performance of his duties on the Board is acting as
an independent contractor and not as an employee of either the Department or the Contractor. Board members
will guard their independence and avoid any communication about the substance of the dispute without both
parties being present.
The Board members are absolved of any personal liability arising from the Recommendations of the Board. The
parties agree that members of the dispute review board panel are acting as mediators for purposes of C.R.S. §
13-22-302(4) and, as such, the liability of any dispute review board member shall be limited to willful and wanton
misconduct as provided for in C.R.S. § 13-22-305(6)
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 3
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first
written above.
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
CONTRACTOR: .
BY: .
TITLE:
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BY: Date: .
TITLE: CHIEF ENGINEER
105.24 Claims for Unresolved Disputes. The Contractor may file a claim only if the disputes resolution process
described in subsections 105.22 and 105.23 has been exhausted without resolution of the dispute. Other
methods of nonbinding dispute resolution, exclusive of arbitration and litigation, can be used if agreed to by both
parties.
This subsection applies to any unresolved dispute or set of disputes between CDOT and the Contractor with an
aggregate value of more than $15,000. Unresolved disputes with an aggregate value of more than $15,000 from
subcontractors, materials suppliers or any other entity not a party to the Contract shall be submitted through the
Contractor in accordance with this subsection as a pass-through claim. Review of a pass-through claim does not
create privity of Contract between CDOT and any other entity.
Subsections 105.22, 105.23 and 105.24 provide both contractual alternative dispute resolution processes and
constitute remedy-granting provisions pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes which must be exhausted in their
entirety.
January 31, 2013
12
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Merit-binding arbitration or litigation proceedings must commence within 180-calendar days of the Chief
Engineer's decision, absent written agreement otherwise by both parties.
The venue for all unresolved disputes with an aggregate value $15,000 or less shall be the County Court for the
City and County of Denver.
Non-binding Forms of alternative dispute resolution such as Mediation are available upon mutual agreement of
the parties for all claims submitted in accordance with this subsection.
The cost of the non-binding ADR process shall be shared equally by both parties with each party bearing its own
preparation costs. The type of nonbinding ADR process shall be agreed upon by the parties and shall be
conducted within the State of Colorado at a mutually acceptable location. Participation in a nonbinding ADR
process does not in any way waive the requirement that merit-binding arbitration or litigation proceedings must
commence within 180-calendar days of the Chief Engineer's decision, absent written agreement otherwise by
both parties.
(a) Notice of Intent to File a Claim.
Within 30 days after rejection of the Dispute Resolution Board's Recommendation issued in accordance with
subsection 105.23, the Contractor shall provide the Region Transportation Director with a written notice of
intent to file a claim. The Contractor shall also send a copy of this notice to the Resident Engineer. For the
purpose of this subsection Region Transportation Director shall mean the Region Transportation Director or
the Region Transportation Director's designated representative. CDOT will acknowledge in writing receipt of
Notice of Intent within 7 days.
(b) Claim Package Submission. Within 60 days after submitting the notice of intent to file a claim, the Contractor
shall submit five copies of a complete claim package representing the final position the Contractor wishes to
have considered. All claims shall be in writing and in sufficient detail to enable the RTD to ascertain the basis
and amount of claim. The claim package shall include all documents supporting the claim, regardless of
whether such documents were provided previously to CDOT.
If requested by the Contractor the 60 day period may be extended by the RTD in writing prior to final
acceptance. As a minimum, the following information shall accompany each claim.
1. A claim certification containing the following language, as appropriate:
A. For a direct claim by the Contractor:
CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM CERTIFICATION
Under penalty of law for perjury or falsification, the undersigned, (name) ,
(title) , of (company) , hereby certifies that the claim of
$ for extra compensation and Days additional time, made herein for work on this
contract is true to the best of my knowledge and belief and supported under the Contract between the parties.
This claim package contains all available documents that support the claims made herein and I understand that
no additional information, other than for clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation,
may be presented by me.
Dated /s/
Subscribed and sworn before me this day of .
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: _______________________
B. For a pass-through claim:
PASS-THROUGH CLAIM CERTIFICATION
January 31, 2013
13
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Under penalty of law for perjury or falsification, the undersigned, (name) ,
(title) , of (company) , hereby certifies that the claim of
$ for extra compensation and Days additional time, made herein for work on this
Project is true to the best of my knowledge and belief and supported under the contract between the parties.
This claim package contains all available documents that support the claims made herein and I understand that
no additional information, other than for clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation,
may be presented by me.
Dated /s/
Subscribed and sworn before me this day of .
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: _______________________
Dated /s
The Contractor certifies that the claim being passed through to CDOT is passed through in good faith and is
accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Dated /s/
Subscribed and sworn before me this day of .
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: _______________________
2. A detailed factual statement of the claim for additional compensation, time, or both, providing all
necessary dates, locations, and items of work affected by the claim. The Contractor's detailed factual
statement shall expressly describe the basis of the claim and factual evidence supporting the claim. This
requirement is not satisfied by simply incorporating into the claim package other documents that describe
the basis of the claim and supporting factual evidence.
3. The date on which facts were discovered which gave rise to the claim.
4. The name, title, and activity of all known CDOT, Consultant, and other individuals who may be
knowledgeable about facts giving rise to such claim.
5. The name, title, and activity of all known Contractor, subcontractor, supplier and other individuals who
may be knowledgeable about facts giving rise to such claim.
6. The specific provisions of the Contract, which support the claim and a statement of the reasons why such
provisions support the claim.
7. If the claim relates to a decision of the Project Engineer, which the Contract leaves to the Project
Engineer's discretion, the Contractor shall set out in detail all facts supporting its position relating to the
decision of the Project Engineer.
8. The identification of any documents and the substance of all oral communications that support the claim.
9. Copies of all known documents that support the claim.
10. The Dispute Review Board Recommendation.
11. If an extension of contract time is sought, the documents required by subsection 108.08(d).
12. If additional compensation is sought, the exact amount sought and a breakdown of that amount into the
following categories:
A. These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax
January 31, 2013
14
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(3) Increased costs for materials
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned
equipment and based on certified invoice costs for rented equipment
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead
(6) Salaried employees assigned to the project
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified herein
is required for all such claims)
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for
items for which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
(9) Interest shall be paid in accordance with CRS 5-12-102 beginning from the date of the Notice of
Intent to File Claim
B. In adjustment for the costs as allowed above, the Department will have no liability for the following
items of damages or expense:
(1) Profit in excess of that provided in 12.A.(8) above
(2) Loss of Profit
(3) Additional cost of labor inefficiencies in excess of that provided in A. above
(4) Home office overhead in excess of that provided in A. above
(5) Consequential damages, including but not limited to loss of bonding capacity, loss of bidding
opportunities, and insolvency
(6) Indirect costs or expenses of any nature in excess of that provided in A. above
(7) Attorney’s fees, claim preparation fees, and expert fees
(c) Audit. An audit may be performed by the Department for any dispute or claim, and is mandatory for all
disputes and claims with amounts greater than $250,000. All audits will be complete within 60 days of receipt
of the complete claim package, provided the Contractor allows the auditors reasonable and timely access to
the Contractor's books and records. For all claims with amounts greater than $250,000 the Contractor shall
submit a copy of certified claim package directly to the CDOT Audit Unit at the following address:
Division of Audit
4201 E. Arkansas Ave
Denver, Co. 80222
(d) Region Transportation Director Decision. When the Contractor properly files a claim, the RTD will review the
claim and render a written decision to the Contractor to either affirm or deny the claim, in whole or in part, in
accordance with the following procedure.
The RTD may consolidate all related claims on a project and issue one decision, provided that consolidation
does not extend the time period within which the RTD is to render a decision. Consolidation of unrelated
claims will not be made.
The RTD will render a written decision to the Contractor within 60 days after the receipt of the claim package
or receipt of the audit whichever is later. In rendering the decision, the RTD: (1) will review the information in
the Contractor's claim; (2) will conduct a hearing if requested by either party; and (3) may consider any other
information available in rendering a decision.
The RTD will assemble and maintain a claim record comprised of all information physically submitted by the
Contractor in support of the claim and all other discoverable information considered by the RTD in reaching a
decision. Once the RTD assembles the claim record, the submission and consideration of additional
information, other than for clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation, at any
subsequent level of review by anyone, will not be permitted.
The RTD will provide a copy of the claim record and the written decision to the Contractor describing the
information considered by the RTD in reaching a decision and the basis for that decision. If the RTD fails to
render a written decision within the 60 day period, or within any extended time period as agreed to by both
parties, the Contractor shall either: (1) accept this as a denial of the claim, or (2) appeal the claim to the Chief
January 31, 2013
15
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Engineer, as described in this subsection.
If the Contractor accepts the RTD decision, the provisions of the decision shall be implemented in accordance
with subsections 108.08, 109.04, 109.05, or 109.10 and the claim is resolved.
If the Contractor disagrees with the RTD decision, the Contractor shall either: (1) accept the RTD decision as
final, or (2) file a written appeal to the Chief Engineer within 30 days from the receipt of the RTD decision. The
Contractor hereby agrees that if a written appeal is not properly filed, the RTD decision is final.
(e) Chief Engineer Decision. When a claim is appealed, the RTD will provide the claim record to the Chief
Engineer. Within 15 days of the appeal either party may submit a written request for a hearing with the Chief
Engineer or duly authorized Headquarters delegates. The Chief Engineer or a duly authorized Headquarters
delegate will review the claim and render a decision to affirm, overrule, or modify the RTD decision in
accordance with the following.
The Contractor's written appeal to the Chief Engineer will be made a part of the claim record.
The Chief Engineer will render a written decision within 60 days after receiving the written appeal. The Chief
Engineer will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record, other than
clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation.
The Contractor shall have 30 days to accept or reject the Chief Engineer's decision. The Contractor shall
notify the Chief Engineer of its acceptance or rejection in writing.
If the Contractor accepts the Chief Engineer's decision, the provisions of the decision will be implemented in
accordance with subsections 108.08, 109.04, 109.05, or 109.10 and the claim is resolved.
If the Contractor disagrees with the Chief Engineer's decision, the Contractor shall either (1) pursue an
alternative dispute resolution process in accordance with this specification or (2) initiate litigation or merit
binding arbitration in accordance with subsection 105.24(f).
If the Chief Engineer does not issue a decision as required, the Contractor may immediately initiate either
litigation or merit binding arbitration in accordance with subsection 105.24(f).
For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any merit binding
arbitration or De Novo litigation shall be brought within 180-calendar days from the date of the Chief
Engineer's decision. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the
time period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action.
(f) De Novo Litigation or Merit Binding Arbitration. If the Contractor disagrees with the Chief Engineer's decision,
the Contractor may initiate de novo litigation or merit binding arbitration to finally resolve the claim that the
Contractor submitted to CDOT, depending on which option was selected by the Contractor on Form 1378
which shall be submitted at the preconstruction conference. Such litigation or arbitration shall be strictly
limited to those claims that were previously submitted and decided in the contractual dispute and claims
processes outlined herein. This does not preclude the joining in one litigation or arbitration of multiple claims
from the same project provided that each claim has gone through the dispute and claim process specified in
subsections 105.22 through 105.24. The parties may agree, in writing, at any time, to pursue some other
form of alternative dispute resolution.
Any offer made by the Contractor or the Department at any stage of the claims process, as set forth in this
subsection, shall be deemed an offer of settlement pursuant to Colorado Rule of Evidence 408 and therefore
inadmissible in any litigation or arbitration.
If the Contractor selected litigation, then de novo litigation shall proceed in accordance with the Colorado
Rules of Civil Procedure and the proper venue is the Colorado State District Court in and for the City and
County of Denver, unless both parties agree to the use of arbitration.
January 31, 2013
16
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
If the Contractor selected merit binding arbitration, or if both parties subsequently agreed to merit binding
arbitration, arbitration shall be governed by the modified version of AAA’s Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules which follow. Pursuant to the modified arbitration rules (R35 through R39), the arbitrators shall issue a
binding decision with regard to entitlement and a non-binding decision with regard to quantum. If either party
disagrees with the decision on quantum, the disagreeing party may seek a trial de novo in Denver District
Court with regard to quantum only.
January 31, 2013
17
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ARBITRATION RULES MODIFIED
FOR USE WITH CDOT SPECIFICATION SUBSECTION 105.24
REGULAR TRACK PROCEDURES
R-1. Agreement of Parties
(a) The parties shall be deemed to have made these rules a part of their Contract. These rules and any
amendments shall apply in the form in effect at the time the administrative requirements are met for a demand
for arbitration. The parties, by written agreement, may vary the procedures set forth in these rules. After
appointment of the arbitrator, such modifications may be made only with the consent of the arbitrator.
(b) Unless the parties determine otherwise, the Fast Track Procedures shall apply in any case in which
aggregate claims do not exceed $75,000, exclusive of interest and arbitration fees and costs. Parties may
also agree to use these procedures in larger cases. Unless the parties agree otherwise, these procedures will
not apply in cases involving more than two parties except for pass-through claims. The Fast Track
Procedures shall be applied as described in Sections F-1 through F-13 of these rules, in addition to any other
portion of these rules that is not in conflict with the Fast Track Procedures.
(c) Unless the parties agree otherwise, the Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes shall apply to
all cases in which the disclosed aggregate claims of any party is at least $500,000, exclusive of claimed
interest, arbitration fees and costs. Parties may also agree to use these procedures in cases involving claims
under $500,000, or in nonmonetary cases. The Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes shall
be applied as described in Sections L-1 through L-4 of these rules, in addition to any other portion of these
rules that is not in conflict with the Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes.
(d) All other cases shall be administered in accordance with Sections R-1 through R-45 of these rules.
R-2. Independent Arbitration Provider and Delegation of Duties
When parties agree to arbitrate under these rules, or when they provide for arbitration by an independent third-
party (Arbitration Provider) and arbitration is initiated under these rules, they thereby authorize the Arbitration
Provider to administer the arbitration. The authority and duties of the Arbitration Provider are prescribed in the
parties’ Contract and in these rules, and may be carried out through such of the Arbitration Provider’s
representatives as it may direct. The Arbitration Provider will assign the administration of an arbitration to its
Denver office
R-3. Initiation of Arbitration
Arbitration shall be initiated in the following manner.
(a) The Contractor shall, within 30 days after the Chief Engineer issues a decision, submit to the Chief Engineer
written notice of its intention to arbitrate (the "demand"). The demand shall indicate the appropriate
qualifications for the arbitrator(s) to be appointed to hear the arbitration.
(b) CDOT may file an answering statement with the Contractor within 15 days after receiving the demand. If a
counterclaim is asserted, it shall contain a statement setting forth the nature of the counterclaim, the amount
involved, if any, and the remedy sought.
(c) The Chief Engineer shall retain an Arbitration Provider, such as the American Arbitration Association, which
will administer an arbitration pursuant to these Rules, except to the extent that such rules conflict with the
January 31, 2013
18
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
specifications, in which case the specifications shall control.
(d) The Arbitration Provider shall confirm its retention to the parties.
R-4. Consolidation or Joinder
If the parties' agreement or the law provides for consolidation or joinder of related arbitrations, all involved parties
will endeavor to agree on a process to effectuate the consolidation or joinder.
If they are unable to agree, the Arbitration Provider shall directly appoint a single arbitrator for the limited purpose
of deciding whether related arbitrations should be consolidated or joined and, if so, establishing a fair and
appropriate process for consolidation or joinder. The Arbitration Provider may take reasonable administrative
action to accomplish the consolidation or joinder as directed by the arbitrator.
R-5. Appointment of Arbitrator
An arbitrator shall be appointed in the following manner:
(a) Immediately after the Arbitration Provider is retained, the Arbitration Provider shall send simultaneously to
each party to the dispute an identical list of 10 names of potential arbitrators. The parties are encouraged to
agree to an arbitrator from the submitted list and to advise the AAA of their agreement. Absent agreement of
the parties, the arbitrator shall not have served as the mediator in the mediation phase of the instant
proceeding.
(b) If the parties cannot agree to arbitrator(s), each party to the dispute shall have 15 calendar days from the
transmittal date in which to strike names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and
return the list to the Arbitration Provider. If a party does not return the list within the time specified, all persons
named therein shall be deemed acceptable. From among the persons who have been approved on both lists,
and in accordance with the designated order of mutual preference, the Arbitration Provider shall invite an
arbitrator to serve.
(c) Unless both parties agree otherwise one arbitrator shall be used for claims less than $250,000 and three
arbitrators shall be used for claims $250,000 and greater. Within 15 calendar days from the date of the
appointment of the last arbitrator, the Arbitration Provider shall appoint a chairperson.
(d) The entire claim record will be made available to the arbitrators by the Chief Engineer within 15 calendar days
from the date of the appointment of the last arbitrator.
R-6. Changes of Claim
The arbitrator(s) will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record as
transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted
documentation.
R-7. Disclosure
(a) Any person appointed or to be appointed as an arbitrator shall disclose to the Arbitration Provider any
circumstance likely to give rise to justifiable doubt as to the arbitrator's impartiality or independence, including
any bias or any interest in the result of the arbitration or any relationship with the parties or their
representatives. Such obligation shall remain in effect throughout the arbitration.
(b) Upon receipt of such information from the arbitrator or another source, the Arbitration Provider shall
communicate the information to the parties and, if it deems it appropriate to do so, to the arbitrator and others.
January 31, 2013
19
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(c) In order to encourage disclosure by arbitrators, disclosure of information pursuant to this Section R-6 is not to
be construed as an indication that the arbitrator considers that the disclosed circumstances are likely to affect
impartiality or independence.
(d) In no case shall an arbitrator be employed by, affiliated with, or have consultive or business connection with
the claimant Contractor or CDOT. An arbitrator shall not have assisted either in the evaluation, preparation, or
presentation of the claim case either for the Contractor or the Department or have rendered an opinion on the
merits of the claim for either party, and shall not do so during the proceedings of arbitration.
R-8. Disqualification of Arbitrator
(a) Any arbitrator shall be impartial and independent and shall perform his or her duties with diligence and in
good faith, and shall be subject to disqualification for: (i) partiality or lack of independence, (ii) inability or
refusal to perform his or her duties with diligence and in good faith; and/or (iii) any grounds for disqualification
provided by applicable law.
(b) Upon objection of a party to the continued service of an arbitrator, or on its own initiative, the Arbitration
Provider shall determine whether the arbitrator should be disqualified under the grounds set out above, and
shall inform the parties of its decision, which decision shall be conclusive.
R-9. Communication with Arbitrator
No party and no one acting on behalf of any party shall communicate ex parte with an arbitrator or a candidate for
arbitrator concerning the arbitration.
R-10. Vacancies
(a) If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform the duties of the office, the Arbitration Provider may, on
proof satisfactory to it, declare the office vacant. Vacancies shall be filled in accordance with the applicable
provisions of these rules.
(b) In the event of a vacancy in a panel of neutral arbitrators after the hearings have commenced, the remaining
arbitrator or arbitrators may continue with the hearing and determination of the controversy, unless the parties
agree otherwise.
(c) In the event of the appointment of a substitute arbitrator, the panel of arbitrators shall determine in its sole
discretion whether it is necessary to repeat all or part of any prior hearings.
R-11. Jurisdiction
(a) The arbitrator shall have the power to rule on his or her own jurisdiction, including any objections with respect
to the existence, scope or validity of the arbitration agreement.
(b) The arbitrator shall have the power to determine the existence or validity of a contract of which an arbitration
clause forms a part. Such an arbitration clause shall be treated as an agreement independent of the other
terms of the contract. A decision by the arbitrator that the contract is null and void shall not for that reason
alone render invalid the arbitration clause.
(c) A party must object to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator or to the arbitrability of a claim or counterclaim no later
than 15 days after the Arbitration Provider confirms its retention to the parties. The arbitrator may rule on such
objections as a preliminary matter or as part of the final award.
R-12. Administrative Conference
January 31, 2013
20
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
At the request of any party or upon the Arbitration Provider’s own initiative, the Arbitration Provider may conduct
an administrative conference, in person or by telephone, with the parties and/or their representatives. The
conference may address such issues as arbitrator selection, potential exchange of information, a timetable for
hearings and any other administrative matters.
R-13. Preliminary Hearing
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator or the Arbitration Provider, the arbitrator may
schedule as soon as practicable a preliminary hearing with the parties and/or their representatives. The
preliminary hearing may be conducted by telephone at the arbitrator's discretion.
(b) During the preliminary hearing, the parties and the arbitrator should discuss the future conduct of the case,
including clarification of the issues and claims, a schedule for the hearings and any other preliminary matters.
R-14. Exchange of Information
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator, consistent with the expedited nature of
arbitration, the arbitrator may direct: (i) the production of documents and other information; (ii) short
depositions, particularly with regard to experts; and/or (iii) the identification of any witnesses to be called.
(b) At least five business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to
submit at the hearing.
(c) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(d) Additional discovery may be ordered by the arbitrator in extraordinary cases when the demands of justice
require it.
R-15. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
(a) The arbitrator shall set the date, time, and place for each hearing and/or conference. The parties shall
respond to requests for hearing dates in a timely manner, be cooperative in scheduling the earliest practicable
date, and adhere to the established hearing schedule.
(b) The parties may mutually agree on the locale where the arbitration is to be held. Absent such agreement, the
arbitration shall be held in the City and County of Denver.
(c) The Arbitration Provider shall send a notice of hearing to the parties at least ten calendar days in advance of
the hearing date, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.
R-16. Attendance at Hearings
The arbitrator and the Arbitration Provider shall maintain the privacy of the hearings unless the law provides to the
contrary. Any person having a direct interest in the arbitration is entitled to attend hearings. The arbitrator shall
otherwise have the power to require the exclusion of any witness, other than a party or other essential person,
during the testimony of any other witness. It shall be discretionary with the arbitrator to determine the propriety of
the attendance of any person other than a party and its representative.
R-17. Representation
Any party may be represented by counsel or other authorized representative. A party intending to be so
represented shall notify the other party and the Arbitration Provider of the name and address of the representative
at least three calendar days prior to the date set for the hearing at which that person is first to appear.
January 31, 2013
21
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-18. Oaths
Before proceeding with the first hearing, each arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by law, shall do
so. The arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by any duly qualified person and, if it is
required by law or requested by any party, shall do so.
R-19. Stenographic Record
Any party desiring a stenographic record shall make arrangements directly with a stenographer and shall notify
the other parties of these arrangements at least three days in advance of the hearing. The requesting party or
parties shall pay the cost of the record. If the transcript is agreed by the parties, or determined by the arbitrator to
be the official record of the proceeding, it must be provided to the arbitrator and made available to the other
parties for inspection, at a date, time, and place determined by the arbitrator.
R-20. Interpreters
Any party wishing an interpreter shall make all arrangements directly with the interpreter and shall assume the
costs of the service.
R-21. Postponements
The arbitrator for good cause shown may postpone any hearing upon agreement of the parties, upon request of a
party, or upon the arbitrator's own initiative.
R-22. Arbitration in the Absence of a Party or Representative
Unless the law provides to the contrary, the arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party or representative
who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain a postponement. An award shall not be made solely on
the default of a party. The arbitrator shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the
arbitrator may require for the making of an award.
R-23. Conduct of Proceedings
(a) The Contractor shall present evidence to support its claim. CDOT shall then present evidence supporting its
defense. Witnesses for each party shall also submit to questions from the arbitrator and the adverse party.
The arbitrator has the discretion to vary this procedure; provided that the parties are treated with equality and
that each party has the right to be heard and is given a fair opportunity to present its case.
(b) The arbitrator, exercising his or her discretion, shall conduct the proceedings with a view to expediting the
resolution of the dispute and may direct the order of proof, bifurcate proceedings, and direct the parties to
focus their presentations on issues the decision of which could dispose of all or part of the case. The
arbitrator shall entertain motions, including motions that dispose of all or part of a claim or that may expedite
the proceedings, and may also make preliminary rulings and enter interlocutory orders.
(c) The parties may agree to waive oral hearings in any case.
R-24. Evidence
(a) The arbitrators shall consider all written information available in the claim record and all oral presentations in
support of that record by the Contractor and CDOT. Conformity to legal rules of evidence shall not be
necessary.
(b) The arbitrators shall not consider any written documents or arguments which have not previously been made
January 31, 2013
22
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
a part of the claim record, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation.
The arbitrators shall not consider an increase in the amount of the claim, or any new claims.
(c) The arbitrator shall determine the admissibility, relevance, and materiality of any evidence offered. The
arbitrator may request offers of proof and may reject evidence deemed by the arbitrator to be cumulative,
unreliable, unnecessary, or of slight value compared to the time and expense involved. All evidence shall be
taken in the presence of all of the arbitrators and all of the parties, except where: (i) any of the parties is
absent, in default, or has waived the right to be present, or (ii) the parties and the arbitrators agree otherwise.
(d) The arbitrator shall take into account applicable principles of legal privilege, such as those involving the
confidentiality of communications between a lawyer and client.
(e) An arbitrator or other person authorized by law to subpoena witnesses or documents may do so upon the
request of any party or independently.
R-25. Evidence by Affidavit and Post-hearing Filing of Documents or Other Evidence
(a) The arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by declaration or affidavit, but shall give it
only such weight as the arbitrator deems it entitled to after consideration of any objection made to its
admission.
(b) If the parties agree or the arbitrator directs that documents or other evidence be submitted to the arbitrator
after the hearing, the documents or other evidence, unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the arbitrator,
shall be filed with the Arbitration Provider for transmission to the arbitrator. All parties shall be afforded an
opportunity to examine and respond to such documents or other evidence.
R-26. Inspection or Investigation
An arbitrator finding it necessary to make an inspection or investigation in connection with the arbitration shall
direct the Arbitration Provider to so advise the parties. The arbitrator shall set the date and time and the
Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties. Any party who so desires may be present at such an inspection or
investigation. In the event that one or all parties are not present at the inspection or investigation, the arbitrator
shall make an oral or written report to the parties and afford them an opportunity to comment.
R-27. Interim Measures
(a) The arbitrator may take whatever interim measures he or she deems necessary, including injunctive relief and
measures for the protection or conservation of property and disposition of perishable goods.
(b) A request for interim measures addressed by a party to a judicial authority shall not be deemed incompatible
with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
R-28. Closing of Hearing
When satisfied that the presentation of the parties is complete, the arbitrator shall declare the hearing closed.
If documents or responses are to be filed as provided in Section R-24, or if briefs are to be filed, the hearing shall
be declared closed as of the final date set by the arbitrator for the receipt of documents, responses, or briefs. The
time limit within which the arbitrator is required to make the award shall commence to run, in the absence of other
agreements by the parties and the arbitrator, upon the closing of the hearing.
R-29. Reopening of Hearing
January 31, 2013
23
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
The hearing may be reopened on the arbitrator's initiative, or by direction of the arbitrator upon application of a
party, at any time before the award is made. If reopening the hearing would prevent the making of the award
within the specific time agreed to by the parties in the arbitration agreement, the matter may not be reopened
unless the parties agree to an extension of time. When no specific date is fixed by agreement of the parties, the
arbitrator shall have 15 calendar days from the closing of the reopened hearing within which to make an award.
R-30. Waiver of Rules
Any party who proceeds with the arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these rules has
not been complied with and who fails to state an objection in writing shall be deemed to have waived the right to
object.
R-31. Extensions of Time
The parties may modify any period of time by mutual agreement. The Arbitration Provider or the arbitrator may for
good cause extend any period of time established by these rules, except the time for making the award. The
Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties of any extension.
R-32. Serving of Notice
(a) Any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of an arbitration under
these rules; for any court action in connection therewith, or for the entry of judgment on any award made
under these rules, may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at the last
known address or by personal service, in or outside the state where the arbitration is to be held, provided that
reasonable opportunity to be heard with regard thereto has been granted to the party.
(b) The Arbitration Provider, the arbitrator and the parties may also use overnight delivery, electronic facsimile
transmission (fax), or electronic mail (email) to give the notices required by these rules.
(c) Unless otherwise instructed by the Arbitration Provider or by the arbitrator, any documents submitted by any
party to the Arbitration Provider or to the arbitrator shall simultaneously be provided to the other party or
parties to the arbitration.
R-33. Majority Decision
When the panel consists of more than one arbitrator, unless required by law or by the arbitration agreement, a
majority of the arbitrators must make all decisions.
R-34. Time of Award
The award shall be made promptly by the arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties or specified by
law, no later than 30 calendar days from the date of closing the hearing, or, if oral hearings have been waived,
from the date of the Arbitration Provider’s transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator.
R-35. Form of Award
After complete review of the facts associated with the claim, the arbitrators shall render a written explanation of
their decision. When three arbitrators are used, and only two arbitrators agree then the award shall be signed by
the two arbitrators. The arbitrator's decision shall include:
(a) A summary of the issues and factual evidence presented by the Contractor and the Department concerning
the claim;
January 31, 2013
24
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(b) Decisions concerning the validity of the claim;
(c) Decisions concerning the value of the claim as to cost impacts if the claim is determined to be valid;
(d) The contractual and factual bases supporting the decisions made including an explanation as to why each
and every position was accepted or rejected;
(e) Detailed and supportable calculations which support any decisions.
R-36. Scope of Award
(a) The arbitrator may grant any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope
of the agreement of the parties, including, but not limited to, equitable relief and specific performance of a
contract.
(b) In addition to the final award, the arbitrator may make other decisions, including interim, interlocutory, or partial
rulings, orders, and awards. (c) The award of the arbitrator may include interest at the statutory rate and from
such date as the arbitrator may deem appropriate.
R-37. Delivery of Award to Parties
Parties shall accept as notice and delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof in the mail
addressed to the parties or their representatives at the last known address, personal or electronic service of the
award, or the filing of the award in any other manner that is permitted by law.
R-38. Modification of Award
Within 10 calendar days after the transmittal of an award, the arbitrator on his or her initiative, or any party, upon
notice to the other parties, may request that the arbitrator correct any clerical, typographical, technical or
computational errors in the award. The arbitrator is not empowered to redetermine the merits of any claim already
decided.
If the modification request is made by a party, the other parties shall be given 10 calendar days to respond to the
request. The arbitrator shall dispose of the request within 25 calendar days after transmittal by the Arbitration
Provider to the arbitrator of the request.
If applicable law provides a different procedural time frame, that procedure shall be followed.
R-39. Appeal of Award
Appeal of the arbitrators’ decision concerning the merit of the claim is governed by the Colorado Uniform
Arbitration Act, C.R.S. §§ 13-22-202 to -230. Either party may appeal the arbitrator’s decision on the value of the
claim to the Colorado State District Court in and for the City and County of Denver for trial de novo.
R-40. Release of Documents for Judicial Proceedings
The Arbitration Provider shall, upon the written request of a party, furnish to the party, at its expense, certified
copies of any papers in the Arbitration Provider’s possession that may be required in judicial proceedings relating
to the arbitration.
R-41. Applications to Court and Exclusion of Liability
(a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the subject matter of the arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of
January 31, 2013
25
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
the party's right to arbitrate.
(b) Neither the Arbitration Provider nor any arbitrator in a proceeding under these rules is a necessary or proper
party in judicial proceedings relating to the arbitration.
(c) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have consented that judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof.
(d) Parties to an arbitration under these rules shall be deemed to have consented that neither the Arbitration
Provider nor any arbitrator shall be liable to any party in any action for damages or injunctive relief for any act
or omission in connection with any arbitration under these rules.
R-42. Administrative Fees
The Arbitration Provider shall prescribe filing and other administrative fees and service charges to compensate it
for the cost of providing administrative services. The fees in effect when the fee or charge is incurred shall be
applicable. Such fees and charges shall be borne equally by the parties.
The Arbitration Provider may, in the event of extreme hardship on the part of any party, defer or reduce the
administrative fees.
R-43. Expenses
The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such witnesses. All other expenses
of the arbitration, including required travel and other expenses of the arbitrator, Arbitration Provider
representatives, and any witness and the cost of any proof produced at the direct request of the arbitrator, shall
be borne equally by the parties.
R-44. Neutral Arbitrator's Compensation
Arbitrators shall be compensated a rate consistent with the arbitrator's stated rate of compensation.
If there is disagreement concerning the terms of compensation, an appropriate rate shall be established with the
arbitrator by the Arbitration Provider and confirmed to the parties.
Such compensation shall be borne equally by the parties.
R-45. Deposits
The Arbitration Provider may require the parties to deposit in advance of any hearings such sums of money as it
deems necessary to cover the expense of the arbitration, including the arbitrator's fee, if any, and shall render an
accounting to the parties and return any unexpended balance at the conclusion of the case.
R-46. Interpretation and Application of Rules
The arbitrator shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the arbitrator's powers and duties by a
majority vote. If that is not possible, either an arbitrator or a party may refer the question to the Arbitration
Provider for final decision. All other rules shall be interpreted and applied by the Arbitration Provider.
R-45. Suspension for Nonpayment
If arbitrator compensation or administrative charges have not been paid in full, the Arbitration Provider may so
January 31, 2013
26
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
inform the parties in order that the parties may advance the required payment. If such payments are not made,
the arbitrator may order the suspension or termination of the proceedings. If no arbitrator has yet been appointed,
the Arbitration Provider may suspend the proceedings.
FAST TRACK PROCEDURES
F-1. Limitations on Extensions
In the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the Arbitration Provider or the arbitrator may grant a party no more
than one seven-day extension of the time in which to respond to the demand for arbitration or counterclaim as
provided in Section R-3.
F-2. Changes of Claim
The arbitrator will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record as
transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted
documentation
F-3. Serving of Notice
In addition to notice provided above, the parties shall also accept notice by telephone. Telephonic notices by the
Arbitration Provider shall subsequently be confirmed in writing to the parties. Should there be a failure to confirm
in writing any such oral notice, the proceeding shall nevertheless be valid if notice has, in fact, been given by
telephone.
F-4. Appointment and Qualification of Arbitrator
Immediately after the retention of the Arbitration Provider, the Arbitration Provider will simultaneously submit to
each party a listing and biographical information from its panel of arbitrators knowledgeable in construction who
are available for service in Fast Track cases. The parties are encouraged to agree to an arbitrator from this list,
and to advise the Arbitration Provider of their agreement, or any factual objections to any of the listed arbitrators,
within 7 calendar days of the transmission of the list. The Arbitration Provider will appoint the agreed-upon
arbitrator, or in the event the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, will designate the arbitrator from among those
names not stricken for factual objections.
The parties will be given notice by the Arbitration Provider of the appointment of the arbitrator, who shall be
subject to disqualification for the reasons specified above. Within the time period established by the Arbitration
Provider, the parties shall notify the Arbitration Provider of any objection to the arbitrator appointed. Any objection
by a party to the arbitrator shall be for cause and shall be confirmed in writing to the Arbitration Provider with a
copy to the other party or parties.
F-5. Preliminary Telephone Conference
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the arbitrator, as promptly as practicable after the appointment of the
arbitrator, a preliminary telephone conference shall be held among the parties or their attorneys or
representatives, and the arbitrator.
F-6. Exchange of Exhibits
At least 2 business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to submit
at the hearing. The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of exhibits.
F-7. Discovery
January 31, 2013
27
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
There shall be no discovery, except as provided in Section F-4 or as ordered by the arbitrator in extraordinary
cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-8. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
The arbitrator shall set the date and time, and place of the hearing, to be scheduled to take place within 30
calendar days of confirmation of the arbitrator's appointment. The Arbitration Provider will notify the parties in
advance of the hearing date. All hearings shall be held within the City and County of Denver.
F-9. The Hearing
(a) Generally, the hearing shall not exceed 1 day. Each party shall have equal opportunity to submit its proofs
and complete its case. The arbitrator shall determine the order of the hearing, and may require further
submission of documents within two business days after the hearing. For good cause shown, the arbitrator
may schedule 1 additional hearing day within 7 business days after the initial day of hearing.
(b) Generally, there will be no stenographic record. Any party desiring a stenographic record may arrange for one
pursuant to the provisions above.
F-10. Time of Award
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the award shall be rendered not later than 14 calendar days from the
date of the closing of the hearing or, if oral hearings have been waived, from the date of the Arbitration Provider’s
transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator.
F-11. Time Standards
The arbitration shall be completed by settlement or award within 60 calendar days of confirmation of the
arbitrator's appointment, unless all parties and the arbitrator agree otherwise or the arbitrator extends this time in
extraordinary cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-12. Arbitrator's Compensation
Arbitrators will receive compensation at a rate to be suggested by the Arbitration Provider regional office.
PROCEDURES FOR LARGE, COMPLEX CONSTRUCTION DISPUTES
L-1. Large, Complex Construction Disputes
The procedures for large, complex construction disputes shall apply to any claim with a value exceeding $500,000
or as agreed to by the parties.
L-2. Administrative Conference
Prior to the dissemination of a list of potential arbitrators, the Arbitration Provider shall, unless the parties agree
otherwise, conduct an administrative conference with the parties and/or their attorneys or other representatives by
conference call. The conference call will take place within 14 days after the retention of the Arbitration Provider. In
the event the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable time for the conference, the Arbitration
Provider may contact the parties individually to discuss the issues contemplated herein. Such administrative
conference shall be conducted for the following purposes and for such additional purposed as the parties or the
Arbitration Provider may deem appropriate:
January 31, 2013
28
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(a) To obtain additional information about the nature and magnitude of the dispute and the anticipated length of
hearing and scheduling;
(b) To discuss the views of the parties about the technical and other qualifications of the arbitrators;
(c) To obtain conflicts statements from the parties; and
(d) To consider, with the parties, whether mediation or other non-adjudicative methods of dispute resolution might
be appropriate.
L-3. Arbitrators
(a) Large, Complex Construction Cases shall be heard and determined by three arbitrators.
(b) The Arbitration Provider shall appoint arbitrator(s) in the manner provided in the Regular Construction Industry
Arbitration Rules.
L-4. Preliminary Hearing
As promptly as practicable after the selection of the arbitrator(s), a preliminary hearing shall be held among the
parties and/or their attorneys or other representatives and the arbitrator(s). Unless the parties agree otherwise,
the preliminary hearing will be conducted by telephone conference call rather than in person.
At the preliminary hearing the matters to be considered shall include, without limitation:
(a) Service of a detailed statement of claims, damages and defenses, a statement of the issues asserted by each
party and positions with respect thereto, and any legal authorities the parties may wish to bring to the
attention of the arbitrator(s);
(b) Stipulations to uncontested facts;
(c) The extent to which discovery shall be conducted;
(d) Exchange and premarking of those documents which each party believes may be offered at the hearing;
(e) The identification and availability of witnesses, including experts, and such matters with respect to witnesses
including their biographies and expected testimony as may be appropriate;
(f) Whether, and the extent to which, any sworn statements and/or depositions may be introduced;
(g) The extent to which hearings will proceed on consecutive days;
(h) Whether a stenographic or other official record of the proceedings shall be maintained;
(i) The possibility of utilizing mediation or other non-adjudicative methods of dispute resolution; and
(j) The procedure for the issuance of subpoenas.
By agreement of the parties and/or order of the arbitrator(s), the pre-hearing activities and the hearing procedures
that will govern the arbitration will be memorialized in a Scheduling and Procedure Order.
L-5. Management of Proceedings
January 31, 2013
29
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(a) Arbitrator(s) shall take such steps as they may deem necessary or desirable to avoid delay and to achieve a
just, speedy and cost-effective resolution of Large, Complex Construction Cases.
(b) Parties shall cooperate in the exchange of documents, exhibits and information within such party's control if
the arbitrator(s) consider such production to be consistent with the goal of achieving a just, speedy and cost
effective resolution of a Large, Complex Construction Case.
(c) The parties may conduct such discovery as may be agreed to by all the parties provided, however, that the
arbitrator(s) may place such limitations on the conduct of such discovery as the arbitrator(s) shall deem
appropriate. If the parties cannot agree on production of document and other information, the arbitrator(s),
consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, may establish the extent of the discovery.
(d) At the discretion of the arbitrator(s), upon good cause shown and consistent with the expedited nature of
arbitration, the arbitrator(s) may order depositions of, or the propounding of interrogatories to such persons
who may possess information determined by the arbitrator(s) to be necessary to a determination of the
matter.
(e) The parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to submit at the hearing 10 business days prior to
the hearing unless the arbitrator(s) determine otherwise.
(f) The exchange of information pursuant to this rule, as agreed by the parties and/or directed by the arbitrator(s),
shall be included within the Scheduling and Procedure Order.
(g) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(h) Generally hearings will be scheduled on consecutive days or in blocks of consecutive days in order to
maximize efficiency and minimize costs.
The following flow chart provides a summary of the disputes and claims process described in subsections 105.22,
105.23, and 105.24
January 31, 2013
30
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Contractor provides written notice of dispute to Project Engineer
Contractor provides written REA including the following:
(1) Date of dispute
(2) Nature of order and circumstances causing dispute
(3) Contract provisions supporting dispute
(4) Estimated cost of dispute with supporting documentation
(5) Analysis of progress schedule and disruption, if any
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
Dispute is
unresolved
Proj Eng/Res Eng & Supt/PM & Contractor’s rep with decision authority above the
project level to meet regularly to discuss dispute
PE denies merit of dispute
DRB agreement signed
PE determines dispute has merit
DRB renders a recommendation
Either party rejects DRB recommendation DRB recommendation is accepted
Up to 30 days – 105.22 (d)
105.22 Project Issue – Verbal discussions between Proj. Eng. and Supt.
Impasse
15 Days – 105.22 (b)
CDOT Project Engineer and Contractor discuss merit of dispute
15 Days – 105.22 (c)
Merit granted –
Quantum negotiations
30 Days – 105.22 (c)
10 days – 105.23 (h)
30 days – 105.23 (g)
DRB Hearing
14 days – 105.23 (i)
Figure 105-1
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FLOW CHART
Contractor rejects PE’s denial. Contractor
provides written notice to RE.
Contractor accepts denial.
Dispute is resolved.
7 days – 105.22 (c)
7 days – 105.22 (d)
20 days – 105.23 (d)
5 Days –
105.23 (a)
7 days – 105.22 (c)
Figure 105-1 continued on next page
Prehearing Submittal
15 days – 105.23 (e)
Request for Clarification and Reconsideration
Disagree on quantum
105.23(a) Proj Eng
initiates DRB process
30/ 45 days –
105.23(b)
January 31, 2013
31
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Contractor rejects CE decision Contractor accepts CE decision Decision is implemented
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
Optional Mediation
Dispute is unresolved Dispute is resolved
Contractor initiates Resolution is implemented
Binding Arbitration or Litigation
(Whichever was selected at Contract execution)
Litigation
Court Decision
Binding Arbitration
Arbitrator(s) render recommendation
Appeal process only for damages
Chief Engineer
renders decision
45 days – 05.24 (e)
Either party rejects DRB recommendation
Decision is implemented
Contractor submits certified claim package w/RTD (and Audit Unit if over $250K)
Contractor rejects and
appeals RTD decision to CE
Contractor accepts decision
30 days – 105.24 (a)
60 days – 105.24 (d)
60 days – 105.24 (b)
105.24 Notice of intent to file a claim
30 days – 105.24 (d)
Figure 105-1 (continued)
Request for hearing
RTD renders a decision
15 days
105.24 (e)
60 days - 105.24 (e)
30 days – 105.24 (e)
April 26, 2012
1
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 105.07 and replace with the following:
105.07 Conformity to Roadway Smoothness Criteria of HMA. Roadway smoothness testing and corrective
work shall be performed as described below. The pavement smoothness category shall be HRI Category II
unless shown on the plans.
(a) Smoothness Quality Control Testing.
1. The Contractor shall perform Smoothness Quality Control (SQC) testing. The test results shall be
submitted to the Engineer within 48 hours of completion. SQC test results shall show the Half Car
Roughness Index (HRI) for each 0.10 mile section and shall show the results for localized roughness.
All traffic control costs associated with SQC testing will be paid for in accordance with Section 630.
SQC testing shall be performed on the first 2,000 tons for the final layer.
SQC testing shall be performed using the Contractor’s inertial profiler, pursuant to the methods
described in subsection 105.07(b) and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The
Contractor’s Profiler shall be certified according to CP 78. A list of certified profilers is located at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/DesignSupport/.
Production shall be suspended if SQC testing indicates that corrective work is required in accordance
with subsection 105.07 (c). If the SQC data becomes available after production has started for the day,
suspension will begin at the end of that production day. Production will remain suspended until the
problem is identified and corrected. Each time production is suspended, corrective actions shall be
proposed in writing by the Contractor. Production will not be allowed to resume until the proposed
corrective actions have been accepted by the Project Engineer in writing.
When production resumes, the Contractor shall profile the first 2,000 tons of HMA. The conditions
above for suspension of work will apply.
2. The finished transverse and longitudinal surface elevation of the pavement shall be measured using a 10
foot straightedge. Areas to be measured will be directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish
an approved 10 foot straightedge, depth gauge and operator to aid the Engineer in testing the pavement
surface. Areas showing high spots of more than 3/16 inch in 10 feet shall be marked and diamond
ground until the high spot does not exceed 3/16 inch in 10 feet.
(b) Initial Smoothness Acceptance Testing. The Contractor shall perform Smoothness Acceptance Testing (SA)
which will be used for acceptance and calculation of incentive and disincentive adjustments.
All traffic control costs associated with SA testing will be paid for in accordance with Section 630.
1. Longitudinal Pavement Surface Smoothness Acceptance. Pavement surfaces shall be tested and
accepted for longitudinal smoothness as described herein.
A. Testing Procedure (General). The longitudinal surface smoothness of the final pavement surface
shall be tested by the Contractor in accordance with CP 74 and using the Contractor’s high-speed
profiler (HSP). The Contractor’s Profiler shall be certified according to CP 78. A list of certified
profilers is located at http://www.dot.state.co.us/DesignSupport/
The HSP instrumentation shall be verified in accordance with CP 74 prior to measurements. The
Contractor shall lay out a distance calibration site. The distance calibration site shall be located no
more than ten miles from the Project limits. The distance calibration site shall be 1056 feet long and
shall be on a relatively flat, straight section of pavement as approved by the Engineer. The site
shall have a speed limit equal to the Project’s highest speed limit that allows for the HSP to operate
April 26, 2012
2
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
uninterrupted. The limits of the site shall be clearly marked and the distance shall be measured to
an accuracy of +/- 3 inches. The Contractor shall provide in writing the site location to the Engineer.
The cost of the distance calibration site will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be
included in the work.
The entire length of each through lane, climbing lane and passing lane including bridge approaches,
bridge decks and intersections from the beginning to the end of the project shall be profiled in their
planned final configuration. Shoulders less than 12 foot in width and medians will not be profiled
and will not be subject to incentive/disincentive adjustments. Shoulders with a width of 12 feet or
greater, ramps, tapers, turn slots, acceleration lanes and deceleration lanes will be profiled, but will
not be subject to incentive/disincentive adjustments. Shoulders with a width of 12 feet or more,
ramps, tapers, turn slots, acceleration lanes and deceleration lanes will be evaluated for localized
roughness corrective work. The profile of the entire length of a lane shall be taken at one time.
However, the Engineer may break a project into sections to accommodate Project phasing.
A sufficient distance shall be deleted from the profile to allow the profiler to obtain the testing speed
plus a 300 foot distance to stop and start when required. Incentive/disincentive adjustments will not
be made for this area. The final surface of these areas shall be tested in accordance with
subsection 105.07(a) 2.
Shoulders less than 12 foot in width and medians constructed as part of this project shall be
measured in accordance with subsection 105.07(a) 2.
The profile shall include transverse joints when pavement is placed by the project on both sides of
the joint. When pavement is placed on only one side of the joint, the profile shall start 25 feet
outside the project paving limits. The profile of the section of pavement 25 feet outside the paving
limits to 25 feet inside paving limits will not be subjected to incentive or disincentive adjustments,
but will be evaluated for localized roughness.
The profile of the area 25 feet each side of every railroad crossing, cattle guard, bus pad, manhole,
gutter pan and intersection (where there is a planned breakpoint in the profile grade line in the
direction of traffic) shall be deleted from the profile before the HRI is determined.
Incentive/disincentive adjustments will not be made for these areas. Areas deleted from the profile
shall be tested in accordance with subsection 105.07(a) 2.
When both new pavement and a new bridge or new bridge pavement are being constructed in a
project, the profile of the area 25 feet each side of the bridge deck shall be deleted from the profile
before the HRI is determined. Incentive/disincentive adjustments will not be made for this area.
Areas deleted from the profile shall be tested in accordance with subsection 105.07(a) 2. The
bridge deck will be evaluated for localized roughness. Corrective work required in these areas will
not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. For all other projects,
the profile of the area 25 feet each side of the bridge deck shall be deleted from the profile before
the HRI is determined. Incentive/disincentive adjustments will not be made for this area. If the
Engineer determines that corrective work is required in this area, payment will be made in
accordance with subsection 109.04.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least five working days in advance of his
intention to perform SA testing. The Contractor shall profile the Project within 14 days after the
completion of paving operations. The Engineer will witness the SA profiling and take immediate
possession of the SA data.
The Contractor shall not perform any corrective work that will affect the pavement smoothness for
ten working days after completion of the SA testing or as approved by the Engineer. This time is to
allow for the Department to analyze the data and perform smoothness verification testing.
B. Smoothness Testing Procedures. The Contractor shall mark the profiling limits and excluded areas.
The Engineer will verify that the Contractor's marks are located properly. The Contractor shall use
April 26, 2012
3
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
traffic cones with reflective tape or reflective tape on the pavement at the beginning and end of each
lane for triggering the start and stop locations on the profiler and at any other location, where
portions of the profile are being deleted. These locations shall be marked with temporary paint so
that the Department’s profiler uses the same locations for smoothness verification testing.
The Contractor shall clear the lanes to be tested of all debris before profiling.
The Contractor shall submit a Method for Handling Traffic (MHT) to the Engineer for approval at
least five days in advance of SA testing. The MHT shall detail the methods for traffic control that will
allow for continuous non-stop profiling of each lane to be profiled at a minimum speed of 15 mph.
The Contractor shall provide the traffic control in accordance with the approved MHT.
Each lane shall be profiled at least once. Profiling shall be at a constant speed (+/- 5 mph of the
distance calibration speed ) with a minimum speed of 15 mph and a maximum speed of 70 mph.
Shoulders with a width of 12 feet or more, ramps, tapers, turn slots, acceleration lanes and
deceleration lanes shall be profiled. The profile shall be taken in the planned direction of travel.
The left and right wheel paths shall be profiled simultaneously. The collected profiles shall be
turned over immediately to the Engineer and will be analyzed using CP 74.
(1) The Department will determine a HRI for each 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof of completed
pavement. The HRI consists of the left and right wheel path's profile passed through the
International Roughness Index (IRI) filter.
The Contractor’s SA test results will be available within ten working days of the completion of
SA testing. The Engineer will give the Contractor a report that will include the lane profiled, the
HRI in 0.10 mile increments and a summary of areas requiring corrective work. The Engineer
may determine that it is necessary for the Contractor to re-profile a lane.
Areas requiring corrective work will be determined according to subsection 105.07(c) 1.
Sections less than 0.01 miles in length shall not be subject to corrective work as specified by
Table 105-6. Sections less than 0.01 miles in length shall be included in the Localized
Roughness determination.
C. Acceptance and incentive/disincentive adjustments for pavement smoothness will be made on a
square yard basis in accordance with the following:
Incentive and Disincentive adjustments will be based on the HRI for each 0.1 mile section or fraction
thereof. Incentive/Disincentive adjustments for Pavement Smoothness will be made in accordance
with Table 105-6. Sections less than 0.01 miles in length will not be subject to disincentives.
April 26, 2012
4
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
Table 105-6
HMA PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS (INCHES/MILE)
HALF-CAR ROUGHNESS INDEX
Pavement
Smoothness
Category
Incentive Payment
($/sqyd)
No Incentive or
Disincentive
Disincentive Payment
($/sqyd)
Corrective
Work Required
I
When HRI ≤ 40.0
When HRI ≥ 63.0 and
≤ 72.0
When HRI > 72.0 and
< 90.0
When HRI >
90.0
I = $1.28 I = $0.00
I = 5.12 – 0.07111 x
HRI
When HRI > 40.0 and
< 63.0 When HRI ≥ 90.0
I = 3.51 – 0.05565 x
HRI I = – $1.28
II
When HRI ≤ 35.0
When HRI ≥ 58.0 and
≤ 67.0
When HRI > 67.0 and
< 85.0
When HRI >
85.0
I = $1.28 I = $0.00
I = 4.76 – 0.07111 x
HRI
When HRI > 35.0 and
< 58.0 When HRI ≥ 85.0
I = 3.23 – 0.05565 x
HRI I = – $1.28
III
When HRI ≤ 45.0
When HRI ≥ 70.0 and
≤ 80.0
When HRI > 80.0 and
< 100.0
When HRI >
100.0
I = $1.28 I = $0.00 I = 5.12 – 0.064 x HRI
When HRI > 45.0 and
< 70.0 When HRI ≥ 100
I = 3.584 – 0.0512 x
April 26, 2012
5
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
The criteria for determining if a 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof requires corrective work is specified in
Table 105-6. In addition to determining if a 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof requires corrective work, the
profiles shall be analyzed for areas of Localized Roughness.
Localized Roughness. The profiles shall be analyzed to determine where areas of localized roughness
occur. The profile shall be summarized using the continuous HRI reporting system using an averaging
length of 25 feet. The FHWA’s ProVal (Version 3.2 or later) software will be used to generate the continuous
HRI report. ProVal can be downloaded at http://www.roadprofile.com.
Areas of localized roughness are determined to be where the continuous HRI report exceeds the values in
Table 105-9. Areas of localized roughness greater than 15.0 feet in length shall be considered deficient, and
require corrective work.. Areas of localized roughness less than 25 feet in distance that contain a valve box
shall be tested in accordance with subsection 105.07 (a) 2. for corrective work.
Table 105-9
CONTINUOUS HRI USING 25 FOOT AVERAGING FOR LOCALIZED
ROUGHNESS CORRECTIVE WORK ON HMA PAVEMENTS
HRI
SMOOTHNESS
CATEGORY
HRI In/mile
I 135.0
II 125.0
III 150.0
1. Corrective Methods. Corrective work shall consist of diamond grinding, an approved overlay, or removal
and replacement.
Corrective work shall conform to of one of the following conditions:
(1) Removal and Replacement. The pavement requiring corrective work shall be removed, full width of
the lane and the full thickness of the layer in accordance with subsection 202.09.
The removal area shall begin and end with a transverse butt joint, which shall be constructed with a
transverse saw cut perpendicular to centerline. Replacement material shall be placed in sufficient
quantity so the finished surface conforms to grade and smoothness requirements. Sections removed
and replaced shall be at least 0.20 miles in length.
(2) Overlay. The overlay shall cover the full width of the pavement including shoulders. The area
overlaid shall begin and end with a transverse butt joint, which shall be constructed with a transverse
saw cut and asphalt removal. All material shall be approved hot bituminous mixtures that meet all
contract requirements. The overlay shall be placed so that the finished surface conforms to grade
and smoothness requirements. The overlay area shall be compacted to the specified density. The
overlay thickness shall be equivalent to that of the final layer in accordance with the Contract.
Sections overlaid shall be at least 0.20 miles in length.
(3) Diamond Grinding. Grinding shall not reduce planned pavement thickness by more than 0.3 inches.
The entire ground area of the final pavement surface shall be covered with a Tack Coat conforming
to Section 407 (CSS-1h at 0.1 gallons per square yard of diluted emulsion; the emulsion shall be
diluted with water at the rate of 50 percent water and 50 percent emulsion) when grinding is
complete. Cores shall be taken to verify that minimum pavement thicknesses have been maintained.
A minimum of one core shall be taken every 100 cumulative feet or fraction thereof per lane of
diamond grinding, as directed by the Engineer. Coring shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
April 26, 2012
6
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
(d) Final Smoothness Acceptance Testing. After the Contractor has completed the required corrective work and
any additional corrective work, the Contractor shall retest the pavement in accordance with subsection
105.07(b). If the Contractor requests to do additional corrective work to reduce disincentive after Final SA
Testing, the Contractor shall perform an additional Final SA Testing for the project. A charge of $500 will be
assessed to the Contractor for each additional Final SA Testing. Time count will be charged pursuant to
contract requirements during the time period required for all Final SA Testing. Delays associated with
additional Final SA Testing will be considered non-excusable and non-compensable.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer pursuant to 105.07(b) to schedule the final SA testing.
Final acceptance and incentive/disincentive adjustments for pavement smoothness will be made on a square
yard basis in accordance with the following:
Incentive payments will be based on the HRI for each 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof from the
Contractor’s initial SA testing. Those sections which earned incentives or full payment based on the initial
SA testing will not be re-evaluated for incentive after final SA testing.
The disincentive payment will be based on the HRI for each 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof from the
Contractor’s Initial SA testing or the Contractor’s Final SA testing, whichever is less. Those sections which
had disincentive levels indicated by the initial SA, will be re-evaluated for disincentive. The Contractor may
eliminate all disincentives on those 0.1 mile sections; however, no incentives may be earned in these areas,
regardless of the final smoothness.
(e) Department Smoothness Verification Testing (SV). The Department may elect to perform smoothness
verification (SV) testing using the Department’s inertial profiler, with the methods described in subsection
105.07(b). The Engineer will notify the Contractor of the Department's intention to perform SV testing. All
traffic control costs associated with Department SV testing will be paid for by the Department in accordance
with Section 630.
The Contractor’s SA test results will be compared to the Department’s SV test results. The Contractor’s SA
test results will be considered acceptable and will be used for incentive/disincentive payment if the following
criteria are met:
(1) The difference in HRI for a 1/10 mile section is less than 6.1 inches/mile for a minimum of 90 percent of
the 1/10mile sections for each lane.
(2) The difference in average HRI for each lane is less than 6.1 inches/mile.
(3) The difference in the length of each lane is less than 0.2 percent
When the Contractor’s SA test results are not considered acceptable, the Department’s SV test results will be
used for incentive/disincentive payment and the Contractor’s profiler certification will be evaluated pursuant to
CP 78. The Department will have 30 days to complete this evaluation.
The Contractor will be assessed a charge of $1,000 for SV testing when the Contractor’s SA test results are
not considered acceptable.
(f) HMA Recycling Treatment’s, Thin Lifts’ and Urban Rehabilitation treatment’s smoothness criteria. When
HMA recycling, urban rehabilitation treatments or when only one layer less than 1.5 inches of HMA Pavement
is placed without an intermediate treatment are constructed as the final riding surface, the following shall be
used for acceptance:
An HRI for each 0.1 mile section shall be determined on the original pavement surface prior to
beginning the work.
An HRI for each 0.1 mile section shall be determined on the pavement surface after the work is
complete.
When a 0.1 mile section has a final HRI greater than 80.0 in/mile and the final HRI is greater than the HRI
prior to performing the work, that 0.1 mile section shall be corrected by a method approved in writing by
April 26, 2012
7
REVISION OF SECTION 105
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS
the Engineer. Corrective work shall be such that the resulting final HRI is equal to or less than the initial
HRI or 80.0 in/mile, whichever is greater. All costs associated with corrective work shall be at the
Contractor’s expense, including but not limited to traffic control, additional hot mix asphalt, grinding and
milling.
Incentive/disincentive adjustments for smoothness will not be made for these treatments.
The pavement smoothness for HMA Recycling Treatments and Thin Lifts that will be overlaid with a final
riding surface will not be evaluated by the Department for acceptance.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 105
VIOLATION OF WORKING TIME LIMITATION
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.03 shall include the following:
If there is a violation of the working time limitations for traffic control as set forth in the special provisions, a written
notice to stop work will be imposed on the Contractor at the start of the next working day. Work shall not resume
until the Contractor assures the Engineer, in writing, that there will not be a reoccurrence of the working time
violation. If more violations take place, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing that there will be a price
reduction charge for each incident in accordance with this specification. This incident price reduction charge will
be deducted from any money due the Contractor. This price reduction will not be considered a penalty but will be
a price reduction for failure to perform traffic control in compliance with the Contract.
An incident is any violation up to 30 minutes in duration. Each 30 minutes or increment thereof will be considered
as an incident. A price reduction will be assessed for each successive or cumulative 30 minute period in violation
of the working time limitations, as determined by the Engineer. The price reduction for each incident will increase
at a progressive rate starting with $150 for the second incident and increasing to $1200 for the fifth and
subsequent incidents in accordance with the following schedule. A 15 minute grace period will be allowed at the
beginning of the second incident on the project before the price reduction is applied. This 15 minute grace period
applies only to the second incident.
The number of incident charges will be accumulative throughout the duration of the Contract.
PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE
Incident Incident Rate Total Price
Reduction
1st Notice to Stop Work ----
2nd $150 $150
3rd 300 450
4th 600 1,050
5th 1,200 2,250
6th 1,200 3,450
Etc. 1,200 4,650
Etc. Etc.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE AND
CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS
Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 106.12, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The original Certificate of Compliance shall include the Contractor’s original signature as directed above. The
original signature (including corporate title) on the Certificate of Compliance, under penalty of perjury, shall be of a
person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer. It shall state that the product or assembly to be
incorporated into the project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and
specifications for this project. One legible copy of the fully signed Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished to
the Engineer prior to installation of material. The original shall be provided to the Engineer before payment for the
represented item will be made.
In subsection 106.13, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Certified Test Report shall be a legible copy or an original document and shall include the Contractor’s
original signature as directed above. The signature (including corporate title) on the Certified Test Report, under
penalty of perjury, shall be of a person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer or the independent
testing laboratory. It shall state that the test results show that the product or assembly to be incorporated into the
project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and specifications for this
project. One legible copy or original document of the fully signed Certified Test Report shall be furnished to the
Engineer prior to installation of material. Failure to comply may result in delays to the project or rejection of the
materials.
May 2, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PROJECT PAYROLLS
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 107.01 shall include the following:
As related to the Form FHWA 1273, Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, the
Contractor shall check all Contractor and subcontractor project payrolls regarding accuracy of pay classification,
pay hours, and pay rates. The Contractor shall sign and date all payrolls signifying this check has been
performed.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 107
RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS,
INSURANCE TYPES AND COVERAGE LIMITS
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 107.15(c) and replace it with the following:
(c) Each insurance policy shall include provisions preventing cancellation or non-renewal without at least 30 days
prior notice to Contractor. The Contractor shall forward to the Engineer any such notice received within seven
days of the Contractor’s receipt of such notice.
1 May 2, 2013
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
Sections 107, 208, are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 107.25(b)6 delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall record the location of potential pollutants on the plans. Descriptions of the potential
pollutants shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer.
In subsection 208.03 delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
Prior to construction the Contractor shall implement BMPs in accordance with the approved project schedule as
described in subsection in 208.03(b).
In subsection 208.03 delete the third, fourth, and fifth paragraphs and replace them with the following:
The Contractor shall evaluate all non-stormwater coming onto the site, such as springs, seeps, and landscape
irrigation return flow. If such flow is identified, BMPs shall be used to protect off-site water from becoming
contaminated with sediment or other pollutants.
The Contractor shall review existing inlets and culverts to determine if inlet protection is needed due to water flow
patterns. Prior to beginning construction, inlets and culverts needing protection shall be protected and the
location of the implemented BMP added to the plans.
When additional BMPs are required and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall implement the additional
BMPs and shall record and describe them on the plans. The approved BMPs will be measured and paid for in
accordance with subsections 208.11 and 208.12.
Delete subsections 208.03(c) and (d) and replace them with the following:
(c) Implementation, Maintenance and Revision of the SWMP.
The Contractor's responsibilities shall be as follows:
(1) Install, construct, and maintain all BMPs specified in the Contract and coordinate the construction of
BMPs with all other construction operations.
(2) Implement suitable temporary erosion and sediment control features as necessary to correct
unforeseen conditions or emergency situations. Dismantle those features when their purpose has been
fulfilled unless the Engineer directs that the features be left in place.
(3) Implement necessary actions to reduce anticipated or presently existing water quality or erosion
problems resulting from construction activities.
(4) Make available, all labor, material, and equipment needed to install, maintain, and remove BMPs.
(5) When included in the Contract, the Contractor shall assign to the project an individual to serve in the
capacity of Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS). The ECS may be the Superintendent. The ECS shall
be experienced in all aspects of construction and have satisfactorily completed an ECS training
program authorized by the Department. Proof that this requirement has been met shall be submitted to
the Engineer prior to or at the preconstruction conference. A list of authorized ECS training programs
will be provided by the Engineer upon request by the Contractor. The ECS shall be the person
responsible for ensuring that the responsibilities listed in (1) through (4) above are fulfilled
(d) Documentation Available on the Project. The following Contract documents and references will be made
available for reference in one location on the project during construction.
1. Project Documents. The following documents shall be kept, maintained, and updated in a single notebook:
(1) SWMP Sheets
(2) SWMP site map, if applicable to the project.
(3) Details of BMPs used on the project not covered in Standard Plan M-208-1.
(4) List of potential pollutants as described in subsection 107.25.
(5) SPCC and reports of reportable spills submitted to CDPHE.
(6) Form 105s and all other correspondence relating to water quality.
2 May 2, 2013
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
(7) Project environmental permits and associated applications and certifications.
2. Reference Materials
(1) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide.
(2) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Field Guide.
(3) Copy of biological opinion, if applicable.
In subsection 208.04 delete the first and second paragraphs and replace them with the following:
The Contractor shall modify the SWMP to clearly describe and locate all BMPs implemented at the site to control
potential sediment discharges from vehicle tracking.
Vehicle tracking pads shall be used at all vehicle and equipment access points to the site to prevent sediment
exiting the project site onto paved public roads. Access shall be provided only at locations approved by the
Engineer.
Delete subsection 208.04(e) and replace it with the following:
(e) Stabilization. Once earthwork has begun on a section, it shall be pursued until completion.
Clearing and grubbing operations shall be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and final
stabilization measures can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit. Otherwise temporary
stabilization measures shall be taken between successive construction stages. Additional work required
because the Contractor has failed to properly coordinate the entire erosion control schedule, thus causing
previously seeded areas to be disturbed by operations that could have been performed prior to the seeding
shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.
In subsection 208.06 delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall clearly describe and record on the SWMP, all practices implemented at the site to minimize
impacts from procedures or significant material that could contribute pollutants to runoff. Areas or procedures
where potential spills can occur shall have spill contingency plans in place as specified in subsections 107.25(b)6
or 208.06(c).
In subsection 208.07 delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
Erodible stockpiles (including topsoil) shall be contained with acceptable BMPs at the toe (or within 20 feet of the
toe) throughout construction. BMPs shall be approved by the Engineer.
In subsection 208.08, delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall limit construction activities to those areas within the limits of disturbance shown on the plans
and cross-sections. Construction activities, in addition to the Contract work, shall include the on-site parking of
vehicles or equipment, on-site staging, on-site batch plants, haul roads or work access, and all other action which
would disturb existing conditions. Off road staging areas must be pre-approved by the Engineer, unless otherwise
designated in the Contract. Construction activities beyond the limits of disturbance due to Contractor negligence
shall be restored to the original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall
tabulate additional disturbances not identified in the SWMP and indicate locations and quantities on the SWMP
and report to the Engineer.
In subsection 208.09, second paragraph, delete the list and replace it with the following:
(1) Failure to include erosion control in the project schedule or failure to include erosion control in each
schedule update as specified in subsection 208.03(b).
(2) Failure of the Contractor to implement necessary actions required by the Engineer as required by
subsection 208.03(c).
(3) Failure to amend SWMP and implement BMPs as required by subsection 208.04.
(4) Failure to keep documentation and records current.
(5) Failure to construct or implement erosion control or spill containment measures required by the Contract, or
failure to construct or implement them in accordance with the Contractor’s approved schedule as required
3 May 2, 2013
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
by subsection 208.06(c).
(6) Failure to stabilize disturbed areas as required by subsections 208.04(e) and 208.08.
(7) Failure to replace or perform maintenance on an erosion control feature after notice from the Engineer to
replace or perform maintenance as required by subsection 208.04(f).
(8) Failure to remove and dispose of sediment from BMPs as required.
(9) Failure to install and properly utilize a concrete washout structure for containing washout from concrete
placement operations.
(10) Failure to perform permanent stabilization as required by subsection 208.04 (e).
In subsection 208.09 delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Engineer will immediately notify the Contractor in writing of each incident of failure to perform erosion control
in accordance with the Specifications, including, but not limited to items (1) through (10) above. Correction shall
be made as soon as possible but no later than 48 hrs from the date of notification to correct the failure. The
Contractor will be charged liquidated damages in the amount of $875 for each calendar day after the 48 hour
period has expired, that one or more of the incidents of failure to perform items (1) through (10) above, remains
uncorrected.
In subsection 208.09 delete the eighth and ninth paragraphs and replace them with the following:
Disagreements regarding the suggested corrective action for a BMP compliance issue between the Project
Engineer and Superintendent, shall be discussed with the Resident Engineer and Region Water Pollution Control
Manager. If after meeting the Contractor is still in disagreement and feels that additional compensation is owed,
the Contractor will follow the decision of the Project Engineer, keep track of the costs and negotiate further with
the Project Engineer. If after pursuing the issue, the Contractor is unable to reach agreement with the Project
Engineer, then the Contractor can follow the dispute process outlined in subsection 105.22.
If the Contractor’s corrective action plan and schedule are not submitted and approved within 48 hours of the Stop
Work Order or the corrective action plan is not implemented by the Contractor, the Engineer will have an on-site
meeting with the Superintendent and the Superintendent’s supervisor. This meeting will also be attended by the
Resident Engineer, the Region Water Pollution Control Manager, and the Region Program Engineer. This
meeting will identify and document needed corrective actions and a schedule for completion. If after the meeting,
the unacceptable work is not remedied within the schedule as agreed to in the meeting, the Engineer will take
action to effect compliance with the Contract by utilizing CDOT Maintenance personnel or other non-Contractor
forces and deduct the cost from any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor pursuant to subsection
105.16. Delays due to these Stop Work Orders shall be considered nonexcusable. The Stop work Order shall be
in place until the project is in Contract compliance.
Delete subsection 208.10 and replace it with the following:
208.10 Items to Be Accomplished Prior to Final Acceptance.
(a) Reclamation of Washout Areas. After concrete operations are complete, washout areas shall be reclaimed in
accordance with subsection 208.05(n) at the Contractor’s expense.
(b) Survey. The Contractor shall survey Permanent Water Quality BMPs (Permanent BMPs) on the project after
they are constructed and confirm they are at final configuration and grade. The Engineer will identify which
Permanent BMPs shall be surveyed prior to the final walk through. The survey shall be performed in
accordance with Section 625.
(c) Removal of Temporary BMPs. Temporary BMPs subject to removal shall be determined by the Engineer at a
final walk through of the project and shall be removed by the Contractor. If any BMPs are left in place, the
Region’s Water Pollution Control Manager shall be notified of the BMP locations.
August 19, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 108
CRITICAL PATH METHOD
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
The Bar Chart or Initial Schedule shall be submitted at least 10 working days prior to the start of the work. The
Engineer’s review of the Schedule will not exceed two working days. Work shall not begin until the Schedule is
accepted in writing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
In subsection 108.03 (c), delete the third paragraph.
May 2, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 108
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 108.09 delete the schedule of liquidated damages and replace with the following:
Original Contract Amount ($) Liquidated Damages per Calendar Day ($)
From More Than To And Including
0 250,000 400
250,000 500,000 700
500,000 1,000,000 1,100
1,000,000 2,000,000 1,600
2,000,000 4,000,000 2,500
4,000,000 10,000,000 3,300
10,000,000
---------------
3,300 plus 200 Per Each Additional 1,000,000
Contract Amount or Part Thereof Over
10,000,000
January 31, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 108
SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 108.01 and replace with the following:
108.01 Subletting of Contract. The Contractor shall not sublet, sell, transfer, assign, or dispose of the Contract
or Contracts, or any portion thereof without written permission of the Engineer. Prior to beginning any work by
subcontractor, the Contractor shall request permission from the Engineer by submitting a completed Sublet
Permit Application, CDOT Form No. 205. The subcontract work shall not begin until the Contractor has received
the Engineer’s written permission. The Contractor shall make all project related written subcontracts, agreements,
and purchase orders available to the Engineer for viewing, upon request and at a location convenient to the
Engineer.
The Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion of the Contract, however, the Contractor’s organization shall
perform work amounting to 30 percent or more of the total original contract amount. Any items designated in the
contract as “specialty items” may be performed by subcontract. The cost of “specialty items” so performed by
subcontract may be deducted from the total original contract amount before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the Contractor’s own organization. The original contract amount includes the cost of
material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the Contractor and the actual
agreement amounts between the Contractor and a subcontractor. Proportional value of a subcontracted partial
contract item will be verified by the Engineer. When a firm both sells material to a prime contractor and performs
the work of incorporating the materials into the project, these two phases shall be considered in combination and
as constituting a single subcontract.
The calculation of the percentage of subcontracted work shall be based on subcontract unit prices.
Subcontracts or transfer of Contract shall not release the Contractor of liability under the Contract and Bond.
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
COMPENSATION FOR COMPENSABLE DELAYS
In subsection 109.10, delete the first two paragraphs and replace with the following:
109.10 Compensation for Compensable Delays. If the Engineer determines that a delay is compensable in
accordance with either subsection 105.22, 105.23, 105.24, or 108.08, monetary compensation will be determined
in accordance with this subsection.
(a) These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise included in (5) below;
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax;
(3) Increased costs for materials;
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned equipment
and based on invoice costs for rented equipment;
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead;
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a direct result of the
delay;
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified herein is
required for all such claims);
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for items for
which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 shall include the following:
(h) Fuel Cost Adjustments. Contract cost adjustments will be made to reflect increases or decreases in the
monthly average prices of gasoline, diesel and other fuels from the average price for the month preceding the
month in which bids were received for the Contract. These cost adjustments are not changes to the Contract
unit prices bid. When bidding, the Contractor shall specify on the Form 85 whether the cost adjustment will
apply to the Contract. After bids are submitted, the Contractor will not be given any other opportunity to
accept or reject this adjustment. If the Contractor fails to indicate a choice on the Form 85, the cost
adjustment will not apply to the Contract. If the fuel cost adjustment is accepted by the Contractor, the
adjustment will be made in accordance with the following criteria:
1. Cost adjustments will be based on the fuel price index established by the Department and calculated as
shown in subsection 109.06(h)2.D below. The index will be the monthly average of the rates posted by
the Oil Price Information Service (OPIS) for Denver No. 2 Diesel. The rate used will be the OPIS Average
taken from the OPIS Standard Rack table for Ultra-Low Sulfur w/Lubricity Gross Prices (ULS column),
expressed in dollars per gallon and rounded to two decimal places.
2. Cost adjustments will be made on a monthly basis subject to the following conditions:
A. Adjustment will be based on the pay quantities on the monthly partial pay estimate for each of the pay
items listed in the table below for which fuel factors have been established. Adjustment will be made
only when the pay item is measured by the pay unit specified in the table:
Item Pay Unit Fuel Factor (FF)
202-Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) Square Yard 0.006 Gal/SY/Inch depth
203-Excavation (muck, unclassified) Embankment,
Borrow
Cubic Yard 0.29 Gal/CY
203-Rock Excavation Cubic Yard 0.39 Gal/CY
206-Structure Excavation and Backfill [applies only
to quantities paid for by separate bid item; no
adjustment will be made for pay items that include
structure excavation & backfill, such as RCP(CIP)]
Cubic Yard 0.29 Gal/CY
304-Aggregate Base Course (Class___) Cubic Yard 0.85 Gal/CY
304-Aggregate Base Course (Class___) Ton 0.47 Gal./Ton
307-Processing Lime Treated Subgrade Square Yard 0.12 Gal/SY
310-Full Depth Reclamation Square Yard 0.06 Gal/SY
403-Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) (Grading __) * Ton 2.47 Gal/Ton
403-Stone Matrix Asphalt (Grading __) Ton 2.47 Gal/Ton
405-Heating and Scarifying Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
405-Heating and Repaving Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
405-Heating and Remixing Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
406-Cold Bituminous Pavement (Recycle) Square Yard 0.01 Gal/SY/Inch depth
412- Concrete Pavement (___Inch) Square Yard 0.03 Gal/SY/Inch thickness
412-Place Concrete Pavement** Square Yard 0.03 Gal/SY/Inch thickness
*Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) is not subject to fuel cost adjustment.
**Use the thickness shown on the plans.
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
B. A fuel cost adjustment will be made only when the current fuel price index varies by more than 5
percent from the price index at the time of bid, and only for that portion of the variance in excess of 5
percent. Fuel cost adjustments may be either positive or negative dollar amounts.
C. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made for any partial estimate falling wholly after the expiration of
contract time.
D. Adjustment formula:
EP greater than BP:
FA = (EP – 1.05 BP)(Q)(FF)
EP less than BP:
FA = (EP – 0.95 BP)(Q)(FF)
Where:
BP = Average fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in which bids
are opened
EP = Average fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in which the
partial estimate pay period ends
FA = Adjustment for fuel costs in dollars
FF = Fuel usage factor for the pay item
Q = Pay quantity for the pay item on the monthly partial pay estimate
Note: When the pay item is based on area, and the rate of fuel use varies with thickness, Q
should be determined by multiplying the area by the thickness. For example: for 1000
square yards of 8-inch concrete pavement Q should be 8000.
Example: Bids are opened on July 16. The BP will be the average of the daily postings for June 1
through June 30. For an estimate cut-off date selected by the Contractor at the Pre-
Construction Conference of the 20th of the month a February estimate will include HMA
quantities (Q) measured from the 21st of January through the 20th of February, the FF will
be 2.47 Gal/Ton, and the EP index used to calculate FA will be the average of the daily
postings for January 1 through January 31 as established by CDOT.
E. Fuel cost adjustment will not be made for the quantity of any item that is left in place at no pay.
F. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made to items of work added to the Contract by Change Order after
the award of the Contract.
The fuel cost adjustment will be the sum of the individual adjustments for each of the pay items shown. No
adjustment will be made for fuel costs on items other than those shown. The factors shown are aggregate
adjustments for all types of fuels used, including but not limited to gasoline, diesel, propane, and burner fuel.
No additional adjustments will be made for any other type of fuel.
Fuel cost adjustments resulting in an increased payment to the Contractor will be paid for under the planned
force account item: Fuel Cost Adjustment. Fuel cost adjustments resulting in a decreased payment to the
Contractor will be deducted from monies owed the Contractor.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the 17th paragraph and replace it with the following:
Vehicles used to haul material being paid for by weight shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Each of
these vehicles shall be weighed empty daily at times directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer, in writing, a vehicle identification sheet that lists the following for each delivery vehicle to be used on the
project:
(1) identification mark
(2) vehicle length
(3) tare weight
(4) number of axles
(5) the distance between extreme axles
(6) information related to legal weight, including the Permit No. and permitted weight of each vehicle for which the
State has issued an overweight permit.
This information shall be furnished prior to time of delivery of the material and at any subsequent time the
Contractor changes vehicles, combination vehicles, axle length relationships, or overweight permitting of vehicles.
January 6, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF WATER
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the twenty-sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
Water may be measured either by volume or weight. Water meters shall be accurate within a range of ± 3
percent. When water is metered, the Contractor shall use an approved metering device and shall furnish the
Engineer a certificate showing the meter has been accurately calibrated within the time allowed in the following
schedule:
2 inch 4 years
4 inch to 6 inch 2 years
8 inch to 10 inch 1 year
January 31, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 109
PROMPT PAYMENT
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised to include the following:
Subsection 109.06 (e) shall include the following:
The Contractor shall submit the Form 1418, Monthly Payment Report, along with the project schedule updates, in
accordance with subsections 108.03 (b) or 108.03 (c) (3). Failure to submit a complete and accurate Form 1418
shall be grounds for CDOT to withhold subsequent payments or retainage to the Contractor.
July 19, 2012
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 203, 206, 304 AND 613
COMPACTION
Sections 203, 304 and 613 of Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 203.03 (a), delete the fifth paragraph and replace with the following:
1. Soil Embankment. Soil embankment consists of materials with 50 percent or more of the material passing the
4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve.
A soil embankment may also have more than 50 percent of the material retained on the 4.75 mm (No. 4)
sieve, but no more than 30 percent of the material retained on the 19 mm (3/4 inch) sieve.
Soil embankment shall be constructed with moisture density control in accordance with the requirements of
subsection 203.07.
2. Rock Embankment. Rock embankment consist of materials with 50 percent or more of the material retained on
the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve and with more than 30 percent of the material retained on the 19 mm (3/4 inch)
sieve. All material shall be smaller than 6 inches. Rock embankments shall be constructed without moisture
density control in accordance with the requirements of subsection 203.08.
Delete Subsection 203.07 and replace with the following:
203.07 Construction of Embankment and Treatment of Cut Areas with Moisture and Density Control. Soil
embankments shall be constructed with moisture and density control and the soil upon which the embankments
are to be constructed shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches and compacted with moisture and density control.
The moisture content of the soil at the time of compaction shall be as specified or directed.
The material shall be removed from the full width of roadbed in all cut sections to the designated depth. The soil
below the designated depth shall be thoroughly scarified to a depth of 6 inches and the moisture content
increased or reduced, as necessary, to obtain the moisture content specified. This scarified layer shall then be
compacted to the relative compaction specified.
All embankment material shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent relative compaction. Maximum dry
density of all soil types encountered or used will be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by
CP 23.
Soils shall be compacted at ± 2 percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC) as determined by AASTHO T 99.
Soils having greater than 35 percent passing the 75 µm (No. 200) sieve shall be compacted to 0 to 3 percent
above OMC. Soils which are unstable at the above moisture content shall be compacted at lower moisture
content to the specified density.
Additional work involved in drying embankment material to the required moisture content shall be included in the
contract price paid for excavating or furnishing the material with no additional compensation.
Density requirements will not apply to materials which cannot be tested in accordance with the above procedures
for determining maximum dry density. Compaction for materials which cannot be tested shall be in accordance
with subsection 203.08.
Claystone or soil-like non-durable shale shall be pulverized and compacted to the specified moisture and percent
of relative compaction and shall be compacted with a heavy tamping foot roller, weighing at least 30 tons. Each
tamping foot roller shall protrude from the drum a minimum of 4 inches. Each embankment layer shall receive a
minimum of three or more coverages with the tamping foot roller to obtain density. One coverage consists of one
pass over the entire surface designated. One pass consists of the passing of an acceptable tamping foot roller
over a given spot. The roller shall be operated at a uniform speed not exceeding 3 miles per hour. No additional
compensation will be made for additional roller coverages to achieve specified density requirements.
July 19, 2012
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 203, 206, 304 AND 613
COMPACTION
In subsection 206.03, delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and replace with the following:
Backfill shall consist of approved materials uniformly distributed in layers brought up equally on all sides of the
structure. Each layer of backfill shall not exceed 6 inches before compacting to the required density and before
successive layers are placed. Structure backfill (Class 1) shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95
percent of maximum dry density determined in accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. Backfill
shall be compacted at ± 2 percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC).
Structure backfill (Class 2) shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density.
The maximum dry density and OMC for A-1, A-2-4. A-2-5 and A-3 materials will be determined in accordance with
AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. The maximum dry density and OMC for all other materials will be
determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by CP 23. Materials shall be compacted at ± 2percent
of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC). Materials having greater than 35 percent passing the 75 µm (No. 200)
sieve shall be compacted at 0 to 3 percent above OMC.
In subsection 304.06, delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
304.06 Shaping and Compaction. Compaction of each layer shall continue until a density of not less than 95
percent of the maximum density determined in accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23 has been
achieved. The moisture content shall be at +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content. The surface of each layer
shall be maintained during the compaction operations so that a uniform texture is produced and the aggregates
are firmly keyed. Moisture conditioning shall be performed uniformly during compaction.
In subsection 613.07, delete the 15th paragraph and replace with the following:
Trenching shall be backfilled and compacted as follows: Backfill shall be deposited in uniform layers. The
thickness of each layer shall be 6 inches or less thick prior to compaction. The space under the conduit shall be
completely filled. The remainder of the trench and excavation shall be backfilled to the finished grade. The backfill
material shall be compacted to the density of not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density. The maximum
dry density and optimum moisture content (OMC) for A-1, A-2-4. A-2-5 and A-3 materials will determined in
accordance with AASHTO T 180 as modified by CP 23. The maximum dry density and OMC for all other
materials will determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 as modified by CP 23. Materials shall be compacted
at ± 2percent of Optimum Moisture Content (OMC). Materials having greater than 35 percent passing the 75 µm
(No. 200) sieve shall be compacted at 0 to 3 percent above OMC. Each layer shall be mechanically compacted by
tamping with power tools approved by the Engineer. Compaction methods or equipment that damage the conduit
shall not be used.
July 19, 2012
1
REVISION OF SECTION 206
IMPORTED MATERIAL FOR STRUCTURE BACKFILL
Section 206 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 206.02 (a) shall include the following:
Imported Material used as structure backfill for pipes (storm sewer, cross culverts, side drains, etc) shall be tested
for compatibility with the selected pipe material.
When Nonreinforced Concrete Pipe or Reinforced Concrete Pipe is used, the imported material shall be tested for
sulfate and pH.
When Corrugated Steel Pipe, Bituminous Coated Corrugated Steel Pipe or Precoated Corrugated Steel Pipe is
used, the imported material shall be tested for sulfates, chlorides, pH and resistivity.
When Aramid Fiber Bonded Corrugated Steel Pipe or Corrugated Aluminum Pipe is used, the imported material
shall be tested for pH and resistivity.
When Plastic pipe is selected, the imported material does not need to be tested for sulfates, chlorides, pH and
resistivity.
Sulfates, chlorides, pH and resistivity shall be determined by the following procedures:
(1) Water soluble sulfates using CP-L 2103 Method B.
(2) Chlorides using CPL 2104
(3) Resistivity using ASTM G57
(4) pH using ASTM G51.
The average of three consecutive tests shall show the imported material’s sulfate, chloride, pH and resistivity is
not greater than the limits corresponding to the Pipe Class in Table 206-1 or 206-2 for the pipe class specified on
the plans. No single test shall have a result more than 20 percent greater than that corresponding to the limit in
Table 206-1 or Table 206-2 for sulfates, chlorides and resistivity. No single test shall have a result more than 5
percent outside the limit in Table 206-1 for pH. The remaining sample material from a single failing test shall be
split into three equal portions. CDOT shall receive one portion, the Contractor shall receive one portion and the
remaining portion shall be retained by the Project. CDOT and the Contractor’s Lab shall retest the failed sample;
if the results from those tests are within 10 percent of each other, the results will be averaged. The averaged
result will be used for Contract compliance. If the results from the Labs are not within 10 percent of each other,
the remaining sample portion will be sent to an independent laboratory for testing using the testing requirements
specified above. The independent laboratory will be mutually agreed upon by the Department and the Contractor.
The Independent Lab’s test result will be used for Contract compliance.
If the imported material’s sulfates, chlorides, and resistivity are less than the limits and the pH is within the limits in
Table 203-1 or 203-2, CDOT will bear all costs associated with the independent lab test. If the imported
material’s sulfates, chlorides, and resistivity is greater than the limits and the pH is outside the limits in Table 206-
1 or 206-2, all costs associated with independent lab testing shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
Embankment represented by failing tests shall be removed from the project and replaced at the Contractor’s
expense.
July 19, 2012
2
REVISION OF SECTION 206
IMPORTED MATERIAL FOR STRUCTURE BACKFILL
Table 206-1
SULFATE, CHLORIDE AND PH OF IMPORTED MATERIAL
SOIL
Pipe
Class
Sulfate Chloride
(SO4) (Cl) pH
% max % max
0 , 7 0.05 0.05 6.0-8.5
1, 7 0.10 0.10 6.0-8.5
2, 8 0.20 0.20 6.0-8.5
3, 9 0.50 0.50 6.0-8.5
4, 9 1.00 1.00 5.0-9.0
5, 10 2.00 2.00 5.0-9.0
6, 10 >2.00 >2.00 <5 or >9
Table 206-2
RESISTIVITY AND PH OF IMPORTED MATERIAL
SOIL SIDE
Resistivity, R (Ohm – cm)
pH
≥1,500 5.0-9.0
≥250 3.0-12.0
April 26, 2012
1
REVISION OF SECTION 206
STRUCTURE BACKFILL (FLOW-FILL)
Section 206 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 206.02 (a) and replace with the following:
(a) Structure Backfill. Class 1 and Class 2 structure backfill shall be composed of non-organic mineral aggregates
and soil from excavations, borrow pits, or other sources. Material shall conform to the requirements of
subsection 703.08. Class of material shall be as specified in the Contract or as designated.
Structure backfill (Flow-Fill) meeting the following requirements shall be used to backfill bridge abutments.
The Contractor may substitute structure backfill (Flow-Fill) for structure backfill (Class 1) or structure backfill
(Class 2) to backfill culverts and sewer pipes.
Flow-Fill is a self-leveling low strength concrete material composed of cement, fly ash, aggregates, water,
chemical admixtures and/or cellular foam for air-entrainment. Flow-fill shall have a slump of 7 to 10 inches,
when tested in accordance with ASTM C143 or a minimum flow consistency of 6 inches when tested in
accordance with ASTM D6103. Flow-Fill shall have a minimum compressive strength of 50 psi at 28 days,
when tested in accordance with ASTM D4832. Flash Fill shall not be used in lieu of Flow Fill.
Flow-Fill placed in areas that require future excavation, such as utility backfill shall have a Removability
Modulus (RM) of 1.5 or less.
Removability Modulus, RM, is calculated as follows:
RM = W1.5 x 104 x C0.5
106
where : W = unit weight (pcf)
C = 28-day compressive strength (psi)
Materials for structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall meet the requirements specified in the following subsections:
Fine Aggregate1, 4 703.01
Coarse Aggregate2, 4 703.02
Portland Cement 701.01
Fly Ash3, 4 701.02
Water 712.01
Air Entraining Admixture 711.02
Chemical Admixtures 711.03
1 Fine aggregate not meeting the requirements of subsection 703.01 may be used if testing indicates
acceptable results for strength and air content.
2 Coarse aggregate not meeting the requirements of subsection 703.02 may be used if testing indicates
acceptable results for strength and air content.
3 Fly ash not meeting the requirements of subsection 701.02 may be used if testing indicates acceptable
results for strength and air content.
4 Industrial by-product aggregates (foundry sand, bottom ash, etc..) and fly ash not meeting the requirements
of subsection 701.02 shall submit a report from the supplier documenting the results of testing in accordance
with the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) described in 40 CFR 261. The report shall include
the results of TCLP testing for heavy metals and other contaminants. Materials shall not exceed the TCLP
limits of 40 CFR 261.24 for heavy metals
Cellular foam shall conform to ASTM C869 and ASTM C796
Recycled broken glass (glass cullet) is acceptable as part or all of the aggregate. Aggregate including glass
must conform to the required gradations. All containers used to produce the cullet shall be empty prior to
processing. Chemical, pharmaceutical, insecticide, pesticide, or other glass containers containing or having
contained toxic or hazardous substances shall not be allowed and shall be grounds for rejecting the glass
April 26, 2012
2
REVISION OF SECTION 206
STRUCTURE BACKFILL (FLOW-FILL)
cullet. The maximum debris level in the cullet shall be 10 percent. Debris is defined as any deleterious
material which impacts the performance of the structure backfill (Flow-Fill) including all non-glass
constituents.
The Contractor may use aggregate which does not meet the above specifications if the aggregate conforms
to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
25.0 mm (1 inch) 100
75 μm (No. 200) 0‑ 101
1 The amount of material passing the 75 μm (No. 200) screen may exceed 10 percent if testing indicates
acceptable results for strength and air content.
The Contractor shall submit a structure backfill (Flow-Fill) mix design for approval prior to placement. The mix
design shall include the following laboratory test data:
(1) ASTM C231, Air content
(2) ASTM D6023, Unit Weight
(3) ASTM C143, Slump or ASTM D6103 flow consistency
(4) ASTM D4832 28-day Compressive Strength
(5) Removability Modulus (RM)
In subsection 206.03, delete the thirteenth through fifteenth paragraphs and replace with the following:
Compaction of structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall not be performed.
The maximum layer thickness for structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall be 3 feet unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall not place structure backfill (Flow-Fill) in layers that are too thick to cause damage
to culverts, pipes and other structures, or that will cause formwork or soil failures during placement. Structure
backfill (Flow-Fill) shall have an indention diameter less than 3 inches and the indention shall be free of visible
water when tested in accordance with ASTM D6024 by the Contractor prior to placing additional layers of
structure backfill (Flow-Fill).Testing structure backfill (Flow-Fill) in accordance with ASTM D6024 will be witnessed
by the Engineer. Damage resulting from placing structure backfill (Flow-Fill) in layers that are too thick or from not
allowing sufficient time between placements of layers shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall secure culverts, pipes and other structures to prevent floating and displacement of these
items during the placement of the structure backfill (Flow-Fill).
Prior to the placement of structure backfill (Flow-Fill), the Contractor shall sample the structure backfill (Flow-Fill)
in accordance with ASTM D5971. The Contractor shall test the structure backfill (Flow-Fill) unit weight in
accordance with ASTM D6023. The Contractor shall test the structure backfill (Flow-Fill) for slump in accordance
with ASTM C143 or flow consistency according to ASTM D6103.
The Contractor shall sample and test the first three loads of structure backfill (Flow-Fill) for each placement and
then randomly once every 50 cubic yards. Sampling and testing will be witnessed by the Engineer
When structure backfill (Flow-Fill) is placed in areas that require future excavation, the unit weight of the placed
structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall not exceed the unit weight of the approved mix design by more than 2.0 pcf.
Structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall not be allowed to freeze during placement and until it has set sufficiently
according to ASTM D6024. Frozen structure backfill (Flow-Fill) shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s
expense.
When the Contractor substitutes Structure Backfill (Flow-Fill) for Structure Backfill (Class 1) or (Class 2), the
trench width may be reduced to provide a minimum 6 inch clearance between the outside diameter of the culvert
and the trench wall.
July 29, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 206 AND 601
BACKFILLING STRUCTURES THAT
SUPPORT LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES
Sections 206 and 601 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 206.03, delete the ninth paragraph and replace with the following:
Backfill material shall not be deposited against newly constructed masonry or concrete structures, until the
concrete has developed a compressive strength of 0.8 f 'c, except in cases where the structures support lateral
earth pressure. Concrete compressive strength for structures supporting lateral earth pressure shall conform to
subsection 601.12 (o).
Subsection 601.12 shall include the following:
(o) Backfilling Structures that Support Lateral Earth Pressure. Concrete compressive strengths shall reach f'c
before backfilling operations can begin with heavy equipment, such as skid-steers or self-powered riding
compactors. Concrete compressive strengths shall reach 0.8 f'c before backfilling operations can begin with
hand operated equipment.
January 31, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 208
EROSION LOG
Section 208 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 208.02, delete (h) and replace with the following:
(h) Erosion log. Shall be one of the following types unless otherwise shown on the plans:
(1) Erosion Log (Type 1) shall be curled aspen wood excelsior with a consistent width of fibers evenly
distributed throughout the log. The casing shall be seamless, photo-degradable tube netting and shall
have minimum dimensions as shown in Table 208-1, based on the diameter of the log called for on the
plans. The curled aspen wood excelsior shall be fungus free, resin free, and free of growth or
germination inhibiting substances.
(2) Erosion Log (Type 2) shall consist of a blend of 30-40 percent weed free compost and 60-70 percent
wood chips. The compost/wood blend material shall pass a 50 mm (2 inch) sieve with a minimum of 70
percent retained on the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) sieve and comply to subsection 212.02 for the remaining
compost physical properties. The compost/wood chip blend may be pneumatically shot into a geotextile
cylindrical bag or be pre-manufactured. The geotextile bag shall consist of material with openings of 3/8
inches of HDPE mesh, and contain the compost/wood chip material while not limiting water infiltration.
Erosion log (Type 1 and Type 2) shall have minimum dimensions as shown in Table 208-1, based on the diameter
of the log.
Table 208-1
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS OF EROSION LOGS
Diameter Length (feet) Weight (minimum)
(pounds/foot)
Stake
Dimensions
(Inches)
Min. Max.
9 inch 10 180 1.6 1.5 by 1.5 (nominal)
by 18
12 inch 10 180 2.5 1.5 by 1.5(nominal)
by 24
20 inch 10 100 4.0 2 by 2 (nominal)
by 30
Stakes to secure erosion logs shall consist of pinewood or hardwood.
Subsection 208.11 shall include the following:
All BMPs measured by the linear foot shall be determined along the centerline of the BMP. Measured length will
not include required overlap.
April 26, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 212
SEED
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 212.02 (a), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
(a) Seed. All seed shall be furnished in bags or containers clearly labeled to show the name and address of the
supplier, the seed name, the lot number, net weight, origin, the percent of weed seed content, the guaranteed
percentage of purity and germination, pounds of pure live seed (PLS) of each seed species, and the total
pounds of PLS in the container. All seeds shall be free from noxious weed seeds in accordance with current
state and local lists and as indicated in Section 213. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a signed
statement certifying that the seed is from a lot that has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed
testing within thirteen months prior to the date of seeding. The Engineer may obtain seed samples from the
seed equipment, furnished bags or containers to test seed for species identification, purity and germination.
Seed tested and found to be less than 10 percent of the labeled certified PLS and different than the specified
species will not be accepted. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or damaged in transit or in storage will not
be accepted.
July 19, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 250
ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Section 250 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 250.03, delete the second and third paragraphs and replace with the following:
This project may be in the vicinity of property associated with petroleum products, heavy metal based paint,
landfill, buried foundations, abandoned utility lines, industrial area or other sites which can yield hazardous
substances or produce dangerous gases. These hazardous substances or gases can migrate within or into the
construction area and could create hazardous conditions. The Contractor shall use appropriate methods to
reduce and control known landfill, industrial gases, and visible emissions from asbestos encounters and
hazardous substances which exist or migrate into the construction area. The Contractor shall follow CDOT’s
Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Management Standard Operating Procedure, dated August 22, 2011 for proper
handling of asbestos-contaminated soil, and follow all applicable Solid and Hazardous Waste Regulations for
proper handling of soils encountered that contain any other substance mentioned above.
Encountering suspected contaminated material, including groundwater, old foundations, building materials,
demolition debris, or utility lines that may contain asbestos or be contaminated by asbestos, is possible at some
point during the construction of this project. When suspected contaminated material, including groundwater, is
encountered or brought to the surface, the procedures under subsection 250.03(d) shall be followed.
In subsection 250.07 delete, (d) and replace with the following:
(d) CDOT’s Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Management Standard Operating Procedure, dated August 22, 2011.
Asbestos contaminated soil shall be managed in accordance with 6 CCR 1007-2, Section 5, Asbestos Waste
Management Regulations. Regulations apply only upon discovery of asbestos materials during excavation
and soil disturbing activities on construction projects, or when asbestos encounters are expected during
construction. The contractor shall comply with procedures detailed in the CDPHE’s Asbestos-Contaminated
Soil Guidance Document and CDOT’s approved Asbestos-Contaminated Soil Management Standard
Operating Procedure, dated August 22, 2011, including the following minimum requirements:
(1) Immediate actions and implementation of interim controls to prevent visible emissions, exposure, and
asbestos contamination in surrounding areas.
(2) Soil Characterization.
(3) Training required for all personnel involved in excavation and other soil disturbing activities, once
asbestos is encountered during construction or on projects where asbestos encounters are expected.
Training must be given by a Certified Asbestos Inspector or Certified Asbestos Abatement Designer with
a minimum of six months experience inspecting asbestos contaminated soil.
(4) Assessment for the presence and extent, within the proposed area of disturbance, of asbestos
discoveries, whether expected or unexpected, by a Certified Asbestos Inspector.
(5) Investigation and sampling required for risk assessment and management. Investigation, if required,
shall be conducted by a Certified Asbestos Inspector.
(6) Risk assessment and determinations for further management or abatement.
(i) Risk assessment and determinations must be made by a Certified Asbestos Inspector, and
coordinated with the Engineer.
(ii) Soil remediation is not necessarily required, depending on the circumstances.
(7) Submit 24-hour Notification of Unplanned Asbestos Discovery.
(8) Submit 10-day Notification of Planned Asbestos Management.
April 26, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.17, delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
401.17 Compaction. The hot mix asphalt shall be compacted by rolling. Both steel wheel and pneumatic tire
rollers will be required. The number, weight, and type of rollers furnished shall be sufficient to obtain the required
density while the mixture is in a workable condition. Compaction shall begin immediately after the mixture is
placed and be continuous until the required density is obtained. When the mixture contains unmodified asphalt
cement (PG 58-28 or PG 64-22) or modified (PG 58-34), and the surface temperature falls below 185 °F, further
compaction effort shall not be applied unless approved, provided the Contractor can demonstrate that there is no
damage to the finished mat. If the mixture contains modified asphalt cement (PG 76-28, PG 70-28 or PG 64-28)
and the surface temperature falls below 230 °F, further compaction effort shall not be applied unless approved,
provided the Contractor can demonstrate that there is no damage to the finished mat.
Warm Mix Asphalt compaction requirements shall conform to CP 59.
In subsection 401.17, delete the third paragraph and replace with the following:
SMA shall be compacted to a density of 93 to 97 percent of the daily theoretical maximum specific gravity,
determined according to CP 51. All other HMA shall be compacted to a density of 92 to 96 percent of the daily
theoretical maximum specific gravity, determined according to CP 51. If more than one theoretical maximum
specific gravity test is taken in a day, the average of the theoretical maximum specific gravity results will be used
to determine the percent compaction. Field density determinations will be made in accordance with CP 44 or 81.
In subsection 401.17, second to last paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
After production paving work has begun, a new Roller Pattern shall be demonstrated when a change in the
compaction process is implemented.
July 19, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION PAVEMENT TEST SECTION (CTS)
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.17, delete the fifteenth paragraph and replace with the following:
Two sets of random cores shall be taken within the last 200 tons of the CTS. Each set shall consist of seven
random cores. The Engineer will determine the coring locations using a stratified random sampling process. The
locations of these cores will be such that one set can serve as a duplicate of the other. One set of these cores
shall be immediately submitted to the Engineer. This set will be used for determining acceptance of the CTS and
determining density correction factors for nuclear density equipment. Densities of the random samples will be
determined by cores according to CP 44. Density correction factors for nuclear density equipment will be
determined according to CP 81. Coring shall be performed under CDOT observation. Coring will not be
measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. For SMA, a CTS is not used. The Contractor
shall follow the requirements for the demonstration control strip in accordance with the Revision of Section 403,
Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
TEMPERATURE SEGREGATION
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.16 delete the twelfth (last) paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Engineer may evaluate the HMA for low density due to temperature segregation any time industry best
practices, as detailed on Form 1346, are not being followed or the Engineer suspects temperature segregation is
occurring. The Engineer will first meet with the Contractor to discuss the paving practices that are triggering the
temperature investigation. Areas across the mat, excluding the outside 1 foot of both edges of the mat, that are
more than 25 °F cooler than other material across the width may be marked for density testing. Material for
temperature comparison will be evaluated in 3-foot intervals behind the paver across the width of the mat. The
material shall be marked and tested in accordance with CP 58. If four or more areas within a lot of 500 tons have
densities of less than 93 percent of the material’s maximum specific gravity for SMA mixes or less than 92 percent
of the material’s maximum specific gravity for all other HMA mixes, a 5 percent price disincentive will be applied to
the 500 ton lot. The 500 ton count begins when the Engineer starts looking for cold areas, not when the first cold
area is detected. This price disincentive will be in addition to those described in Sections 105 and 106. Only one
area per delivered truck will be counted toward the number of low density areas. Temperature segregation
checks will be performed only in areas where continuous paving is possible.
May 2, 2013
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 412
SAFETY EDGE
Sections 401 and 412 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 401.10 shall include the following:
The paver shall include an approved longitudinal paver wedge system to create a sloped safety edge as shown
on the plans. The wedge system shall be attached to the screed and shall compact the HMA to a density at least
as dense as the compaction imparted to the rest of the HMA layer by the paving screed. The system shall
provide a sloped Safety Edge equal to 32 degrees plus or minus 5 degrees measured from the pavement surface
cross slope extended. The use of a single plate strike off is not permitted. The system shall be adjustable to
accommodate varying paving thicknesses. The Engineer may allow the Contractor to use handwork for short
sections or to saw cut the sloped Safety Edge after paving operations are completed in areas such as transitions
at driveways, intersections, interchanges.
The Contractor shall submit the proposed system for approval at the Preconstruction Conference. The
Engineer may require proof that the system has been used on previous projects with acceptable results or
may require a test section constructed prior to the beginning of work to demonstrate that it creates an
acceptable wedge shape and compaction. Paving shall not begin until the system is approved in writing by
the Engineer. The Safety Edge may be constructed on each lift of HMA or on the full specified plan depth on
the final lift. The finished shape of the Safety Edge shall extend for the full depth of the asphalt pavement or
for the top 5 inches whichever is less.
Subsection 401.22 shall include the following:
All costs associated with the construction of the Safety Edge will not be paid for separately, but shall be
included in the work.
Subsection 412.07 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall use an approved longitudinal paver wedge system to create a sloped Safety Edge. The
Contractor shall modify the paver screed to create a Safety Edge that meets the final cross-section shown on
the plans. The system shall provide a sloped Safety Edge equal to 32 degrees plus or minus 5 degrees
measured from the pavement surface cross slope extended. There may be areas where it is not possible to
place the Safety Edge in conjunction with mainline paving but where the Safety Edge is required, such as
transitions at driveways, intersections, interchanges, etc. In these areas the Engineer may allow the
Contractor to use handwork for short sections or to saw cut the sloped Safety Edge after paving operations
are completed.
The Contractor shall submit the proposed system for approval at the Preconstruction Conference. The
Engineer may require proof that the system has been used on previous projects with acceptable results or
may require a test section constructed prior to the beginning of work to demonstrate that it creates an
acceptable wedge shape. Paving shall not begin until the system is approved in writing by the Engineer. The
finished shape of the Safety Edge shall extend for the full depth of the concrete pavement or for the top 5
inches whichever is less.
May 2, 2013
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 412
SAFETY EDGE
Subsection 412.23 shall include the following:
Concrete Safety Edge will be measured by the actual number of linear feet that are installed and accepted.
Subsection 412.24 shall include the following:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Concrete Safety Edge Linear Foot
Payment for concrete safety edge will be full compensation for all work and materials required to complete the
item.
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412, 601 AND 711
LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS
FOR CURING CONCRETE
Sections 412, 601 and 711 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 412.14, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
The impervious membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2 and shall be
volatile organic content (VOC) compliant.
In subsection 601.13 (b), first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be used on
surfaces where curing compound is allowed, except that Type 1 curing compound shall be used on exposed
aggregate or colored concrete, or when directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 601.16 (a) 1., delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound
conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be uniformly applied to the surface of the deck, curbs and sidewalks
at the rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet.
Delete subsection 711.01 and replace with the following:
711.01 Curing Materials. Curing materials shall conform to the following requirements:
Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf AASHTO M 182
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
ASTM C 309
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete AASHTO M 171*
*Only the performance requirements of AASHTO M171 shall apply.
Straw used for curing shall consist of threshed straw of oats, barley, wheat, or rye. Clean field or marsh hay may
be substituted for straw when approved by the Engineer. Old dry straw or hay which breaks readily in the
spreading process will not be accepted.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE BATCHING
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.06, delete (13) and (17) and replace with the following:
(13) Gallons of water added by truck operator, the time the water was added and the quantity of concrete in the
truck each time water is added.
(17) Water to cementitious material ratio.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601
CONCRETE FINISHING
Section 601of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.12 (a) delete the fifth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Water shall not be added to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations.
Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The hand finishing methods shall be addressed in the
Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and screeded with a portable
screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the surface to be struck off. It shall be sufficiently
rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by hand vibrators. Hand finishing shall not be
allowed after concrete has been in-place for more than 30 minutes or when initial set has begun. Finishing tools
made of aluminum shall not be used.
The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is accomplished in
accordance with current Industry standards. It shall identify the Contractor’s method for ensuring that the
provisions of the QCP are met. The QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference.
Concrete placement shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the QCP. The QCP shall identify and
address issues affecting the quality finished concrete including but not limited to:
(1) Timing of hand finishing operations
(2) Methodology to place and transport concrete
(3) Equipment and tools to be utilized
(4) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors
When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or that hand
finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply a written plan to address
improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing failures and bring the work into compliance
with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for acceptability prior to authorizing the resumption of operations.
In subsection 601.14(a) delete the fourth paragraph.
July 28, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE FORM AND FALSEWORK REMOVAL
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.09, delete (h) and replace with the following:
(h) Removal of Forms. The forms for any portion of the structure shall not be removed until the concrete is
strong enough to withstand damage when the forms are removed.
Unless specified in the plans, forms shall remain in place for members that resist dead load bending until concrete
has reached a compressive strength of at least 80 percent of the required 28 day strength, 0.80f’c. Forms for
columns shall remain in place until concrete has reached a compressive strength of at least 1,000 psi. Forms for
sides of beams, walls or other members that do not resist dead load bending shall remain in place until concrete
has reached a compressive strength of at least 500 psi.
Forms and supports for cast-in-place concrete box culverts (CBCs) shall not be removed until the concrete
compressive strength exceeds 0.6 fc′ for CBCs with spans up to and including 12 feet, and 0.67 fc′ for CBCs with
spans exceeding 12 feet but not larger than 20 feet. Forms for CBCs with spans larger than 20 feet shall not be
removed until after all concrete has been placed in all spans and has attained a compressive strength of at least
0.80f’c.
Concrete compressive strength shall be determined using information concrete cylinders or by maturity meters.
At the pre-pour conference, the Contractor shall submit the method of determining the structure’s strength and the
location where information cylinders will be taken or maturity meters placed.
If information cylinders are used they shall be cast by the Contractor and cured in the same manner as the
structure. A set of information cylinders shall be taken for each concrete placement on the structure. A set of
information cylinders shall be taken for any load of concrete that is being placed at the mid-span of beams and at
support locations and other locations as directed by the Engineer. Casting of the information cylinders will be
witnessed by the Engineer. The information cylinders shall remain in the molds and cured in the same manner as
the structure until they are tested in the laboratory by the Engineer. Compressive strength shall be determined
using the compressive strength of at least two information cylinders. The contractor shall be responsible for
protecting the information cylinders from damage.
Prior to placement of concrete whose strength will be determined with maturity meters, the Contractor shall
provide the Engineer a report of maturity relationships in accordance with CP 69. The Contractor shall provide
maturity meters and all necessary wires and connectors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement
and maintenance of the maturity meter and wire. . At a minimum a maturity meter will be placed at the mid-span
of beams and at support locations. Placement shall be as directed by the Engineer.
For structures with multiple sets of information cylinders or maturity meters, the lowest compressive strength shall
determine when the forms can be removed.
Acceptance cylinders shall not be used for determining compressive strength to remove forms.
When field operations are controlled by information cylinder tests or maturity meter, the removal of forms,
supports and housing, and the discontinuance of heating and curing may begin when the concrete is found to
have the required compressive strength.
Forms for median barrier, railing or curbs, may be removed at the convenience of the Contractor after the
concrete has hardened.
All forms shall be removed except permanent steel bridge deck forms and forms used to support hollow
abutments or hollow piers when no permanent access is available into the cells. When permanent access is
provided into box girders, all interior forms and loose material shall be removed, and the inside of box girders
shall be cleaned.
July 28, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE FORM AND FALSEWORK REMOVAL
In subsection 601.11, delete (e) and replace with the following:
(e) Falsework Removal. Unless specified in the plans or specifications, falsework shall remain in place until
concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 0.80f’c.
Falsework supporting any span of a simple span bridge shall not be released until after all concrete, excluding
concrete above the bridge deck, has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework supporting any span of a continuous or rigid frame bridge shall not be released until after all concrete,
excluding concrete above the bridge deck, has been placed in all spans and has attained the compressive
strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for arch bridges shall be removed uniformly and gradually, beginning at the crown, to permit the arch to
take its load slowly and evenly.
Falsework supporting overhangs and deck slabs between girders shall not be released until the deck concrete
has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for pier caps which will support steel or precast concrete girders shall not be released until the
concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c. Girders shall not be erected onto such pier caps
until the concrete in the cap has attained the compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for cast-in-place prestressed portions of structures shall not be released until after the pre-stressing
steel has been tensioned.
Concrete compressive strength shall be determined using information concrete cylinders or by maturity meters.
At the pre-pour conference, the Contractor shall submit the method of determining the structure’s strength and the
location that information cylinders will be taken or maturity meters placed.
If information cylinders are used they shall be cast by the Contractor and cured in the same manner as the
structure. A set of information cylinders shall be taken for each concrete placement on the structure. A set of
information cylinders shall be taken for any load of concrete that is being placed at the mid-span of beams and at
support locations and other locations as directed by the Engineer. Casting of the information cylinders will be
witnessed by the Engineer. The information cylinders shall remain in the molds and cured in the same manner as
the structure until they are tested in the laboratory by the Engineer. Compressive strength shall be determined
using the compressive strength of at least two information cylinders. The Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting the information cylinders from damage.
Prior to placement of concrete whose strength will be determined with maturity meters, the Contractor shall
provide the Engineer a report of maturity relationships in accordance with CP 69. The Contractor shall provide
maturity meters and all necessary wires and connectors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement
and maintenance of the maturity meters and wires. At a minimum a maturity meter will be placed at the mid-span
of beams and at support locations. Placement shall be as directed by the Engineer.
For structures with multiple sets of information cylinders or maturity meters, the lowest compressive strength shall
determine when the falsework can be removed.
Acceptance cylinders shall not be used for determining compressive strength to remove falsework.
July 29, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE SLUMP ACCEPTANCE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the fifth paragraph of Subsection 601.05 and replace with the following:
Except for Class BZ concrete, the slump of the delivered concrete shall be the slump of the approved concrete
mix design plus or minus 2.0 inch. The laboratory trial mix must produce an average compressive strength at
least 115 percent of the required field compressive strength specified in Table 601-1. When entrained air is
specified in the Contract for Class BZ concrete, an air entraining admixture may be added to an approved Class
BZ mix design. A new trial mix will not be required.
Delete Subsection 601.17 (b), 601.17 (d) and Table 601-3 and replace with the following:
(b) Slump. Slump acceptance, but not rejection, may be visually determined by the Engineer. Any batch that
exceeds the slump of the approved concrete mix design by 2.0 inches will be retested. If the slump is
exceeded a second time, that load is rejected. If the slump is greater than 2 inches lower than the approved
concrete mix design, the load can be adjusted with a water reducer, or by adding water (if the w/cm allows)
and retested.
Portions of loads incorporated into structures prior to determining test results which indicate rejection as the
correct course of action shall be subject to reduced payment or removal as determined by the Engineer.
(d) Pay Factors. The pay factor for concrete which is allowed to remain in place at a reduced price shall be
according to Table 601-3 and shall be applied to the unit price bid for Item 601, Structural Concrete.
If deviations occur in air content and strength within the same batch, the pay factor for the batch shall be the
product of the individual pay factors.
Table 601-3
PAY FACTORS
Percent Total Air Strength
Deviations
From
Specified
Air
(Percent)
Pay
Factor
(Percent)
Below
Specified
Strength (psi)
[ < 4500 psi
Concrete]
Pay
Factor
(Percent)
Below
Specified
Strength (psi)
[ ≥ 4500 psi
Concrete]
0.0-0.2 98 1-100 98 1-100
0.3-0.4 96 101-200 96 101-200
0.5-0.6 92 201-300 92 201-300
0.7-0.8 84 301-400 84 301-400
0.9-1.0 75 401-500 75 401-500
Over 1.0 Reject Over 500 Reject
65 501-600
54 601-700
42 701-800
29 801-900
15 901-1000
Reject Over 1000
February 17, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.16 delete the fifth paragraph.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
(WITH TYPE VI SHEETING)
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.02, delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs, including Table 630-1, and replace them with the
following:
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring an orange background shall be Type VI or Type Fluorescent.
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring a yellow background shall Type Fluorescent.
Table 630-1
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING TYPES
Sheeting
Type IV♦
Type VI
(Roll-up sign material)
Type Fluorescent
1
Application Work Zone Work Zone Work Zone
All Orange Construction Signs X
Orange Construction Signs that
are used only during daytime
hours for short term or mobile
operations
X
4
X
Barricades (Temporary) X
Vertical Panels X
Flaggers Stop/Slow Paddle X X
Drums
2
X
Non-orange Fixed Support signs
with prefix “W”
X
Special Warning Signs X
STOP sign (R1-1)
YIELD sign (R1-2)
WRONG WAY sign (R5-1a)
DO NOT ENTER sign (R5-1)
EXIT sign (E5-1a)
X
DETOUR sign (M4-9) or
(M4-10)
X
All other fixed support signs
3
X X
All other signs used only during
working hours
X X
All other signs that are used
only during daytime hours for
short term or mobile operations
X X
5
X
1 Fluorescent Sheeting shall be of a brand that is on the CDOT Approved Products List.
2 Drum Sheeting shall be manufactured for flexible devices.
3 Fixed support signs are defined as all signs that must remain in use outside of working hours. They shall be mounted in accordance with
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.06, first paragraph, delete the fifth sentence and replace with the following:
Retroreflective sheeting on new devices shall be Type IV. Existing devices manufactured with Type III sheeting
may be used on projects advertised prior to January 1, 2014. Devices used on projects advertised on or after
January 1, 2014 shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
January 31, 2013
REVISION OF SECTION 630
SIGNS AND BARRICADES
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.02, delete the second paragraph, and replace with the following:
Temporary sign support assembly shall be timber, perforated square metal tubing inserted into a larger base post
or slip base or perforated metal U-channel with a slip base. The temporary sign support assembly shall conform
to NCHRP and AASHTO requirements regarding temporary sign supports during construction.
Subsection 630.02 shall include the following:
If a timber post is selected, it shall conform to the requirements of subsection 614.02.
November 1, 2012
1
REVISION OF SECTION 703
AGGREGATES FOR HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 703 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 703.04 and replace with the following:
703.04 Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt. Aggregates for hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be of uniform quality,
composed of clean, hard, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, natural gravel, or crushed slag.
Excess of fine material shall be wasted before crushing. A percentage of the aggregate retained on the 4.75 mm
(No. 4) sieve for Gradings S, SX and SG— and on the 2.36 mm (No. 8) sieve for Gradings SF and ST—shall
have at least two mechanically induced fractured faces when tested in accordance with Colorado Procedure 45.
This percentage will be specified in Table 403-1, as revised for the project in Section 403. The angularity of the
fine aggregate shall be a minimum of 45.0 percent when determined according to AASHTO T 304. Grading SF
mixes, when determined by RME, may not require fine aggregate angularity of 45.0 percent. Aggregate samples
representing each aggregate stockpile shall be non-plastic if the percent of aggregate passing the 2.36 mm (No.
8) sieve is greater than or equal to 10 percent by weight of the individual aggregate sample. Plasticity will be
determined in accordance with AASHTO T 90. The material shall not contain clay balls, vegetable matter, or
other deleterious substances.
The aggregate for Gradings ST, S, SX and SG shall have a percentage of wear of 45 or less when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 96.
Table 703-4
MASTER RANGE TABLE FOR HOT MIX ASPHALT
Sieve Size
Percent by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves
Grading SF** Grading ST Grading SX Grading
S Grading SG
37.5 mm
(1½) 100
25.0 mm (1) 100 90 – 100
19.0 mm (¾) 100 90 – 100
12.5 mm (½) 100 90 – 100 * *
9.5 mm (⅜) 100 90 – 100 * * *
4.75 mm (#4) 90 – 100 * * * *
2.36 mm (#8) * 28 – 58 28 – 58 23 – 49 19 – 45
1.18 mm (#16) 30 – 54
600 m (#30) * * * * *
300 m (#50)
150 m (#100)
75 m (#200) 2 – 12 2 – 10 2 – 10 2 – 8 1 – 7
* These additional Form 43 Specification Screens will initially be established using values from the As Used
Gradation shown on the Design Mix.
**SF applications are limited and the CDOT Pavement Design Manual should be referenced, prior to use.
Aggregates for stone matrix asphalt (SMA) shall be of uniform quality, composed of clean, hard, durable particles
of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag. A minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the 4.75
mm (No. 4) sieve shall have at least two mechanically induced fractured faces when tested in accordance with
Colorado Procedure 45. The particles passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve shall be the product of crushing rock
larger than 12.5 mm (½ inch) and shall be non-plastic when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 90.
November 1, 2012
2
REVISION OF SECTION 703
AGGREGATES FOR HOT MIX ASPHALT
Additionally, each source of aggregate for SMA shall meet the following requirements:
(1) No more than 30 percent when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 96 Resistance to Degradation of Small-
Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
(2) No more than 12 percent when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 104 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of
Sodium Sulfate.
The aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) shall meet the requirements of Table 703-4A when tested in
accordance with CP-L 4211 Resistance of Coarse Aggregate to Degradation by Abrasion in the Micro-Deval
Apparatus. The Contractor shall be assessed a price reduction of $1000 for each production sample of the
combined aggregate with a value greater than 20 according to CP-L 4211.
Table 703-4A
AGGREGATE DEGRADATION BY ABRASION
IN THE MICRO-DEVAL CP-L 4211
Not to exceed
Combined Aggregate (Mix Design) 18
Combined Aggregate (1/10,000 tons, or fraction thereof
during production) 20
July 28, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 703
CONCRETE AGGREGATES
Section 703 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the second paragraph of subsection 703.00 and Table 703-1.
Delete subsections 703.01 and 703.02 and replace with the following:
703.01 Fine Aggregate for Concrete. Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO
M 6, Class A. The minimum sand equivalent, as tested in accordance with Colorado Procedure 37 shall be 80
unless otherwise specified. The fineness modulus, as determined by AASHTO T 27, shall not be less than 2.50 or
greater than 3.50 unless otherwise approved.
703.02 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete. Coarse aggregate for concrete shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M 80, Class A aggregates, except that the percentage of wear shall not exceed 45 when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 96.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 712
WATER FOR MIXING OR CURING CONCRETE
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 712.01 and replace it with the following:
712.01 Water. Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be reasonably clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali,
sugar, vegetation, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Concrete mixing water shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C1602. The Contractor shall perform and submit tests to the Engineer at the frequencies
listed in ASTM C1602. Potable water may be used without testing. Where the source of water is relatively
shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, and other foreign materials.
February 3, 2011
1
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
A. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246)
1. The Bidder’s attention is called to the “Equal Opportunity Clause” and the “Standard Federal Equal
Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications” set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the
Contractor’s aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area are as
follows:
Goals and Timetable for Minority Utilization
Timetable - Until Further Notice
Economic
Area
Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Area (SMSA)
Counties
Involved
Goal
157
(Denver)
2080 Denver-Boulder Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Denver,
Douglas, Gilpin, Jefferson................... 13.8%
2670 Fort Collins Larimer................................................ 6.9%
3060 Greeley Weld.................................................... 13.1%
Non SMSA Counties Cheyenne, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Grand, Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan,
Park, Phillips, Sedgwick, Summit,
Washington & Yuma............................ 12.8%
158
(Colo. Spgs. -
Pueblo)
1720 Colorado Springs El Paso, Teller..................................... 10.9%
6560 Pueblo Pueblo................................................. 27.5%
Non SMSA Counties Alamosa, Baca, Bent, Chaffee,
Conejos, Costilla, Crowley, Custer,
Fremont, Huerfano, Kiowa, Lake,
Las Animas, Lincoln, Mineral, Otero,
Prowers, Rio Grande, Saguache........ 19.0%
159
(Grand Junction)
Non SMSA Archuleta, Delta, Dolores, Eagle,
Garfield, Gunnison, Hinsdale,
La Plata, Mesa, Moffat, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, San Juan, San Miguel 10.2%
156 (Cheyenne -
Casper WY)
Non SMSA Jackson County, Colorado.................. 7.5%
GOALS AND TIMETABLES FOR FEMALE UTILIZATION
Until Further Notice......................................................................................................................6.9% -- Statewide
February 3, 2011
2
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor’s construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally
assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical
area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area
where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to
the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction.
The Contractor’s compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based
on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause specific affirmative action obligations required by
the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts meet the goals established for the
geographical area where the contract resulting form this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of
minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the
contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and
women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from
Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s goals
shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Par 60-4.
Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract
Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess
of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The
notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer
identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and
completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be
performed.
4. As used in this specification, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the “covered area”
is the county or counties shown on the Invitation for Bids and on the plans. In cases where the
work is in two or more counties covered by differing percentage goals, the highest percentage will
govern.
February 3, 2011
3
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
B. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246)
1. As used in these Specifications:
a. “Covered area” means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract
resulted;
b. “Director” means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of
Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;
c. “Employer identification number” means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer’s
Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.
d. “Minority” includes;
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic
origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other
Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far
East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of
North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and
participation or community identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any
construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of
these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female
participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted.
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S.
Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative
action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with
that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to
demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each
Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its
obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in
each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or
Subcontractor toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor’s or
Subcontractor’s failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p
of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are
expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization
the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees
in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical
areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the
minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed.
Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained
from any office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Office or from Federal procurement contracting
officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each
craft during the period specified.
February 3, 2011
4
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the
Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the
Contractor’s obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals,
such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the
Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of
their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant
to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The
evaluation of the Contractor’s compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to
achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall
implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following;
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation , and coercion at all sites,
and in all facilities at which the Contractor’s employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where
possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall
specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are
aware of and carry out the Contractor’s obligation to maintain such a working environment, with
specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written
notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the
Contractor or its union have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the
organization’s responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-
the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source of community
organization and of what action was taken with respect to each individual. If such individual was sent
to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if
referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor,
along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union with which the Contractor has a
collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent
by the Contractor, or when he Contractor has other information that the union referral process has
impeded the Contractor’s efforts to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which
expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and
trainee programs relevant to the Contractor’s employment needs, especially those programs funded
or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to
the sources compiled under 7b above.
f. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs
and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by
including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company
newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and
with all minority and female employees at least once a year, and by posting the Contractor’s EEO
policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is
performed.
February 3, 2011
5
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
g. Review, at least annually, the Contractor’s EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these
specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination
or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory
personnel such as Superintendents, General Foreman, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work
at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these
meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media,
specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and
discussing the Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing
business.
i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to
schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training
organizations serving the Contractor’s recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one
month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any
recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above,
describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process.
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and,
where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female
youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor’s workforce.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR
Part 60-3.
l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for
promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, etc. such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do
not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related
activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor’s obligations under these specifications
are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and Contractor’s activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user
toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female
construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female
contractor associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor’s adherence to and performance under the
Contractor’s EEO policies and affirmative action obligation.
February 3, 2011
6
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of
their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-
union contractor-community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant,
may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these specifications
provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group
has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the
concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor’s minority and female workforce
participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goal and timetables, and can provide access
to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The
obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor’s and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall
not be a defense for the Contractor’s noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor,
however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all
minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently,
the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a
substantially disparate manner (for example, even thought the Contractor has achieved its goals for
women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of
women is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against
any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government
contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the
Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as
may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing
regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry
out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246,
as amended.
13 The Contractor in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action
steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to
achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails
to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these
specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that
the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may
be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee
the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee
identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic,
apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the
indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained
in an easily understandable and retrievable form, however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this
requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish
different standards of compliance or upon application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area
residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development
Block Grant Program).
February 3, 2011
7
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
C. SPECIFIC EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY RESPONSIBILITIES.
1. General.
a. Equal employment opportunity requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure
equal employment opportunity as required by Executive Order 11246 and Executive Order 11375 are
set forth in Required Contract. Provisions (Form FHWA 1273 or 1316, as appropriate) and these
Special Provisions which are imposed pursuant to Section 140 of Title 23, U.S.C., as established by
Section 22 of the Federal-Aid highway Act of 1968. The requirements set forth in these Special
Provisions shall constitute the specific affirmative action requirements for project activities under this
contract and supplement the equal employment opportunity requirements set forth in the Required
Contract provisions.
b. The Contractor will work with the State highway agencies and the Federal Government in carrying out
equal employment opportunity obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the contract.
c. The Contractor and all his/her subcontractors holding subcontracts not including material suppliers, of
$10,000 or more, will comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of equal
employment opportunity: (The equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246,
as set forth in Volume 6, Chapter 4, Section 1, Subsection 1 of the Federal-Aid Highway Program
Manual, are applicable to material suppliers as well as contractors and subcontractors.) The
Contractor will include these requirements in every subcontract of $10,000 or more with such
modification of language as is necessary to make them binding on the subcontractor.
2. Equal Employment Opportunity Policy. The Contractor will accept as his operating policy the following
statement which is designed to further the provision of equal employment opportunity to all persons
without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, and to promote the full realization of
equal employment opportunity through a positive continuing program;
It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, or national origin. Such action shall include;
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training.
3. Equal Employment Opportunity Officer. The Contractor will designate and make known to the State highway
agency contracting officers and equal employment opportunity officer (herein after referred to as the EEO
Officer) who will have the responsibility for an must be capable of effectively administering and promoting
an active contractor program of equal employment opportunity and who must be assigned adequate
authority and responsibility to do so.
4. Dissemination of Policy.
a. All members of the Contractor’s staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge
employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be
made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy
and contractual responsibilities to provide equal employment opportunity in each grade and
classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions
will be taken as a minimum;
(1) Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of
work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the Contractor’s equal
employment opportunity policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The
meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer or other knowledgeable company official.
February 3, 2011
8
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
(2) All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO
Officer or other knowledgeable company official, covering all major aspects of the Contractor’s
equal employment opportunity obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with
the Contractor.
(3) All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO
Officer or appropriate company official in the Contractor’s procedures for locating and hiring
minority group employees.
b. In order to make the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy known to all employees,
prospective employees and potential sources of employees, i.e., schools, employment agencies,
labor unions (where appropriate), college placement officers, etc., the Contractor will take the
following actions:
(1) Notices and posters setting forth the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy will be
placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential
employees.
.
(2) The Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy and the procedures to implement such
policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee
handbooks, or other appropriate means.
5. Recruitment.
a. When advertising for employees, the Contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the
notation; “An Equal Opportunity Employer.” All such advertisements will be published in
newspapers or other publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area
from which the project work force would normally be derived.
b. The Contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority
group applicants, including, but not limited to, State employment agencies, schools, colleges and
minority group organizations. To meet this requirement, the Contractor will, through his EEO
Officer, identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified
sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred to the Contractor for
employment consideration.
In the event the Contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall
referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system
permits the Contractor’s compliance with equal employment opportunity contract provisions. (The
U.S. Department of Labor has held that where implementation of such agreements have the
effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the Contractor to do the same,
such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.)
c. The Contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for
employment by posting appropriate notices or bulletins in areas accessible to all such employees.
In addition, information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be
discussed with employees.
`6. Personnel Actions. Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer,
demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or
national origin. The following procedures shall be followed;
a. The Contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions
and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
February 3, 2011
9
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
b. The Contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to
determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The Contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there
is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the Contractor will promptly take
corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions
reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The Contract will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the Contractor
in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and
will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that
the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall
include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the Contractor will inform
every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal.
7. Training and Promotion.
a. The Contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and
women employees, and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the Contractor’s work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State
regulations, the Contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-
the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25
percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship
or training.
c. The Contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs
and entrance requirements for each.
d. The Contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group and
women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and
promotion.
8. Unions. If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the Contractor
will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for
minority groups and women with the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and
female employees. Actions by the Contractor either directly or thorough a contractor’s association
acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The Contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs
aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the unions
and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for
higher paying employment.
b. The Contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an equal employment opportunity clause into each
union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without
regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union
except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union
and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the Contractor, the Contractor shall so
certify to the State highway department and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain
such information.
February 3, 2011
10
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the Contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women
referrals within he time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the Contractor will,
through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color,
religion , sex or national origin; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group
persons and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the
union with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral
failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the Contractor
from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special
provisions, such Contractor shall immediately notify the State highway agency.
9. Subcontracting.
a. The Contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize minority group subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees.
Contractors shall obtain lists of minority-owned construction firms from State highway agency
personnel.
b. The Contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their equal employment
opportunity obligations.
10. Records and Reports.
a. The Contractor will keep such records as are necessary to determine compliance with the Contractor’s
equal employment opportunity obligations. The records kept by the Contractor will be designed to
indicate:
(1) The number of minority and nonminority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project.
(2) The Progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women (applicable only to contractors who rely in whole or in part
on unions as a source of their work force).
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority
and female employees, and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of minority group subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees.
b. All such records must be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work
and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of
the State highway agency and the Federal Highway Administration.
c. The Contractors will submit an annual report to the State highway agency each July for the duration of the
project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees currently
engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported
on Form PR 1391.
February 3, 2011
1
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
(a) Definitions and Procedures
For this project, the following terms are defined:
1. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). A small business concern that is certified as being:
A. At least 51 percent owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals or, in
the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or
more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
B. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals who own it.
C. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully
admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who is:
(1) Any individual whom the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or the City
and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) finds to be a socially and
economically disadvantaged individual.
(2) Any individual in the following groups, members of which are rebuttably presumed to be socially
and economically disadvantaged:
a. "Black Americans,” which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of
Africa;
b. "Hispanic Americans," which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Dominican,
Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin, regardless of
race;
c. "Native Americans," which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or
Native Hawaiians;
d. "Asian-Pacific Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea), Thailand,
Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust Territories of the
Pacific Islands (Republic of Palau), the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas Islands,
Macao, Fiji, Tonga, Kirbati, Juvalu, Nauru, Federated States of Micronesia, or Hong Kong;
e. ”Subcontinent Asian Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from India,
Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, Nepal or Sri Lanka;
f. ”Women”, which means females of any ethnicity;
g. “Other,” which means any additional groups whose members are designated as socially and
economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration (SBA), at such time as the
SBA designation becomes effective and/or individuals who have been determined to be
socially and economically disadvantaged based on the criteria for social and economic
disadvantage.
2. Underutilized DBE (UDBE). A firm which meets the definition of DBE above and is eligible to meet the
contract goal as defined in the project special provision titled “Contract Goal.”
February 3, 2011
2
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
3. DBE Joint Venture. Joint venture means an association of a DBE firm and one or more other firms to
carry out a single, for-profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their property, capital,
efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the DBE is responsible for a distinct, clearly defined portion of
the work of the contract and whose share in the capital contribution, control, management, risks, and
profits of the joint venture are commensurate with its ownership interest.
A DBE joint venture must be certified as a joint venture by the Business Programs Office at CDOT.
A. For those projects set-aside for bidding by UDBEs only; all of the partners in a joint venture must be
UDBEs and certification of the joint venture will not be required.
B. For all projects other than the set-aside projects discussed in A. above; one of the partners in a joint
venture must be a DBE. The DBE percentage of the joint venture will be determined at the time of
certification.
4. Contract Goal. The goal for UDBE participation that the Department determines should appropriately be
met by the successful bidder. Contract goal will be the percentage stated in the invitation for bids and in
the project special provisions. Successful bidders that are awarded a Contract based on good faith
efforts shall continue to make good faith efforts through the period of time that work on the project is in
process, to provide for additional UDBE participation toward meeting the goal.
5. Good Faith Efforts. It is the obligation of the bidder to make good faith efforts to meet the contract goal
prior to the bid opening. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so either by meeting the contract
goal or by documenting good faith efforts made. CDOT will evaluate only the good faith efforts made by
the bidder prior to the bid opening. Any UDBE Participation submitted on Form 715 that exceeds the
participation submitted on Form 714 will be accepted as additional UDBE participation, but will not be
counted as Good Faith Efforts and will not exempt a bidder from fulfilling the Good Faith Efforts
requirements. The apparently successful bidder shall report all efforts made including but not limited to
the efforts required on Form 718. The efforts employed by the bidder should be those that one could
reasonably expect a bidder to take if the bidder were actively and aggressively trying to obtain UDBE
participation sufficient to meet the DBE contract goal.
The bidder may submit information on its UDBE successes in the preparation of this bid and its
successes on CDOT projects during the three preceding calendar years. These successes shall be
documented in Section IV of the Form 718. Other factors the bidder considers relevant to its past
performance in meeting CDOT UDBE contract goals shall also be documented in Section IV of the Form
718.
In determining whether a bidder has made good faith efforts, CDOT will consider the performance of the
apparently successful bidder in meeting UDBE contract goals over the preceding three calendar years.
This will include performance at the time of Contract bid and at the time of Contract close. CDOT will use
this information to help assess the bidder’s ongoing level of commitment in performing good faith efforts
to meet project goals. CDOT will also take into account the performance of other bidders in meeting the
contract goal. For example, when the apparently successful bidder fails to meet the contract goal, but
others meet it, CDOT will reasonably raise the question of whether, with additional reasonable efforts, the
apparently successful bidder could have met the goal. The greater the difference between the contract
goal and the apparently successful bidder’s DBE commitments on the Form 714, the greater the level of
Good Faith Efforts expected by CDOT. If the apparently successful bidder fails to meet the goal, but
meets or exceeds the average UDBE participation obtained by other bidders, CDOT will view this, in
conjunction with other factors, as evidence that the apparently successful bidder may have made
adequate good faith efforts.
February 3, 2011
3
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
CDOT will accept verifiable comments from persons that have specific information pertaining directly to
the efforts made by the bidder to reach the contract goal on this project. CDOT will consider these
comments as part of its good faith effort analysis prior to issuing its decision regarding whether good faith
efforts were employed by the apparently successful bidder. To be considered during CDOT’s good faith
effort analysis for the project, such comments must be submitted by letter, fax, or email. Comments must
be sufficiently detailed, and must be received by CDOT within seven calendar days after the bid opening.
Written comments should be submitted to CDOT based on the contact information listed at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/ContactUs.htm .
The Business Programs Office, with the DBE Liaison’s Approval, will notify the apparently successful
bidder by fax regarding any deficiencies in the documentation and effort demonstrated by the bidder.
This fax will include the Business Programs Office’s recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer
regarding whether the good faith effort demonstrated was sufficient for the bidder to be regarded as
responsible. If the bidder may be regarded as responsible but with minor deficiencies in its good faith
effort, the bidder will be expected to correct any deficiencies noted prior to bidding on other CDOT
projects.
Within five working days of being informed by the Business Programs Office that it is not a responsible
bidder because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts, a bidder may request administrative
reconsideration from the Good Faith Efforts (GFE) Committee, which will not have played any role in the
original determination that the bidder did not document sufficient good faith efforts. The bidder should
make this request to:
Good Faith Efforts Committee
Fax: 303-757-9019
Phone: 303-757-9234
As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or
argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts prior to the
bid opening to do so. The bidder will also have the opportunity to meet in person with CDOT’s GFE
Committee to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts prior to the
bid opening to do so. The Business Programs Office, with the DBE Liaison’s Approval, will send the
bidder a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not
meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts prior to the bid opening to do so.
The GFE Review Committee will make a recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer. The DBE Liaison
Officer will review the good faith efforts documentation and the recommendation of the GFE Review
Committee, determine whether the required efforts are sufficient for award and notify the Chief Engineer
of this finding. The Chief Engineer will make the final decision regarding award. There will be no
administrative appeal of the Chief Engineer’s decision. The Chief Engineer may pursue award of the
Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder based upon this decision.
If award of the Contract is made based on the Contractor’s good faith efforts, the goal will not be waived.
The Contractor will be expected to continue to make good faith efforts as described below throughout the
duration of the Contract.
To demonstrate Good Faith Efforts to meet the contract goal throughout the performance of the Contract,
the Contractor shall document to the CDOT Region Civil Rights Professional the steps taken on Form
205. For each subcontract item not identified for DBE participation on Form 718, steps the Contractor
must take include but are not limited to the following:
A. Seek out and consider UDBEs as potential subcontractors.
(1) Contact all UDBEs for each category of work that is being subcontracted.
(2) Affirmatively solicit their interest, capability, and price quotations.
(3) Provide equal time for all prospective subcontractors to prepare their proposals.
(4) Provide at least as much time to UDBEs in assisting them to prepare their bids for subcontract
work as to non UDBE subcontractors.
(5) Award subcontracts to UDBEs where their quotations are reasonably competitive with other
quotations received.
February 3, 2011
4
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
B. Maintain documentation of UDBEs contacted and their responses.
(1) Maintain a list of UDBEs contacted as prospective subcontractors.
(2) Maintain thorough documentation of criteria used to select each subcontractor.
(3) Where a UDBE expressed an interest in a subcontract and made a quotation, and where the
work was not awarded to a UDBE, furnish a detailed letter explaining the reasons.
(b) Certification as a DBE by the Department
1. Any contractor may apply to the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or the City
and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) for status as a DBE. Application
shall be made on the USDOT’s Uniform Certification Application Form as provided by these agencies for
certification of DBEs. Application need not be made in connection with a particular bid. Only work
contracted to UDBE contractors or subcontracted to UDBEs and independently performed by UDBEs
shall be considered toward contract goals as established elsewhere in these specifications.
2. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to submit applications so that the certifying agency has sufficient
time to render decisions. The certifying agency will review applications in a timely manner but is not
committed to render decisions about a firm’s DBE status within any given period of time.
3. The Department will publish an online directory of DBE contractors, vendors and suppliers for the
purpose of providing a reference source to assist any bidder in identifying DBEs and UDBEs. Bidders will
be solely responsible for verifying the Certification of DBEs they intend to use prior to submitting a
proposal. The directory is updated daily by the certifying agencies and is accessible online at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/ .
4. Bidders shall exercise their own judgments in selecting any subcontractor to perform any portion of the
work.
5. Permission for a DBE/non-DBE joint venture to bid on a specific project may be obtained from the
Business Programs Office based on information provided by the proposed joint venture on Form 893,
“Information For Determining DBE Participation When A Joint Venture Includes A DBE”. Joint
applications should be submitted well in advance of bid openings.
(c) Bidding Requirements
1. All bidders shall submit with their proposals a fully executed Form 714 including a list of the names of
their UDBE subcontractors to meet the contract goal. The apparently successful bidder shall submit a
fully executed Form 715 for each UDBE used to meet the contract goal (sample attached) no later than
4:00 p.m. on the third work day after the date of bid opening to the Business Programs Office in the
Center for Equal Opportunity. Form 715 may be submitted by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-9019, with
an original copy to follow. If the contract goal is not met, the apparently successful bidder shall submit a
completed Form 718 and corresponding evidence of good faith efforts no later than 4:00 on the day
following the bid opening to the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity. CDOT
Form No. 718 may be submitted by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-9019, with an original copy to follow. A
copy of Form 718 is incorporated into this specification.
2. The award of Contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsible bidder that will meet or exceed
the contract goal or, if the goal will not be met, is able to demonstrate that good faith efforts were made to
meet the goal. Good faith efforts are explained in (a) of this special provision.
3. The use of the UDBE firms named on Form 714 or on a Form 715, for the items of work described, is a
condition of award. The replacement of a named UDBE firm will be allowed only as provided for in (e) of
this special provision. Failure to comply will constitute grounds for default and termination of the
Contract.
February 3, 2011
5
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
4. Contractor’s DBE Obligation. The prime Contractor bidding on construction projects advertised by the
Department agrees to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), as defined in this special
provision, have equal opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts or subcontracts financed
in whole or in part with Federal or State funds. The prime Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, national origin, or sex in the bidding process or the performance of contracts.
To ensure that UDBEs are offered equal opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts, it is
the responsibility of the prime Contractor to offer and to provide assistance to UDBEs related to the
UDBE performance of the subcontract. However, the UDBE must independently perform a commercially
useful function on the project.
(d) Counting DBE Participation Toward Contract Goals and CDOT’s annual DBE goal
1. Once a firm has been certified as a DBE the total dollar amount of the contract awarded to the firm shall
be counted toward CDOT’s annual DBE goal and the contract goal as explained below, and as modified
for the project in the project special provisions titled “Contract Goal.”
2. The actual dollar total of a proposed subcontract, supply or service contract with any DBE firm shall be
reported to the Department using Form 713. A Form 713 for subcontracts is to be submitted with the
Form 205 and receipt will be a condition of approval. The eligibility of a proposed DBE subcontractor will
be finally established based on the firm’s status at the time of Form 205 approval.
A Form 713 for a supply or service contract is to be submitted once a contract has been fully executed so
the Department will be able to report the DBE participation in a timely manner. The eligibility of a DBE
supplier or service firm will be finally established as of the date the Form 713 is received by the
Department. A Form 205 is not required for a supply or service contract.
If a firm becomes certified as a DBE during performance under a fully executed contract with CDOT but
prior to the DBE performing any work, then 100 percent of the work performed by the firm under that
contract may be claimed as eligible work.
3. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of the total dollar amount of a contract
with a Department certified joint venture that equals the percentage of the ownership and control of the
UDBE partner in a joint venture.
4. A The Contractor may count toward its contract goal only that percentage of expenditures to UDBEs
which independently perform a commercially useful function in the work of a contract. A DBE is
considered to be performing a commercially useful function by actually performing, managing, and
supervising the work involved. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful function,
the Department will evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, work performed solely by the DBE,
industry practices, and other relevant factors.
B. A DBE may enter into subcontracts consistent with normal industry practices. If a DBE does not
perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30 percent of the total cost of its contract with its own work
force, or the DBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than would be expected on the
basis of normal industry practice for the type of work involved, the DBE shall be presumed not to be
performing a commercially useful function. The DBE may present evidence to rebut this presumption to
the Department.
5. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for transportation
services obtained from UDBE trucking firms, provided the UDBE controls the trucking operations for
which it seeks credit. A UDBE trucking firm must have at least one truck and driver of its own, but it can
lease trucks owned by others, both DBEs and non-DBEs, including owner-operators. For work done with
its own trucks and drivers, and for work done with DBE lessees, the UDBE trucking firm receives credit for
all transportation services provided. For work done with non-DBE lessees, the UDBE trucking firm gets
credit only for the fees or commissions it receives for arranging the transportation services, because the
services themselves are being performed by non-DBEs.
February 3, 2011
6
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
6. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for materials and
supplies obtained from UDBE suppliers (regular dealers) and manufacturers, provided that the UDBEs
assume the actual and contractual responsibility for and actually provide the materials and supplies.
A. The Contractor may count 100 percent of its expenditures to a UDBE manufacturer. A DBE
manufacturer is a certified firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces on
the premises the materials or supplies obtained by the Contractor.
B. The Contractor may count 60 percent of its expenditures to UDBE suppliers (regular dealers) that are
not manufacturers, provided that the DBE supplier performs a commercially useful function in the
supply process. A DBE supplier (regular dealer) is a certified firm that owns, operates, or maintains a
store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the
performance of the Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold to the public in the usual
course of business. To be a supplier (regular dealer) the firm must engage in, as its principal
business and in its own name, the purchase and sale of the products in question. A supplier in such
bulk items as steel, cement, gravel, stone, and petroleum products need not keep such products in
stock, if it owns or operates distribution equipment. Brokers and packagers shall not be regarded as
manufacturers or suppliers within the meaning of this section.
C. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the following expenditures to UDBE firms that are
not manufacturers or suppliers (regular dealers):
(1) The fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service, such as professional,
technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential
personnel, facilities, equipment, materials or supplies required for performance of the Contract,
provided that the fee or commission is determined by the Department to be reasonable and not
excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
(2) The fees charged for delivery of materials and supplies required to a job site (but not the cost of
the materials and supplies themselves) when the hauler, trucker, or delivery service is not also
the manufacturer of or a supplier of the materials and supplies, provided that the fee is
determined by the Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees
customarily allowed for similar services.
(3) The fees or commissions charged for providing any bonds or insurance specifically required for
the performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by the
Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for
similar services.
7. To determine the goals achieved under this Contract the participation as described in (d) of this special
provision shall be divided by the original prime Contract amount and multiplied by 100 to determine the
percentage of performance. The Contractor shall maintain records of payment that show amounts paid to
all DBEs. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit a Form 17 listing all DBEs that
participated in this Contract, the subcontract tier number of each, and the dollar amount paid to each.
This dollar amount shall include payments made by nonDBE subcontractors to DBE subcontractors. The
Contractor shall certify the amount paid, which may be audited by the Department. When there is no
participation by DBEs, the Contractor shall submit a Form 17 that indicates no participation and gives
reasons why there was no participation. CDOT will not count the participation of a DBE subcontractor
toward the prime contractor's UDBE achievements or CDOT’s overall DBE goal until the amount being
counted toward the goal has been paid to the DBE.
(e) Replacement of UDBE Subcontractors used to meet the contract goal
Based upon a showing of good cause the Contractor may request that a UDBE named on Form 714 or on a
Form 715 be replaced with another UDBE pursuant to the terms and conditions of this special provision. In
the event that the Contractor is able to both document the need and to offer a replacement UDBE who can
perform the work at a reasonable cost, the CDOT Region Civil Rights Professional will approve the
replacement at no additional cost to the Department. Replacements will be allowed only with prior written
approval of the Region Civil Rights Professional.
February 3, 2011
7
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
1. If a replacement is to be requested prior to the time that the named UDBE has begun to effectively
prosecute the work under a fully executed subcontract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Region Civil
Rights Professional the following:
A. Written permission of the named UDBE. Written permission may be waived only if such permission
cannot be obtained for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor.
B. A full written disclosure of the circumstances making it impossible for the Contractor to comply with
the condition of award.
C. Documentation of the Contractor’s assistance to the UDBE named on Form 714 or on Form 715.
D. Copies of any pertinent correspondence and documented verbal communications between the
Contractor and the named UDBE.
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and the
results of the efforts. It is within the control of the Contractor to locate, prior to award, DBEs that offer
reasonable prices and that could reasonably be expected to perform the work. For this reason,
increased cost shall not, by itself, be considered sufficient reason for not providing an in-kind
replacement.
2. In the event a UDBE subcontractor begins to prosecute the work and is unable to satisfactorily complete
performance of the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Region Civil Rights Professional the following:
A. Documentation that the subject UDBE subcontractor did not perform in a satisfactory manner.
B. Documentation of the Contractor’s assistance to the UDBE subcontractor prior to finding the UDBE
subcontractor in default.
C. A copy of the certified letter finding the UDBE to be in default or a letter from the UDBE stating that it
cannot complete the work and it is turning the work back to the Contractor.
D. Copy of the contract between the Contractor and the UDBE subcontractor, plus any modifications
thereto.
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and the
results of the efforts.
In the event the Contractor is able to locate a replacement UDBE who can perform work at a reasonable
cost to the Contractor, and also demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department that prior to bid it had
reason to believe that the named UDBE firm was responsible and not expected to default, the
Department may modify or renegotiate the Contract to compensate the Contractor for any reasonable
extra costs, because of a higher price in the proposal of the replacement UDBE subcontractor than that of
the original UDBE subcontractor who failed to perform.
Provided, however, that the Department will not be obligated to participate in any increased cost to the
Contractor if the UDBE that fails to perform has a recent history of performance failure or default that was
either known, or should have been known, to the Contractor prior to award.
3. If the Contractor is unable to locate a UDBE replacement that is both interested in and capable of
performing the work at a reasonable cost, the Department may waive the requirement that the work be
performed by a UDBE and the Contractor shall provide for the satisfactory completion of the work at no
additional cost to the Department.
February 3, 2011
8
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
(f) Sanctions.
It is the obligation of the Contractor to provide DBE firms with equal opportunity to participate in the
performance of the work.
It is the responsibility of DBE firms to perform their work in a responsible manner fully consistent with the
intent of the DBE program, and in substantial compliance with the terms and conditions of these DBE
definitions and requirements.
DBE firms which fail to perform a commercially useful function as described in subsection (d) of these DBE
definitions and requirements or operate in a manner which is not consistent with the intent of the DBE
program may be subject to revocation of certification.
A finding by the Department that the Contractor has failed to comply with the terms and conditions of these
DBE definitions and requirements shall constitute sufficient grounds for default and termination of the
Contract in accordance with subsection 108.09 of the specifications.
Attachments:
Form 714
Form 715
Form 718
February 3, 2011
9
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM 714 Page 1
February 3, 2011
10
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM 714 Page 2
February 3, 2011
11
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM 715 Page 1
February 3, 2011
12
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM 715 Page 2
February 3, 2011
13
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM NO. 718 Page 1
February 3, 2011
14
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE RESERVED FOR FORM NO. 718 Page 2
-1-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130016 applies to the following counties: Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek,
Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson, and Park counties.
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
ELECTRICIAN (Traffic Signalization Only):
1000 Clear Creek 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1001 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1002 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Crane (50 tons and under)
1003 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.42 8.62
Crane (51 - 90 tons)
1004 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.57 8.62
Crane (91 - 140 tons)
1005 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.72 8.62
1006 Scraper
1007 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 24.42 8.62
1008 40 cubic yards and over 24.57 8.62
-2-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
Excludes Form Work
1009 Adams 16.61 3.88
1010 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 19.27 5.08
Form Work Only
1011 Adams 16.78 3.57
1012 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 19.11 5.46
1013 Jefferson 16.88 3.81
1014 Park 17.28 5.38
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1015 Adams 16.05 3.00
1016 Arapahoe 18.70 3.85
1017 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 18.37 3.00
1018 Jefferson 18.02 3.42
1019 Park 17.09 2.85
ELECTRICIAN:
Excludes Traffic Signal Installation
1020 Adams 31.00 14.01
1021 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 35.13 6.83
Traffic Signalization Electrician
1022 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 27.25 7.10
1023 Jefferson 26.78 5.44
Traffic Signalization Groundsman
1024 Adams 13.96 2.80
1025 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 15.24 3.81
1026 Clear Creek 15.70 2.14
1027 Jefferson 15.19 4.72
-3-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
1028 FENCE ERECTOR 13.02 3.20
1029 FORM WORKER – Arapahoe 15.30 3.90
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1030 Adams 12.89 3.45
1031 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 12.89 3.20
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1032 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 12.62 3.21
1033 Jefferson 14.21 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing
1034 Adams 22.14 0.77
1035 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson 16.69 5.45
1036 Park 19.98 2.89
1037 Structural 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1038 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Jefferson 16.29 4.25
1039 Park 17.41 1.86
1040 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1041 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1042 Adams 16.29 4.25
1043 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.67 4.27
1044 Jefferson 16.51 4.27
1045 Park 15.64 2.46
-4-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
Concrete Saw (Hand Held)
1046 Adams 16.29 5.20
1047 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 16.29 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1048 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson,
Park 12.26 3.16
1049 Clear Creek 14.98 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1050 Adams 17.71 2.83
1051 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.96 4.04
1052 Jefferson 16.29 4.25
1053 Park 15.08 3.10
1054 Pipelayer 13.55 2.41
Traffic Control (Flagger)
1055 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 9.55 3.05
1056 Jefferson 9.73 3.05
1057 Park 9.42 3.21
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Install Signs,
Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags)
1058 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson 12.43 3.22
1059 Clear Creek 13.14 3.20
1060 Park 12.76 3.20
1061 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
-5-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1062 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Jefferson 22.67 8.75
1063 Park 22.67 8.72
1064 Asphalt Paver 24.97 6.13
Asphalt Roller
1065 Adams 24.20 7.70
1066 Arapahoe 22.68 8.72
1067 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.41 7.67
1068 Jefferson 22.84 7.69
1069 Park 22.84 8.72
Asphalt Spreader
1070 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 22.67 8.67
1071 Jefferson 23.34 8.06
1072 Backhoe/Trackhoe
1073 Adams 20.31 4.24
1074 Arapahoe 24.59 6.24
1075 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 22.19 6.48
1076 Jefferson 21.99 5.60
1077 Park 20.81 6.58
-6-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1078 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 15.37 4.28
1079 Arapahoe 18.23 4.28
1080 Jefferson 16.85 4.28
1081 Park 22.46 0.00
1082 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1083 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 22.70 8.07
1084 Arapahoe 22.67 8.73
1085 Jefferson 22.18 8.36
Bulldozer
1086 Adams 25.20 6.72
1087 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 26.90 5.59
1088 Concrete Pump 21.60 5.21
Crane
1089 Adams, Park 22.82 8.72
1090 Jefferson 23.55 6.68
Drill
1091 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 20.48 4.71
1092 Jefferson 20.65 5.74
1093 Forklift 15.91 4.68
-7-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Grader/Blade
1094 Adams 23.94 8.23
1095 Arapahoe 22.67 8.72
1096 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 23.90 7.93
1097 Jefferson 23.28 7.73
1098 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1099 Adams 23.09 8.72
1100 Arapahoe 26.80 4.84
1101 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.20 8.33
1102 Jefferson 23.06 7.76
1103 Park 22.67 8.72
Mechanic
1104 Adams 22.82 8.72
1105 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 24.04 7.35
1106 Jefferson 23.56 8.72
Oiler
1107 Adams, Jefferson 21.97 8.72
1108 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 23.73 8.41
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1109 Adams 16.70 3.30
1110 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson 20.30 5.51
1111 Park 16.52 3.13
1112 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
-8-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Screed
1113 Adams 27.89 3.50
1114 Arapahoe 22.67 8.72
1115 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.67 6.02
1116 Jefferson 22.64 8.43
1117 Park 20.36 3.04
1118 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1119 Adams 15.80 5.27
1120 Arapahoe 19.62 5.27
1812 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 18.19 5.27
1121 Jefferson 19.46 6.04
Dump Truck
1122 Adams 16.68 5.27
1123 Arapahoe 18.94 5.27
1124 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.47 5.27
1125 Jefferson 16.97 4.78
1126 Park 15.40 3.21
Lowboy Truck
1127 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Park 17.25 5.27
1128 Jefferson 19.80 6.42
1129 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Speciality and Hoisting Truck
1130 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 17.49 3.17
1131 Arapahoe 15.79 2.48
1132 Jefferson 15.13 3.89
-9-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Semi/Trailer Truck (Includes Pickup and Pilot Car)
1133 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson,
Park 18.39 4.13
1134 Arapahoe 16.00 2.60
Single Axle (Includes Pickup and Pilot Car)
1135 Adams, Jefferson 13.93 3.68
1136 Arapahoe 15.10 3.77
1137 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 14.74 3.68
1138 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1139 Adams 17.50 5.19
1140 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 19.36 4.07
1141 Jefferson 17.57 5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130016
-10-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130017 applies to the following counties: Boulder county.
General Decision No. CO130017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1142 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1143 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Crane
1144 50 tons and under 24.42 8.62
1145 51 - 90 tons 24.57 8.62
1146 91 - 140 tons 24.72 8.62
Scraper
1147 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 24.42 8.62
1148 40 cubic yards and over 24.57 8.62
CARPENTER:
1149 Excludes Form Work 16.61 3.88
1150 Form Work Only 17.06 3.90
1151 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER 17.39 3.00
1152 ELECTRICIAN 33.39 7.64
1153 FENCE ERECTOR 15.96 3.46
1154 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 16.21 3.63
1155 HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1156 Painter 12.62 3.21
-11-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
IRONWORKER:
1157 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.69 5.45
1158 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
1159 Asphalt Raker 16.29 4.25
1160 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1161 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
1162 Common or General 16.29 4.25
1163 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1164 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1165 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
1166 Pipelayer 16.74 1.89
1167 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
1168
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones,
Installs signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.43 3.22
1169 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1170 Asphalt Laydown 22.67 8.25
1171 Asphalt Paver 24.19 6.58
1172 Asphalt Roller 23.01 9.22
1173 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
1174 Backhoe/Trackhoe 21.70 5.51
1175 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1176 Boom 22.67 8.72
1177 Broom/Sweeper 22.83 8.72
1178 Bulldozer 26.90 5.59
1179 Drill 21.42 2.88
-12-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
1180 Forklift 15.91 4.27
1181 Grader/Blade 22.67 8.72
1182 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.54 4.10
1183 Loader (Front End) 22.67 8.72
1184 Mechanic 22.97 8.72
1185 Oiler 22.77 9.22
1186 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 22.32 8.72
1187 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
1188 Screed 22.67 8.72
1189 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
1190 Groundsman 18.52 3.59
TRUCK DRIVER:
1191 Distributor 21.69 5.27
1192 Dump Truck 16.41 5.27
1193 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1194 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 16.41 4.97
1195 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1196 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1197 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
1198 Water Truck 20.64 5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-13-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130017
-14-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130018 applies to the following counties: El Paso, Pueblo, and Teller counties.
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
ELECTRICIAN:
1199 El Paso, Teller 29.55 14.48 1
1200 Pueblo 27.00 11.91
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1201 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1202 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Crane
1203 50 tons and under 24.42 8.62
1204 51 - 90 tons 24.57 8.62
1205 91 - 140 tons 24.72 8.62
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
1206 Excludes Form Work 24.15 6.25
Form Work Only
1207 El Paso, Teller 19.06 5.84
1208 Pueblo 19.00 5.88
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1209 El Paso, Teller 17.36 3.00
1210 Pueblo 17.74 3.00
1211 FENCE ERECTOR 13.02 3.20
1212 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.89 3.20
-15-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1213 Painter 12.62 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1214 El Paso, Teller 20.49 1.65
1215 Pueblo 16.69 5.45
1216 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
1217 Asphalt Raker 17.54 3.16
1218 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1219 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1220 El Paso 17.05 3.69
1221 Pueblo 16.29 4.25
1222 Teller 16.88 3.61
1223 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1224 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1225 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
1226 Pipelayer 18.72 3.24
1227 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
1228
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.43 3.22
1229 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
-16-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1230 Asphalt Laydown 22.67 8.72
1231 Asphalt Paver 21.50 3.50
Asphalt Roller
1232 El Paso 24.42 6.96
1233 Pueblo 23.67 9.22
1813 Teller 24.42 6.96
1234 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1235 El Paso 23.31 5.61
1236 Pueblo 21.82 8.22
1237 Teller 23.32 5.50
1238 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1239 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1240 El Paso, Teller 23.43 8.04
1241 Pueblo 23.47 9.22
Bulldozer
1242 El Paso 26.56 7.40
1243 Pueblo, Teller 26.11 6.92
1244 Drill 17.59 3.45
1245 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1246 El Paso 22.83 8.72
1247 Pueblo 23.25 6.98
1248 Teller 23.22 8.72
1249 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
-17-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Loader (Front End)
1250 El Paso 23.61 7.79
1251 Pueblo 21.67 8.22
1252 Teller 23.50 7.64
Mechanic
1253 El Paso 22.35 6.36
1254 Pueblo 24.02 8.43
1255 Teller 22.16 6.17
Oiler
1256 El Paso 23.29 7.48
1257 Pueblo 23.13 7.01
1258 Teller 22.68 7.11
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1259 El Paso 16.70 3.30
1260 Pueblo, Teller 18.43 4.62
1261 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
1262 Scraper 24.28 4.83
Screed
1263 El Paso, Teller 25.22 5.74
1264 Pueblo 23.67 9.22
1265 Tractor 13.13 2.95
-18-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1266 El Paso, Teller 17.98 3.97
1267 Pueblo 18.35 3.85
Dump Truck
1268 El Paso, Teller 16.85 4.83
1269 Pueblo 16.87 4.79
1270 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1271 Mechanic 26.69 3.50
1272 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 17.27 3.71
1273 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1274 Semi/Trailer Truck 16.00 2.60
1275 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1276 El Paso 17.24 4.15
1277 Pueblo 20.93 4.98
1278 Teller 17.31 4.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130018
-19-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130019 applies to the following counties: Denver and Douglas counties.
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1279 CARPENTER (Form Work Only) 24.00 11.28
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Traffic Signal Installation
1280 Zone 1 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
1281 Zone 2 29.42 4.75% + 8.68
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 – Within a 35 mile radius measured from the addresses
of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - I-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Hydraulic Backhoe
1282 Wheel Mounted, under ¾ yds. 24.27 8.62
1283 Backhoe/Loader combination 24.27 8.62
Drill Rig Caisson
1284 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1285 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Loader
1286 Up to and including 6 cubic yards 24.27 8.62
1287 Denver County - Under 6 cubic yards 24.27 8.62
1288 Denver County - Over 6 cubic yards 24.42 8.62
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
-20-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Motor Grader
1289 Douglas county - Blade Rough 24.27 8.62 4
1290 Douglas county - Blade Finish 24.57 8.62 4
Crane
1291 50 tons and under 24.42 8.62 4
1292 51 to 90 tons 24.57 8.62 4
1293 91 to 140 tons 24.72 8.62 4
Scraper
1294 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 24.42 8.62 4
1295 40 cubic yards and over 24.57 8.62 4
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
1296 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 19.27 5.08
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1297 Denver 20.18 5.75
1298 Douglas 18.75 3.00
1299 ELECTRICIAN (Excludes Traffic Signal Installation) 35.13 6.83
1300 FENCE ERECTOR (Excludes Link/Cyclone Fence Erection) 13.02 3.20
1301 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.89 3.20
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1302 Denver 12.62 3.21
1303 Douglas 13.89 3.21
IRONWORKERS:
1304 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.69 5.45
1305 Structural (Includes Link/Cyclone Fence Erection),
(Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
-21-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORERS:
1306 Asphalt Raker 16.29 4.25
1307 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1308 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1309 Denver 16.76 6.77
1310 Douglas 16.29 4.25
1311 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1312 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1313 Denver 16.96 4.04
1314 Douglas 16.29 4.25
Pipelayer
1315 Denver 13.55 2.41
1316 Douglas 16.30 2.18
Traffic Control
1317 Flagger 9.55 3.05
1318 Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Install Signs, Arrow Boards
and Place Stationary Flags, (Excludes Flaggers) 12.43 3.22
PAINTER:
1319 Spray Only 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1320 Denver 22.67 8.72
1321 Douglas 23.67 8.47
Asphalt Paver
1322 Denver 24.97 6.13
1323 Douglas 25.44 3.50
-22-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Asphalt Roller
1324 Denver 23.13 7.55
1325 Douglas 23.63 6.43
1326 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1327 Douglas 23.82 6.00
1328 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1329 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1330 Denver 22.47 8.72
1331 Douglas 22.96 8.22
1332 Bulldozer 26.90 5.59
1333 Concrete Pump 21.60 5.21
Drill
1334 Denver 20.48 4.71
1335 Douglas 20.71 2.66
1336 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1337 Denver 22.67 8.72
1338 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1339 Douglas 21.67 8.22
Mechanic
1340 Denver 22.89 8.72
1341 Douglas 23.88 8.22
-23-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Oiler
1342 Denver 23.73 8.41
1343 Douglas 24.90 7.67
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1344 Denver 20.30 5.51
1345 Douglas 22.78 4.86
1346 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
Screed
1347 Denver 22.67 8.38
1348 Douglas 29.99 1.40
1349 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Groundsman
1350 Denver 17.90 3.41
1351 Douglas 18.67 7.17
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1352 Denver 17.81 5.82
1353 Douglas 16.98 5.27
Dump Truck
1354 Denver 15.27 5.27
1355 Douglas 16.39 5.27
1356 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1357 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck
1358 Denver 17.49 3.17
1359 Douglas 20.05 2.88
-24-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Pickup and Pilot Car
1360 Denver County 14.24 3.77
1361 Douglas County 16.43 3.68
1362 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1363 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1364 Denver County 26.27 5.27
1365 Douglas County 19.46 2.58
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130019
-25-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130020 applies to the following counties: Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano,
Kiowa, Las Animas, Otero, and Prowers counties.
General Decision No. CO130020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1366 CARPENTER (Form Work Only) 24.00 11.28
1814 ELECTRICIAN (Boom Truck Operator) 20.91 3% + 6.10
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Power Broom/Sweeper
1367 Under 70 hp 23.57 8.62
1368 70 hp and over 24.27 8.62
Drill Rig Caisson
1369 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1370 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Crane
1371 50 tons and under 24.42 8.62
1372 51 - 90 tons 24.57 8.62
1373 91 - 140 tons 24.72 8.62
General Decision No. CO130020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
1374 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 18.96 3.18
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1375 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 17.70 2.53
1376 Las Animas 17.24 2.85
1377 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1378 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
-26-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING (con’t.):
1379 Painter 13.92 3.07
IRONWORKER:
1380 Reinforcing 16.94 6.77
1381 Structural 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Common or General
1382 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 14.48 3.53
1383 Las Animas 14.52 3.53
1384 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
1385 Landscape and Irrigation 15.37 3.16
1386 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 12.44 3.10
1387 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.42 3.21
1388
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1389 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1390 Asphalt Laydown 24.17 6.73
1391 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1392 Asphalt Plant 21.13 2.16
1393 Asphalt Roller 23.14 7.51
1394 Asphalt Spreader 23.19 7.66
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1395 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 23.19 4.18
1396 Las Animas 24.70 3.40
-27-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
1397 Bobcat/Skid Loader 18.43 3.12
1398 Bulldozer 26.65 4.46
1399 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1400 Drill 20.49 2.66
1401 Forklift 18.30 5.01
Grader/Blade
1402 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 18.40 4.20
1403 Las Animas 18.88 3.14
1404 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1405 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 23.58 6.66
1406 Las Animas 23.56 5.93
1407 Mechanic 18.91 4.20
1408 Oiler 22.54 9.22
1409 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 17.78 2.83
1410 Scraper 19.93 5.38
1411 Screed 16.21 3.76
1412 Tractor 16.83 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
1413 Distributor 17.98 5.27
1414 Dump Truck 17.61 2.69
Lowboy Truck
1415 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 19.95 3.36
1416 Las Animas 19.77 3.25
-28-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER, (con’t):
1417 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1418 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 18.89 3.49
1419 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
1420 Semi Truck 17.58 4.67
1421 Water Truck 14.88 2.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130020
-29-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130021 applies to the following counties: Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan,
Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick, Washington, and Yuma counties.
General Decision No. CO130021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1815 ELECTRICIAN (Boom Truck Operator) 20.91 3% + 6.10
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Power Broom/Sweeper
1422 Under 70 hp 23.57 8.62
1423 70 hp and over 24.27 8.62
1424 Boom - -
Drill Rig Caisson
1425 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1426 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Asphalt Screed
1427 Kit Carson 24.27 8.62
Crane
1428 50 tons and under 24.42 8.62
1429 51 - 90 tons 24.57 8.62
1430 91 - 140 tons 24.72 8.62
LABORER:
Common or General
1431 Kit Carson 16.05 6.89
TRUCK DRIVER:
Dump Truck
1432 Kit Carson - -
-30-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
CARPENTER:
1433 Excludes Form Work 18.96 3.18
Form Work Only
1434 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma 20.28 4.50
1435 Lincoln 20.98 3.89
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1436 Cheyenne, Logan, Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma 19.22 2.74
1437 Kit Carson 17.98 2.53
1438 Lincoln 21.00 1.40
1439 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1440 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
1441 Painter 12.90 3.07
1442 IRONWORKER:
1443 Reinforcing 21.12 3.89
1444 Structural 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1445 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 17.02 5.79
1446 Sedgwick 15.79 4.87
1447 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Common or General
1448 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma 12.44 3.53
1449 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
1450 Landscape and Irrigation 12.81 3.16
1451 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 14.71 3.29
-31-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Traffic Control
1452 Flagger 9.42 3.21
1453
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1454 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1455 Asphalt Laydown 24.56 6.68
1456 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1457 Asphalt Plant 21.13 2.16
Asphalt Roller
1458 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 23.79 7.59
1459 Sedgwick 23.92 9.22
1460 Asphalt Spreader 23.19 7.66
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1461 Cheyenne, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma 25.88 4.18
1462 Kit Carson 28.64 1.40
1463 Bobcat/Skid Loader 20.79 5.36
1464 Bulldozer 29.99 2.90
1465 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1466 Drill 20.49 2.66
1467 Forklift 18.30 2.01
1468 Grader/Blade 19.02 4.20
1469 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1470 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 27.22 5.85
1471 Sedgwick 27.48 4.87
-32-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Mechanic
1472 Cheyenne, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 20.52 5.49
1473 Kit Carson 16.74 4.20
1474 Sedgwick 21.09 4.87
1475 Oiler 22.54 9.22
1476 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 16.52 4.87
1477 Scraper 19.93 5.38
Screed
1478 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma 21.30 6.40
1479 Tractor 16.83 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
1480 Distributor 17.98 5.27
Dump Truck
1481 Cheyenne, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 18.52 5.96
1482 Lincoln 14.15 3.83
1483 Sedgwick 18.92 6.19
Kit Carson
1816 6 cu. yds. and under 18.55 3.87
1817 7 – 14 cu. yds. 18.70 3.87
1818 15 – 29 cu. yds. 19.04 3.87
1819 30 – 38 cu. yds. 19.38 3.87
1820 39 – 54 cu. yds. 19.66 3.87
1821 55 – 79 cu. yds. 19.95 3.87
1822 80 – 104 cu. yds. 20.22 3.87
1823 104 cu. yds. and over 20.51 3.87
-33-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
1484 Lowboy Truck 18.29 4.87
1485 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1486 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 18.79 3.49
1487 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
Semi Truck
1488 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Morgan 17.58 4.67
1489 Logan, Phillips, Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma 15.80 4.67
1490 Water Truck 14.88 2.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130021
-34-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130022 applies to the following counties: Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande,
Saguache, San Juan, and San Miguel counties.
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1491 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 24.00 11.28
1824 ELECTRICIAN (Boom Truck Operator) 20.91 6.10 + 3%
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1492 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1493 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Mechanic
1494 La Plata County 24.42 8.62
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
CARPENTER:
Form Work Only
1495
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
18.57 5.38
1496 La Plata 18.60 5.38
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1497
Alamosa, Archuleta, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
17.67 2.85
1498 Chaffee 15.55 2.85
1499 La Plata 18.99 2.85
-35-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (con’t.):
1500 Montrose 16.95 2.85
1501 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
1502 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.78 3.31
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1503 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
1504 Painter 12.90 3.07
IRONWORKER:
1505 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.94 6.77
1506 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1507 Alamosa 17.53 3.75
1508
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
16.43 3.42
1509 La Plata 15.38 3.12
Common or General
1510 Alamosa, Chaffee, Montezuma, Montrose 12.44 3.53
1511 Archuleta, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores, Gunnison,
Hinsdale, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Miguel 13.70 3.53
1512 Fremont 15.19 3.00
1513 La Plata 14.07 3.53
1514 Mineral 14.84 3.53
1515 San Juan 13.73 3.53
1516 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1517
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.02 3.16
1518 La Plata 13.54 3.16
-36-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1519
Alamosa, Archuleta, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.59 3.10
1520 Chaffee 12.44 3.10
1521 La Plata 15.67 3.10
Traffic Control
1522 Flagger 9.42 3.21
1523
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1524 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1525 Alamosa, La Plata 22.67 8.72
1526
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
23.13 8.64
1527 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1528 Asphalt Plant 17.23 4.07
Asphalt Roller
1529 Alamosa 21.67 8.22
1530
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
22.77 8.36
1531 La Plata 22.68 7.30
1532 Montezuma 22.67 8.72
1533 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
-37-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1534 Alamosa 21.03 3.75
1535
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
19.75 3.75
1536 La Plata 19.79 5.13
1537 Mineral 19.17 5.53
1538 Montezuma 16.42 4.42
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1539
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
18.20 4.54
1540 La Plata 19.98 4.88
1541 Mineral 17.94 4.62
Broom/Sweeper
1542 Alamosa 20.67 9.22
1543
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
21.70 9.22
Bulldozer
1544
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
23.28 9.22
1545 Fremont 23.67 9.22
1546 La Plata 23.57 8.72
1547 Chipper 22.04 8.26
Crane
1548
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
25.01 8.22
1549 La Plata 25.21 8.22
-38-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
1550 Drill 20.84 2.66
1551 Forklift 18.30 5.01
1552 Grade Checker 23.91 7.89
Grader/Blade
1553
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
16.39 4.20
1554 Fremont 19.68 3.37
1555 La Plata 19.83 4.20
1556 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1557
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan
23.38 8.22
1558 Fremont 23.67 9.22
1559 La Plata 23.36 7.09
1560 Montezuma 22.82 8.72
1561 San Miguel 23.82 9.22
Mechanic
1562
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande,
Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.74 4.20
1563 Fremont 18.79 3.51
Oiler
1564
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
22.97 7.88
1565 Fremont 22.97 8.56
1566 La Plata 24.08 5.49
1567 San Miguel 22.97 9.22
-39-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1568
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
19.24 4.96
1569 Fremont 16.52 5.28
1570 La Plata 18.33 2.98
1571 Rotomill 16.28 4.41
1572 Scraper 17.62 2.96
Screed
1573 Alamosa 20.33 6.81
1574
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
19.58 4.96
1575 La Plata 17.86 2.75
1576 Tractor 15.08 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
1577 Groundsman 17.04 2.28
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1578 Alamosa 18.40 4.51
1579
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
17.62 5.27
1580 Montezuma 15.80 5.27
-40-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Dump Truck
1581 Alamosa 14.15 3.83
1582
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Gunnison, Hinsdale, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray,
Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.56 4.03
1583 Fremont 16.55 4.34
1584 La Plata 16.90 3.83
1585 Mineral 16.97 4.61
1586 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.84
1587 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1588 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 14.60 3.49
Pickup and Pilot Car
1589
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.04 3.49
1590 La Plata 15.47 3.49
Semi Truck
1591
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Gunnison, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
19.42 5.41
1592 Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Hinsdale, La Plata 17.25 5.41
Water Truck
1593 Alamosa 17.58 3.75
1594
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose, Ouray,
Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.75 3.04
1595 Fremont 16.15 3.14
1596 La Plata 17.67 3.43
1597 Montezuma 14.88 2.07
-41-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130022
-42-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130023 applies to the following counties: Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat,
Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt and Summit counties.
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1598 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 24.00 11.28
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
SUMMIT COUNTY
Traffic Signal Installation
1599 Zone 1 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
1600 Zone 2 29.42 4.75% + 8.68
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 – Within a 35 mile radius measured from the addresses
of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - I-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
1824 ELECTRICIAN (Boom Truck Operator) 20.91 6.10 + 3%
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1601 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1602 Watson 2500 similar or larger 25.57 8.62
IRONWORKER:
Structural
1603 Garfield 23.80 18.07
-43-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER (Form Work Only):
1604 Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, Summit 15.92 5.38
1605 Garfield 19.55 4.09
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1606 Eagle 17.59 2.85
1607 Garfield 17.27 2.16
1608 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 18.23 2.85
1609 Summit 15.55 2.85
ELECTRICIAN:
1610 Excludes Traffic Signalization 28.06 8.76
Traffic Signalization Electrician
1611 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 28.24 8.52
Traffic Signalization Groundsman
1612 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt 15.93 4.01
1613 Summit 16.75 4.10
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1614 Eagle 12.78 3.46
1615 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.78 3.31
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1616 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
Painter
1617 Eagle, 13.85 3.07
1618 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 13.97 3.07
IRONWORKER:
Excludes Guardrail Installation
1619 Reinforcing 16.94 6.77
1620 Structural 22.22 6.01
-44-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1621 Eagle 16.36 3.26
1622 Garfield 18.66 3.53
1623 Grand 17.90 3.02
1624 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Routt 17.75 3.75
1625 Pitkin 17.50 3.75
1626 Rio Blanco 18.97 3.75
1627 Summit 16.77 3.26
Common or General
1628 Eagle, Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.44 3.53
1629 Grand 19.14 3.53
1630 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1631 Eagle 14.84 3.16
1632 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Rio Blanco, Routt 13.54 3.16
1633 Pitkin 14.16 3.16
1634 Summit 13.09 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1635 Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, Summit 12.44 3.10
1636 Garfield 14.87 3.10
Traffic Control
1637 Flagger 9.42 3.21
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
1638 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.39 3.20
1639 Jackson 12.93 3.22
-45-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
PAINTER: (Spray Only)
1640 Eagle 17.49 3.52
1641 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt 17.54 3.52
1642 Summit 19.96 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1643 Eagle, Summit 22.67 8.72
1644 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Routt 24.09 7.93
1645 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1646 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1647 Asphalt Plant 19.27 4.47
Asphalt Roller
1648 Eagle 23.01 8.72
1649 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, Summit 23.15 8.07
1650 Grand 22.67 8.72
1651 Asphalt Spreader 25.61 6.96
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1652 Eagle 22.56 7.02
1653 Garfield 19.40 4.42
1654 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 22.92 6.15
1655 Summit 24.30 5.75
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1656 Eagle 18.25 4.32
1657 Garfield 24.63 0.00
1658 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 21.04 5.18
1659 Summit 19.77 4.28
-46-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Broom/Sweeper
1660 Eagle 23.35 7.78
1661 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Routt 21.92 7.66
1662 Grand 21.67 8.22
1663 Rio Blanco 21.66 0.00
1664 Summit 22.67 8.72
1665 Bulldozer 26.78 7.05
1666 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1667 Crane 23.82 9.22
1668 Drill 20.84 2.66
1669 Forklift 18.30 5.01
1670 Grade Checker 23.82 9.22
1671 Grader/Blade 23.05 6.45
1672 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1673 Eagle 24.98 7.55
1674 Garfield 21.93 9.22
1675 Grand, Pitkin, 22.67 8.72
1676 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Routt 24.07 7.92
1677 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1678 Summit 25.88 7.01
Mechanic
1679 Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 23.31 3.93
1680 Garfield 19.80 4.20
Oiler
1681 Eagle 23.82 7.62
1682 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 24.04 7.77
-47-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1683 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Routt 22.72 5.98
1684 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1685 Summit 24.38 6.11
Rotomill
1686 Eagle 18.86 4.41
1687 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 20.70 4.41
1688 Grand 23.48 4.41
1689 Summit 16.28 4.41
1690 Scraper 20.60 7.99
Screed
1691 Eagle 17.04 3.98
1692 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt,
Summit 23.76 5.05
1693 Grand 23.29 4.05
1694 Tractor 15.08 2.95
-48-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1695 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Routt, Summit 19.07 4.35
1696 Rio Blanco 15.80 5.27
Dump Truck
1697 Eagle 16.17 3.83
1698 Garfield 16.29 3.83
1699 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Routt 17.79 4.02
1700 Pitkin 20.13 4.15
1701 Rio Blanco 17.26 4.63
1702 Summit 15.27 5.27
Lowboy Truck
1703 Eagle 18.89 4.56
1704 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 18.43 4.56
1705 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1706 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 14.60 3.49
1707 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
1708 Semi Truck 20.72 0.00
Water Truck
1709 Eagle 23.05 2.90
1710 Garfield 21.00 5.88
1711 Grand 21.19 3.01
1712 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Pitkin, Routt, Summit 20.39 3.43
1713 Rio Blanco 17.25 3.75
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-49-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130023
-50-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated
January 04, 2013 supersedes Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 dated September 30, 2011.
Modifications ID
MOD Number
1
Date
07/26/13
Page Number(s)
1 & 14
1
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
General Decision No. CO130024 applies to the following counties: Larimer, Mesa, and Weld counties.
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1714 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 24.27 8.62
1715 Watson 2500 similar or larger 24.57 8.62
Oiler
1716 Weld 24.42 8.62
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
1717 Excludes Form Work 20.72 5.34
Form Work Only
1718 Larimer, Mesa 18.79 3.67
1719 Weld 16.54 3.90
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1720 Larimer 16.05 3.00
1721 Mesa 17.53 3.00
1722 Weld 17.48 3.00
ELECTRICIAN:
Excludes Traffic Signalization
1723 Weld 33.45 7.58
Traffic Signalization
1724 Weld 25.84 6.66
-51-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
FENCE ERECTOR:
1725 Weld 17.46 3.47
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1726 Larimer, Weld 12.89 3.39
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1727 Larimer 14.79 3.98
1728 Mesa 14.75 3.21
1729 Weld 14.66 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1730 Larimer, Weld 16.69 5.45
Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1731 Larimer, Weld 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1732 Larimer 18.66 4.66
1733 Weld 16.72 4.25
1734 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1735 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
1736 Common or General 16.29 4.25
1737 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1738 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1739 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
Pipelayer
1740 Larimer 17.27 3.83
1741 Mesa, Weld 16.23 3.36
1742 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
-52-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
1743 Larimer, Weld 12.43 3.22
1744 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1745 Larimer 26.75 5.39
1746 Mesa, Weld 23.93 7.72
1747 Asphalt Paver 21.50 3.50
Asphalt Roller
1748 Larimer 23.57 3.50
1749 Mesa 24.25 3.50
1750 Weld 27.23 3.50
Asphalt Spreader
1751 Larimer 25.88 6.80
1752 Mesa, Weld 23.66 7.36
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1753 Larimer 21.46 4.85
1754 Mesa 19.81 6.34
1755 Weld 20.98 6.33
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1756 Larimer 17.13 4.46
1757 Mesa, Weld 15.37 4.28
1758 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1759 Larimer 23.55 6.20
1760 Mesa 23.38 6.58
1761 Weld 23.23 6.89
-53-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Bulldozer
1762 Larimer, Weld 22.05 6.23
1763 Mesa 22.67 8.72
1764 Crane 26.75 6.16
Drill
1765 Larimer, Weld 31.39 0.00
1766 Mesa 35.06 0.00
1767 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1768 Larimer 24.82 5.75
1769 Mesa 23.42 9.22
1770 Weld 24.53 6.15
1771 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
1772 Loader (Front End)
1773 Larimer 20.45 3.50
1774 Mesa 22.44 9.22
1775 Weld 23.92 6.67
Mechanic
1776 Larimer 27.68 4.57
1777 Mesa 25.50 5.38
1778 Weld 24.67 5.68
Oiler
1779 Larimer 24.16 8.35
1780 Mesa 23.93 9.22
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1781 Larimer 23.67 8.22
1782 Mesa, Weld 21.33 6.99
-54-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Rotomill
1783 Larimer 18.59 4.41
1784 Weld 16.22 4.41
Scraper
1785 Larimer 21.33 3.50
1786 Mesa 24.06 4.13
1787 Weld 30.14 1.40
Screed
1788 Larimer 27.20 5.52
1789 Mesa 27.24 5.04
1790 Weld 27.95 3.50
1791 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Groundsman
1792 Larimer 11.44 2.84
1793 Mesa 16.00 5.85
1794 Weld 16.93 3.58
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1795 Larimer 19.28 4.89
1796 Mesa 19.17 4.84
1797 Weld 20.61 5.27
Dump Truck
1798 Larimer 18.86 3.50
1799 Mesa 15.27 4.28
1800 Weld 15.27 5.27
-55-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO130024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Lowboy Truck
1801 Larimer 18.96 5.30
1802 Mesa, Weld 18.84 5.17
1803 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck
1804 Larimer, Mesa 16.65 5.46
1805 Weld 16.87 5.56
1806 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1807 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1808 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1809 Larimer 19.14 4.99
1810 Mesa 15.96 5.27
1811 Weld 19.28 5.04
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
=========================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award
only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained
wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-56-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 07-26-13
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO130016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program.
If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in
2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of
Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and
reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).
Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage
payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO130024
July 29, 2011
1
ON THE JOB TRAINING
This training special provision is an implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140 (a). The Contractor shall meet the
requirements of the FHWA 1273 for all apprentices and trainees.
As part of the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Affirmative Action Program, training shall be provided
on projects as follows:
1. The Contractor shall provide on the job training aimed at developing full journey workers in the skilled
craft identified in the approved training plan. The Contractor shall provide at a minimum, required training
hours listed in the Project Special Provisions for each project.
2. The primary objective of this specification is to train and upgrade women and minority candidates to full
journey worker status. The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to enroll and train minority and
women workers. This training commitment shall not be used to discriminate against any applicant for
training whether or not the applicant is a woman or minority.
3. The Contractor may employ temporary workers from CDOT supportive services providers to meet OJT
requirements. Information pertaining to supportive services providers may be obtained by calling the
CDOT OJT Coordinator at the number shown on the link http://www.coloradodot.info/business/equal-
opportunity/training.html
4. An employee shall not be employed or utilized as a trainee in a skilled craft in which the employee has
achieved journey status.
5. The minimum length and type of training for each skilled craft shall be as established in the training
program selected by the Contractor and approved by the Department and the Colorado Division of the
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), or the U. S Department of Labor (DOL), Office of
Apprenticeship or recognized state apprenticeship agency. To obtain assistance or program approval
contact:
CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity
4201 East Arkansas Avenue
Denver, CO 80222
eo@dot.state.co.us
1-800-925-3427
6. The Contractor shall pay the training program wage rates and the correct fringe benefits to each
approved trainee employed on the project and enrolled in an approved program. The minimum trainee
wage shall be no less than the wage for the Guardrail Laborer classification as indicated in the wage
decision for the project.
7. The CDOT Regional Civil Rights Manager must approve all proposed apprentices and trainees for the
participation to be counted toward the project goal and reimbursement. Approval must occur before
training begins. Approval for the apprentice or trainee to begin work on a CDOT project will be based on:
A. Evidence of the registration of the trainee or apprentice into the approved training program.
B. The completed Form 838 for each trainee or apprentice as submitted to the Engineer.
8. Before training begins, the Contractor shall provide each trainee with a copy of the approved training
program, pay scale, pension and retirement benefits, health and disability benefits, promotional
opportunities, and company policies and complaint procedures.
9. Before training begins, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the approved training program and CDOT
Form 1337 to the Engineer. Progress payments may be withheld until this is submitted and approved and
may be withheld if the approved program is not followed.
July 29, 2011
2
ON THE JOB TRAINING
10. On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a completed On the Job Training
Progress Report (Form 832) for each approved trainee or apprentice on the project. The Form 832 will
be reviewed and approved by the Engineer before reimbursement will be made. The Contractor will be
reimbursed for no more than the OJT Force Account budget. At the discretion of the Engineer and if
funds are available, the Engineer may increase the force account budget and the number of reimbursable
training hours through a Change Order. The request to increase the force account must be approved by
the Engineer prior to the training.
11. Upon completion of training, transfer to another project, termination of the trainee or notification of final
acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a “final” completed Form 832 for
each approved apprentice or trainee.
12. All forms are available from the CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity, through the CDOT Regional Civil
Rights Manager, or on CDOT’s website at
http://www.coloradodot.info/business/bidding/Bidding%20Forms/Bid%20Winner%20Forms
13. Forms 838 and 832 shall be completed in full by the Contractor. Reimbursement for training is based on
the number of hours of on the job training documented on the Form 832 and approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall explain discrepancies between the hours documented on Form 832 and the
corresponding certified payrolls.
14. The OJT goal (# of training hours required) for the project will be included in the Project Special
Provisions and will be determined by the Regional Civil Rights Manager after considering:
A. Availability of minorities, women, and disadvantaged for training;
B. The potential for effective training;
C. Duration of the Contract;
D. Dollar value of the Contract;
E. Total normal work force that the average bidder could be expected to use;
F. Geographic location;
G. Type of work; and
H. The need for additional journey workers in the area
I. The general guidelines for minimum total training hours are as follows:
Contract dollar value
Minimum total training
hours to be provided
on the project
Up to 1 million 0
>1 - 2 million 320
>2 - 4 million 640
>4 - 6 million 1280
>6 - 8 million 1600
>8 - 12 million 1920
>12 - 16 million 2240
>16 - 20 million 2560
For each increment of
$5 million, over $20
million
1280
July 29, 2011
3
ON THE JOB TRAINING
15. The number of training hours for the trainees to be employed on the project shall be as shown in the
Contract. The trainees or apprentices employed under the Contract shall be registered with the
Department using Form 838, and must be approved by the Regional Civil Rights Manager before
training begins for the participation to be counted toward the OJT project goal. The goal will be met
by an approved trainee or apprentice working on that project; or, if a Contractor’s apprentice is
enrolled in a DOL approved apprenticeship program and registered with CDOT using Form 838 and
working for the Contractor on a non-CDOT project. The hours worked on the non-CDOT project may
be counted toward the project goal with approved documentation on Form 832. Training hours will be
counted toward one project goal.
16. Subcontractor trainees who are enrolled in an approved Program may be used by the Contractor to
satisfy the requirements of this specification.
17. The Contractor will be reimbursed $2.00per hour worked for each apprentice or trainee working on a
CDOT project and whose participation toward the OJT project goal has been approved
18. The Contractor shall have fulfilled its responsibilities under this specification if the CDOT Regional
Civil Rights Manager has determined that it has provided acceptable number of training hours.
19. Failure to provide the required training will result in the following disincentives: A sum representing
the number of training hours specified in the Contract, minus the number of training hours worked as
certified on Form 832, multiplied by the journey worker hourly wages plus fringe benefits [(A hours –
B hours worked) x (C dollar per hour + D fringe benefits)] = Disincentives Assessed. Wage rate will
be determined by averaging the wages for the crafts listed on Form 1337. The Engineer will provide
the Contractor with a written notice at Final Acceptance of the project informing the Contractor of the
noncompliance with this specification which will include a calculation of the disincentives to be
assessed.
February 3, 2011
PARTNERING PROGRAM
The Colorado Department of Transportation actively encourages partnering and invites the Contractor and his
subcontractors and suppliers to participate in a voluntary partnering agreement for this project.
The following information summarizes the partnering process. More information is available through the Resident
Engineer listed in the project special provisions.
This partnership will be structured to draw on the strengths of each organization to identify and achieve mutual
goals. The objectives are effective and efficient Contract performance with reciprocal cooperation, and completion
within budget, on schedule, and in accordance with the Contract.
This partnership will be bilateral in make-up and all costs associated with this partnership will be agreed to by
both parties and will be shared equally. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all costs associated
with partnering during the implementation of the partnering process. CDOT will reimburse the Contractor for the
agreed amount.
The CDOT Program Engineer or the Resident Engineer will contact the Contractor within ten days after the award
of this project to ask if the Contractor wants to implement this partnership initiative. If the Contractor agrees, the
Contractor's on-site project manager shall meet with CDOT's Resident Engineer to plan a partnering development
and team building workshop. At this planning session, arrangements shall be made to determine the facilitator
and the workshop, attendees, agenda, duration, and location.
The workshop shall be held prior to the commencement of any major work item and preferably before the
preconstruction conference. The following persons shall attend the workshop: CDOT's Resident Engineer, Project
Engineer, and key project personnel; the Contractor's on-site project manager and key project supervision
personnel; and the subcontractors' key project supervision personnel. The following personnel shall also be
invited to attend as needed: project design engineer, key local government personnel, suppliers, design
consultants, CDOT maintenance foreman, CDOT environmental manager, key railroad personnel, and key utility
personnel. The Contractor and CDOT shall also have Regional or District managers and Corporate or State level
managers on the partnering team.
Follow-up workshops may be held periodically throughout the duration of the Contract as agreed by the
Contractor and the Engineer at the initial workshop. A closeout workshop shall be held to evaluate the
effectiveness of the partnership.
The establishment of a partnership charter, which identifies the workshop participants' mutual goals on the
project, will not change the legal relationship of the parties to the Contract or relieve either party from any terms of
the Contract.
July 19, 2012
1
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Attached is Form FHWA 1273 titled Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts. As
described in Section I. General, the provisions of Form FHWA 1273 apply to all work performed under the
Contract and are to be included in all subcontracts with the following modification:
The weekly payrolls submitted by contractors and subcontractors in accordance with Part V., paragraph 2c shall
not include full social security numbers and home addresses. Instead, the payrolls shall only need to include an
individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. the last four digits of the employee’s social security
number). Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of
each covered worker, and shall provide them to the SHA upon request.
July 19, 2012
2
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
I. General
II. Nondiscrimination
III. Nonsegregated Facilities
IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions
V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
Provisions
VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract
VII. Safety: Accident Prevention
VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects
IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water
Pollution Control Act
X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and
Debarment Requirements
XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for
Lobbying
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian
Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access
Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each
construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding
emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The
contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each
subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier
subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements
and other agreements for supplies or services).
The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are
incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase
order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The
prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design-
build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier
subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services,
purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for
supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible
for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor
or service provider.
Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid
proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the
Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not
referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier
subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements
and other agreements for supplies or services related to a
construction contract).
2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following
sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work
performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization
and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's
immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the
contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these
July 19, 2012
3
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23
U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative
action standards for the contractor's project activities under
this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR
35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this
contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor
agrees to comply with the following minimum specific
requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and
the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every
good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all
of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review
of activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the
following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants
are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color,
national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or
other forms of compensation; and selection for training,
including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the-
job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make
known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have
the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively
administering and promoting an active EEO program and who
must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do
so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's
staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and
discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who
are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully
cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy
and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade
and classification of employment. To ensure that the above
agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a
minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office
employees will be conducted before the start of work and then
not less often than once every six months, at which time the
contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be
reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by
the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be
given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering
all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within
thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for
the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the
contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and
women.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO
policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees,
July 19, 2012
4
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of
alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection
with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve
such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action
within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the
discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant,
such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon
completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform
every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and
increasing the skills of minorities and women who are
applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts
should be aimed at developing full journey level status
employees in the type of trade or job classification involved.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements
and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the
contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e.,
apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the
geographical area of contract performance. In the event a
special provision for training is provided under this contract,
this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the
special provision. The contracting agency may reserve
training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance
in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a).
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for
employment of available training programs and entrance
requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and
promotion potential of employees who are minorities and
women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for
such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon
unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good
faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to
increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by
the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's
association acting as agent, will include the procedures set
forth below:
a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in
cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed
toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership
in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women
so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an
EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such
union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without
regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral
practices and policies of the labor union except that to the
extent such information is within the exclusive possession of
the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such
information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to
the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have
been made to obtain such information.
July 19, 2012
5
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the
following:
(1) The number and work hours of minority and non-
minority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation
with unions, when applicable, to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women; and
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring,
training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women;
b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual
report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of
the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and
non-minority group employees currently engaged in each work
classification required by the contract work. This information is
to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should
represent the project work force on board in all or any part of
the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job
training is being required by special provision, the contractor
will be required to collect and report training data. The
employment data should reflect the work force on board during
all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of
July.
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of
$10,000 or more.
The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for
employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on
the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot
result. The contractor may neither require such segregated
use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by
employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further
to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their
services at any location, under the contractor's control, where
the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes
waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas,
time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other
storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains,
recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing
provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate
or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping
areas to assure privacy between sexes.
IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS
This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and
lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The
requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-
way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid
highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as
local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.
Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to
other projects.
The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of
Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 “Contract provisions and
related matters” with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-
July 19, 2012
6
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
(ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the
construction industry; and
(iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide
fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the
wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be
employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of
the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment
Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor,
Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every
additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and
so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting
officer within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
(3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics
to be employed in the classification or their representatives,
and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the
contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the
views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the
contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for
determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will issue a determination within
30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or
will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that
additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where
appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or
1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing
work in the classification under this contract from the first
day on which work is performed in the classification.
c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the
contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe
benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor
shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination
or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash
equivalent thereof.
d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or
other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the
wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits
under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of
Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor,
that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have
been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor
to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of
obligations under the plan or program.
2. Withholding
The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon
written request of an authorized representative of the
July 19, 2012
7
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for
the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social
security number and current address of each covered worker,
and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency
for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and
Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an
investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage
requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime
contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and
social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own
records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency..
(2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a
“Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or
subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the
payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall
certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the
information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of
Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is
being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29
CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and
complete;
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each
helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract
during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly
wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly,
and that no deductions have been made either directly or
indirectly from the full wages earned, other than
permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR
part 3;
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not
less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or
cash equivalents for the classification of work performed,
as specified in the applicable wage determination
incorporated into the contract.
(3) The weekly submission of a properly executed
certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form
WH–347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the
“Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of
this section.
(4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may
subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal
prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of
title 31 of the United States Code.
c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records
required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for
inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the
FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such
representatives to interview employees during working hours
on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the
required records or to make them available, the FHWA may,
after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or
the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or
July 19, 2012
8
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable
program is approved.
b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL).
Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the
work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and
individually registered in a program which has received prior
approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S.
Department of Labor, Employment and Training
Administration.
The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be
greater than permitted under the plan approved by the
Employment and Training Administration.
Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified
in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall
be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention
fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe
benefits listed on the wage determination unless the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that
there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage
determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits
for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee
rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan
approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall
be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed.
In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in
excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed.
In the event the Employment and Training Administration
withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the
applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an
acceptable program is approved.
c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of
apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be
in conformity with the equal employment opportunity
requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29
CFR part 30.
d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT).
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and
skill training programs which have been certified by the
Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection
with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not
subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV.
The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and
trainees under such programs will be established by the
particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to
journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of
the particular program.
5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The
July 19, 2012
9
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics
include watchmen and guards.
1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor
contracting for any part of the contract work which may require
or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall
require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any
workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to
work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such
laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less
than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours
worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated
damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth
in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any
subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the
unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor
shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done
under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such
District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such
liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each
individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and
guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each
calendar day on which such individual was required or
permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty
hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the
clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section.
3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages.
The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action
or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from
any moneys payable on account of work performed by the
contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any
other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any
other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same
prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be
necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as
provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this
section.
4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert
in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.)
through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor
with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this
section.
VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts on the National Highway System.
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization
contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a
greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of
the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items
July 19, 2012
10
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions
and requirements of the prime contract.
5. The 30% self-performance requirement of paragraph (1) is
not applicable to design-build contracts; however, contracting
agencies may establish their own self-performance
requirements.
VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts.
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall
comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws
governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The
contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and
protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it
determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be
reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of
employees on the job and the safety of the public and to
protect property in connection with the performance of the
work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a
condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into
pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any
subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance
of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions
which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her
health or safety, as determined under construction safety and
health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary
of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract
that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative
thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract
performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance
with the construction safety and health standards and to carry
out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
U.S.C.3704).
VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY
PROJECTS
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts.
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in
conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high
degree of reliability on statements and representations made
by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-
aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned
with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly,
and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or
misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the
project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any
misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and
similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each
Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more
places where it is readily available to all persons concerned
with the project:
18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
July 19, 2012
11
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more – as
defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200.
1. Instructions for Certification – First Tier Participants:
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective
first tier participant is providing the certification set out below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out
below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this
covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall
submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification
set out below. The certification or explanation will be
considered in connection with the department or agency's
determination whether to enter into this transaction. However,
failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a
certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person
from participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation
of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting
agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later
determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered
an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency
may terminate this transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom
this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier
participant learns that its certification was erroneous when
submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed
circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred,"
"suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined
in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. “First Tier Covered
Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a
grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such
as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered
Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First
Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier
Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal
funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier
Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower
Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting
this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be
entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is debarred,
suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by
the department or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions,"
provided by the department or contracting agency, entering
into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower
July 19, 2012
12
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to
any of the statements in this certification, such prospective
participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other
lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or
estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and
1200)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective
lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation
of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction
was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective
lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous
certification, in addition to other remedies available to the
Federal Government, the department, or agency with which
this transaction originated may pursue available remedies,
including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is
submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant
learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of
changed circumstances.
d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred,"
"suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined
in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to
which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a
copy of those regulations. “First Tier Covered Transactions”
refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or
subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the
prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions”
refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered
Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant”
refers to the participant who has entered into a covered
transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds
(such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier
Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower
Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by
submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into
any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless
authorized by the department or agency with which this
transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction,"
without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and
in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding
the $25,000 threshold.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
July 19, 2012
13
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal
contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any
Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement,
and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or
modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or
cooperative agreement.
b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have
been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or
attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal
agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or
cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and
submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report
Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon
which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or
entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite
for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31
U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required
certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than
$10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its
bid or proposal that the participant shall require that the
language of this certification be included in all lower tier
subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such
recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
July 19, 2012
14
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
ATTACHMENT A - EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS
PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN DEVELOPMENT
HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS
ROAD CONTRACTS
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid projects funded
under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965.
1. During the performance of this contract, the contractor
undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done
as on-site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who
regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL
wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the
Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is
situated, except:
a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in
the area are not available.
b. For the reasonable needs of the contractor to employ
supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to
assure an efficient execution of the contract work.
c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to
present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective
bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident
persons employed under this subparagraph (1c) shall not
exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed
by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in
subparagraph (4) below.
2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State
Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the
laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform
the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in
each classification, (c) the date on which the participant
estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other
pertinent information required by the State Employment
Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be
placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by
telephone. If during the course of the contract work, the
information submitted by the contractor in the original job order
is substantially modified, the participant shall promptly notify
the State Employment Service.
3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified
job applicants referred to him by the State Employment
Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to
any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to
perform the classification of work required.
4. If, within one week following the placing of a job order by
the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State
Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job
applicants to the contractor, or less than the number
requested, the State Employment Service will forward a
certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of
applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the
contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this
certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not
normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the
certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1c)
above.
5. The provisions of 23 CFR 633.207(e) allow the
CONSTRUCTION BID PLANS OF PROPOSED
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO. BRO M455-092
BRYAN AVENUE BRIDGE AT LARIMER #2
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT CODE 16784
BID SET
SURVEY CONTROL
THE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE NEAREST SURVEY BENCHMARKS FOR THE PROJECT
AS WELL AS THE BASIS OF BEARINGS ARE AS FOLLOWS PER THE LOCAL ENTITY SURVEY:
Benchmark:
City BM 1-03. A ´ aluminum disk on the west wingwall of a bridge over Larimer County Ditch No. 2, RQ
the north side of Mulberry Street, approximately 60 feet east of the east flow line of Bryan Street. Elevation:
5046.12' [City of Fort Collins datum (NGVD29 unadjusted)].
Basis of Bearings:
CONSIDERING THE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 10, TOWNSHIP 7
NORTH, RANGE 69 WEST OF THE SIXTH PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, TO BEAR 1
: SAID LINE
BEING MONUMENTED BY A 2-1/2" ALUMINUM CAP STAMPED LS 17497, BEING A WITNESS
CORNER MONUMENT ON LINE AND 143.7' WESTERLY OF ITS EAST END AND BY A 3" ALUMINUM
CAP STAMPED LS 20123 ON ITS WEST END, BASED UPON GPS OBSERVATIONS AND THE CITY
OF FORT COLLINS COORDINATE SYSTEM, WITH ALL BEARINGS CONTAINED HEREIN RELATIVE
THERETO;
(SEPTEMBER 4, 2013)
BID SET
(SEPTEMBER 4, 2013)
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\01-TitleSheet.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:52:14 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\02-Standards Plans List.dwg, 9/4/2013 10:50:06 AM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\03-General Notes.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:42:35 PM
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\04-TypicalSection-Road.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:48:55 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\05-06-Summary of Approximate Quantities.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:50:10 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\05-06-Summary of Approximate Quantities.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:51:03 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\07-Tabulations.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:54:42 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
MATCH EXISTING GRADE
5040
5050
5035
5045
5040
5050
0+00 1+00 2+00 3+00
5045.99
5045.99
5046.00
5046.00
5046.14
5046.14
5046.00
5046.00
5045.43
5045.43
5045.20
5045.20
5035
5045
EX.
PR.
EX.
PR.
EX.
PR.
EX.
PR.
EX.
PR.
EX.
PR.
0+50
1+00
1+50
2+00
0+50
1+00
1+50
2+00
0+50
1+00
1+50
2+00
'
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\08-Road P&P.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:56:47 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\09-General Information Summary of Quantities.dwg, 9/4/2013 12:59:13 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
EX. WATER
TOP OF PIPE =
5035.83
5030
5035
5040
5045
5050
5030
5040
5050
EX. ELEC CROSSING
TOP OF PIPE = 5043.70 EX. GAS
CROSSING
TOP OF PIPE =
5041.97
EX. F.O. CROSSING
TOP OF CONDUIT =
5043.80
5045
5035
1+00
EX. WATER
TOP OF PIPE =
5035.83
5030
5035
5040
5045
5050
5030
5040
5050
EX. ELEC CROSSING
TOP OF PIPE = 5043.70 EX. GAS
CROSSING
TOP OF PIPE =
5041.97
EX. F.O. CROSSING
TOP OF CONDUIT =
5043.80
5045
5035
'
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\10-GeneralLayout.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:01:40 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\11-Engineering Geology.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:15:49 PM
1+00
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\12-Canal Grading Plan.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:52:33 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
1+00
1+50
'
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\13-14-Construction & Foundation Layouts.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:53:38 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
1+00
1+50
'
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\13-14-Construction & Foundation Layouts.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:54:25 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
PHASED CONSTRUCTION NOTES
PHASE 1
CLOSE BRIDGE TO TRAFFIC INCLUDING SIDEWALKS AND TRAILS.
REMOVE EXISTING BRIDGE. ITEM 202 REMOVAL OF BRIDGE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE
LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: REMOVE DECK, STEEL GIRDERS, ABUTMENTS, FOOTINGS,
RETAINING WALLS, UTILITIES, BRIDGE RAIL, AND PORTIONS OF SIDEWALK AND ASPHALT
PAVING AS SHOWN.
INSTALL TEMPORARY EXCAVATION SUPPORTS AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT CAVING OF
SOIL IN THE VICINITY OF THE CLUB TECO BUILDING, ACCORDING TO SECTION 206
SHORING. COST OF SHORING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN ITEM 206 SHORING.
DEWATERING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THIS INCLUDES ANY
RUNOFF OR SEEPAGE DUE TO RAIN, HAIL, SNOW, AND MELTING SNOW. ALL WORK SHALL
BE INCLUDED IN ITEM 211, DEWATERING.
UTILITIES WILL BE MOVED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
PHASE 2
GRADE CHANNEL AND PLACE BASE COURSE AS NECESSARY. INSTALL PRECAST
PORTION OF NEW BRIDGE AS SHOWN.
PLACE TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIERS ON NEW STRUCTURE ON EITHER SIDE OF
EDGE OF TRAVEL LANES.
IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT HOT MIX ASPHALT WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE FROM SUPPLIERS
DUE TO THE WINTER SEASON. PLACE TEMPORARY PAVEMENT FOR THE ONE LANE OF
TRAFFIC UP TO BARRIERS AND ACCESS TO THE BUILDING. MAINTAIN THROUGHOUT THE
PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION UNTIL HOT MIX ASPHALT CAN BE PLACED.
OPEN BRIDGE TO ONE-WAY TRAFFIC NORTHBOUND AT END OF WEEK 3. THE
SIDEWALKS AND TRAILS WILL REMAIN CLOSED TO PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC.
PHASE 3
FINISH CAST-IN-PLACE PORTION OF BRIDGE, INCLUDING NORTH HEADWALL AND
SIDEWALK, SOUTH END CBC, ALL WINGWALLS AND RIPARIAN WALLS, AND BOTH BRIDGE
BARRIERS WITH STONE FASCIA. ALSO INSTALL UTILITIES.
PHASE 4
CONSTRUCT SOUTH SIDEWALK AND PLAZA AT SOUTH END OF THE BRIDGE. REMOVE
TEMPORARY BARRIERS. REMOVE SHORING.
IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT HOT MIX ASPHALT WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE FROM SUPPLIERS
DUE TO THE WINTER SEASON. PLACE TEMPORARY PAVEMENT FOR THE REMAINDER OF
THE ROAD AND ACCESS TO THE BUILDING. MAINTAIN THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD OF
CONSTRUCTION UNTIL HOT MIX ASPHALT CAN BE PLACED.
OPEN BRIDGE TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.
PAVE WITH HOT MIX ASPHALT, WEATHER AND SUPPLY PERMITTING.
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\15-Construction Phasing.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:56:28 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\16-Concrete 3-sided Culvert (Precast).dwg, 9/4/2013 1:57:29 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\17-Cast-In-Place Culvert Details I.dwg, 9/4/2013 1:58:54 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\18- Cast-In-Place Culvert Details II.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:00:01 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\19-22-Wingwall and Riparian Wall Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:08:30 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\19-22-Wingwall and Riparian Wall Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:09:35 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\19-22-Wingwall and Riparian Wall Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:10:44 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\19-22-Wingwall and Riparian Wall Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:12:23 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\23-Concrete Column Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:14:14 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\24-Concrete Rail And Sidewalk Details.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:24:52 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\25-Pedestrian Railing Detail.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:22:19 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
DETOUR
M4-9(L)
R11-2
W20-3 500ft
W20-3 ahead
MOUNTED ON
BARRICADE TYPE 3 M-B
(TEMPORARY) (24')
W/ WARNING LIGHTS
SIDEWALK
R9-9
CLOSED
W20-3 500ft
DETAIL
SEE DETAIL
W20-3 500ft
TRAIL
PLAN
500' 0"
TRAIL
LEGEND
CANAL
MOUNTED ON
BARRICADE TYPE 3 M-A
(TEMPORARY) (12')
W/ WARNING LIGHTS
MOUNTED ON
BARRICADE TYPE 3 M-A
(TEMPORARY) (12')
W/ WARNING LIGHTS
TYPE III BARRICADE
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
WORK AREA
CHANNELING DEVICE
M4-10(R)
MOUNTED ON
BARRICADE TYPE 3 M-A
(TEMPORARY) (12')
W/ WARNING LIGHTS
500' 0"
DETOUR
AHEAD
AHEAD
AHEAD
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\26- Traffic Control Plan FINAL.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:26:28 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, AND CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND MEET OR EXCEED THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS SET
FORTH IN THE CURRENT RELEASE OF THE COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND THE
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION M& S STANDARDS.
IN NO CASE SHALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, AND CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC
IMPROVEMENTS BE LESS THAN REQUIRED BY THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS SET
FORTH IN THE LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE STATE
AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS.
WHERE THERE IS CONFLICT BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY
APPLICABLE STANDARDS, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE STANDARD SHALL APPLY. ALL WORK
SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS.
2. ALL REFERENCES TO ANY PUBLISHED STANDARDS SHALL REFER TO THE LATEST REVISION
OF SAID STANDARD, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE.
3. THESE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL BE VALID FOR A PERIOD OF
THREE YEARS
FROM THE DATE OF APPROVAL BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER. USE OF THESE
PLANS AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE WILL REQUIRE A NEW REVIEW AND APPROVAL
PROCESS BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK SHOWN
IN THESE PLANS.
4. THE ENGINEER WHO HAS PREPARED THESE PLANS, BY EXECUTION AND/OR SEAL HEREOF,
DOES HEREBY AFFIRM RESPONSIBILITY TO THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS, AS BENEFICIARY OF
SAID ENGINEER'S WORK, FOR ANY ERRORS AND OMISSIONS CONTAINED IN THESE PLANS,
AND APPROVAL OF THESE PLANS BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER SHALL NOT
RELIEVE THE ENGINEER WHO HAS PREPARED THESE PLANS OF ALL SUCH RESPONSIBILITY.
FURTHER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE ENGINEER HEREBY AGREES TO HOLD
HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS, AND ITS OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES,
FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, AND DEMANDS WHICH MAY ARISE FROM ANY
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS CONTAINED IN THESE PLANS.
5. ALL SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, AND WATER LINE CONSTRUCTION, AS WELL AS
POWER AND OTHER "DRY" UTILITY INSTALLATIONS, SHALL CONFORM TO THE CITY OF FORT
COLLINS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS CURRENT AT THE DATE OF APPROVAL OF THE
PLANS BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER.
6. THE TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND NUMBER OF ALL KNOWN UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE
APPROXIMATE WHEN SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
ALONG THE ROUTE OF THE WORK BEFORE COMMENCING NEW CONSTRUCTION. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UNKNOWN UNDERGROUND UTILITIES.
7. THE ENGINEER SHALL CONTACT THE UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER OF COLORADO (UNCC)
AT 1-922-1987, AT LEAST 2 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO BEGINNING EXCAVATION OR GRADING,
TO HAVE ALL REGISTERED UTILITY LOCATIONS MARKED. OTHER UNREGISTERED UTILITY
ENTITIES (I.E. DITCH / IRRIGATION COMPANY) ARE TO BE LOCATED BY CONTACTING THE
RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVE. UTILITY SERVICE LATERALS ARE ALSO TO BE LOCATED
PRIOR TO BEGINNING EXCAVATION OR GRADING. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES THAT CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED
IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.
8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL UTILITIES DURING
CONSTRUCTION AND FOR COORDINATING WITH THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY FOR
ANY UTILITY CROSSINGS REQUIRED.
9. IF A CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN EXISTING AND PROPOSED UTILITIES AND/OR A DESIGN
MODIFICATION IS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ENGINEER
TO MODIFY THE DESIGN. DESIGN MODIFICATION(S) MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF
FORT COLLINS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION.
10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS,
AND ALL UTILITY COMPANIES INVOLVED, TO ASSURE THAT THE WORK IS ACCOMPLISHED IN A
TIMELY FASHION AND WITH A MINIMUM DISRUPTION OF SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING, IN ADVANCE, ALL PARTIES AFFECTED BY ANY
DISRUPTION OF ANY UTILITY SERVICE AS WELL AS THE UTILITY COMPANIES.
11. NO WORK MAY COMMENCE WITHIN ANY PUBLIC STORM WATER, SANITARY SEWER OR
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR NOTIFIES THE UTILITY PROVIDER.
TV TV
TV
GB
GB
PV
PV
ECL
ECL
LOC
LOC
GB
CW
IP
IP
ECL
ECL
ECL
N
NOTES:
1. REFER TO APPENDIX F FOR LANDSCAPING PLANS TO BE USE FOR
FINAL PROJECT STABILIZATION.
2. DECLARANT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT
&21752/213523(57<7+$7,72:16$63523(57<,6
TRANSFERRED BY DECLARANT TO SUBSEQUENT OWNERS, INCLUDING
THE ASSOCIATION, SUCH OWNERS SHALL ASSUME THE
RESPONSIBILITY FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ON THEIR
/2725&20021$5($$6$33/,&$%/(%8,/'(562)+20(6:,7+,1
THE PROJECT WILL ENSURE THAT THEIR LOTS ARE FULLY
LANDSCAPED WITHIN ONE YEAR OF ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF
OCCUPANCY FOR THE INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS ON THE LOTS.
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\C2-C3 SWMP-rev1.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:57:34 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
GENERAL ORDER OF BMP CONSTRUCTION
PRE DISTURBANCE:
x INSTALL VEHICLE TRACKING PADS
INSTALL PERIMETER CONTROLS: (SEDIMENT
CONTROL LOGS)
DURING SITE CLEARING AND GRUBBING:
x INSTALL PERIMETER CONTROLS: (SEDIMENT
CONTROL LOGS)
x CONSTRUCT CONCRETE WASHOUT
x LOCATE PORTABLE TOILETS (AWAY FROM
DRAINAGE PATHS)
x ESTABLISH WASTE DISPOSAL AREAS
x PROTECT STOCKPILES WITH PERIMETER
CONTROLS.
x LEAVE DISTURBED AREAS IN A ROUGHENED
CONDITION
x WATER AS NECESARRY TO MINIMIZE DUST. DO
NOT USE ENOUGH WATER TO CREATE
RUNOFF.
DURING UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
x MAINTAIN INLET CONTROLS
x PROVIDE INLET PROTECTION IMMEDIATELY
AFTER CONSTRUCTION.
x VEHICLE TRACKING CONTROL - REMOVE OR
RELOCATE IF CONTRACTORS ARE STILL
NEEDING TO DRIVE OFF OF PAVEMENT.
x MAINTAIN STABILIZED STAGING AREA
x MAINTAIN STOCKPILES AS NEEDED
x MAINTAIN SURFACE ROUGHENING ON
NONPAVED/NON LANDSCAPED AREAS
x MAINTAIN CONCRETE WASHOUT
FINAL GRADING AND FINAL STABILIZATION
x REMOVE EXCESS WASTES AND MATERIALS
IMMEDIATLEY
x REMOVE STORED MATERIALS
x SEED AND MULCH
x REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY BMP'S WHEN SITE
HAS REACHED FINAL STABILIZATION
ADDITIONAL NOTES
1. SHADED AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE LIMITS OF
CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT BE DISTURBED.
CONSTRUCTION FENCE OR CONSTRUCTION
MARKERS TO DELINEATE LIMITS OF
CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR
TO ANY OTHER WORK ON SITE.
2. TEMPORARY SEED AND MULCH ALL
DISTURBED AREAS WITH PERENNIAL GRASS
SANDY SOIL MIX WITHIN 14 DAYS OF
CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION (PER AREA) OR
WHEN DISTURBED AREA IS TO REMAIN
INACTIVE FOR 30 DAYS.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING:
A. POTENTIAL POLLUTANT SOURCES
1. EVALUATE, IDENTIFY AND DESCRIBE ALL POTENTIAL SOURCES OF
POLLUTANTS AT THE SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 107.25 AND
PLACE ANY BMPS REQUIRED TO CONTAIN POTENTIAL POLLUTANTS.
B. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) FOR STORMWATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION
TEMPORARY BERMS: BERMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO EMBANKMENT
5'
CONSTRUCT 6" THICK
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
FROM BRIDGE TO EDGE
OF ASPHALT. MAINTAIN
ADA COMPLIANCE. *
CONSTRUCT 6" THICK
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
FROM BRIDGE TO EXISTING
CONCRETE PATH.
MAINTAIN ADA
COMPLIANCE*
5'
N
29
BEGIN TRAFFIC
CHANNELIZING DEVICES
BEGIN STRIPE
REMOVAL
(L)
4' MIN.
STRIPE-EOA
(R)
11' MIN.
APPROX. EX
EOA
GOLF COURSE
DRIVEWAY
EX DOUBLE
YELLOW
CENTERLINE
EX WHITE LANE
STRIPE TO BE
REMOVED
PROPOSED TRAFFIC
CHANNELIZING DEVICE
(SEE NOTE 2)
4' PEDESTRIAN PATH
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
KEY MAP
SCALE 1"= 100'
BRYAN AVE.
BRIDGE
FIRE STATION
DRIVEWAY
BUSINESS ACCESS
PRIVATE DRIVE
UNMARKED GRAVEL
PARKING
UNMARKED GRAVEL
PARKING
N
NOTES:
1. AT COMPLETION OF BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION REMOVE PROPOSED
PEDESTRIAN PATH IMPROVEMENTS AND RETURN SHOULDER TO
CONDITION EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN PRIOR TO START OF
N
28
11' MIN.
APPROX. EX
EOA
EX DOUBLE
YELLOW
CENTERLINE
PROPOSED TRAFFIC
CHANNELIZING DEVICES
8' WIDE CROSSWALK
(CENTER ON ACCESS
TO GAZEBO)
4' PEDESTRIAN PATH /
CONSTRUCTION ACCESS
EXISTING
DUMPSTER
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
UNMARKED GRAVEL
PARKING
UNMARKED GRAVEL
PARKING
DIAGONAL GRAVEL
PARKING
NOTES:
1. AT COMPLETION OF BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION REMOVE PROPOSED
PEDESTRIAN PATH IMPROVEMENTS AND RETURN SHOULDER TO
CONDITION EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN PRIOR TO START OF
CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING REPAINTING OF WHITE LANE LINES.
2. TRAFFIC CHANNELIZING DEVICES TO BE TUBULAR MARKERS TO
BE INSTALLED PER MUTCD STANDARDS FOR PEDESTRIAN
CHANNELIZATION. MINIMUM 36" HEIGHT. * RE: SHEET 34 FOR ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAVING AND STRIPING.
KEY MAP
SCALE 1"= 100'
BRYAN AVE.
BRIDGE
N
(R)
(L)
END TRAFFIC
CHANNELIZING
DEVICES
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\PEDESTRIAN PATH\C4-C6 INTERIM PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PLAN 20130904 rev.dwg,
9/4/2013 3:31:51 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
N
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
KEY MAP
SCALE 1"= 100'
N
R9-11(L)
R9-11(R)
R9-11(R)
R9-11(L)
R9-9
M4-10(R)
BRYAN AVE.
BRIDGE
SIDEWALK DETOUR PATH
SIDEWALK DETOUR PATH
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\PEDESTRIAN PATH\C4-C6 INTERIM PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PLAN 20130904 rev.dwg,
9/4/2013 3:34:07 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
1
1
1
0+00
1+00
2+00
END CONSTRUCTION
BL STA = 1+85.00
N = 129879.9620
E = 186922.1284
TOR / END 6" CURB
STA:1+12.76, O:13.54 R
FL EL:5046.61
END SIDEWALK CONST.
STA:1+59.07, O:28.98 R
EL:5045.19
MATCH EX
END SIDEWALK CONST.
STA:1+70.32, O:-21.42 L
FL EL:5045.32
PC
STA:1+52.98, O:-13.87 L
FL EL:5045.56
PT
STA:1+56.27, O:-15.12 L
FL EL:5045.42
PC
STA:1+62.12, O:-19.64 L
FL EL:5045.63
PT
STA:1+65.15, O:-20.86 L
FL EL:5045.63
TOR / BEGIN 6" CURB
STA:0+90.01, O:-14.19 L
FL EL:5046.09
BOR
STA:0+84.21, O:-14.54 L
FL EL:5046.05
END SIDEWALK CONST.
STA:0+79.38, O:-14.88 L
EOC EL:5046.02
EOW
STA:1+44.77, O:13.89 R
EOC EL:5045.79
BOR
STA:1+19.86, O:13.34 R
FL EL:5046.05
BEGIN CONSTRUCTION
BL STA = 0+45.76
N = 129816.7078
E = 186798.2433
END SIDEWALK CONST.
5046.54
SW
5046.67
SW
5046.63
SW
5046.83
SW
5046.35
BL
5046.00
BL/ME
5046.08
BL
0.7%
1.5%
2.2%
2%
2%
5046.01
SW/ME
5046.17
FL
5046.04
FL/GB
5045.54
PC
5045.39
PT/ME
5045.12
PC
5045.01
PT
5044.82
FL/ME
3.7%
3.6%
3.6%
3.6
3.6%
5045.31
END SW/ME
5046.08
SW
5046.39
SW
5046.71
GB/SW
5046.84
SW
5045.71
SW/ME
5046.04
BOR/FL
5046.07
FL
5046.57
SW
5046.15
FL
5044.65
EOC
5044.82
5045.17
EOC
5045.18
EOC
5045.09
5044.78 EOC
EOC
5045.18
EOC/ME
5045.68
TOS
5045.96
EOC
5044.76
EOC
5044.79
EOC
5044.91
EOC / HP
5044.57
FG
5044.54
BOR
5044.40
BOR
5045.20
TOR
5045.06
TOR
5046.75
TOR/SW/HP
5046.35
BL
5046.00
BL/ME
5046.08
BL
0.7%
1.5%
2.2%
9.0%
2%
1%
2%
0%
2%
2%
2%
1%
2%
2%
2%
5045
5046.39
TOR
5046.57
TOR
EX 4" WHITE STRIPE
(TO REMAIN)
PROPOSED DOUBLE
YELLOW STRIPE
(STRIPING BY CITY)
EX SIGNS
(TO BY
REMOVED
AND RESET
BY CITY)
EX SIGNS (TO
REMAIN)
EX
CROSS
WALK
EX STOP BAR
(TO REMAIN)
EX PARKING SIGNS
(TO BE REMOVED
AND RESET BY
CITY)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C C
F
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
F
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Know what's
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
5
6
4
3
2
1
4699 NAUTILUS COURT SOUTH STE. 102
BOULDER, CO 80301
303-530-7229
LIGHTING DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Lighting-Clanton\Bryan Lighting Model.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:50:10 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
4699 NAUTILUS COURT SOUTH STE. 102
BOULDER, CO 80301
303-530-7229
LIGHTING DESIGN AND ENGINEERING
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Lighting-Clanton\Bryan Lighting Model.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:48:51 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
C
C
C
C
C
C
6.2'
6.2'
6.7'
4.5'
5'
5'
7.8'
8'
8'
8.6'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
7'
3'
8'
8'
8'
8'
7'
7.8' 7.8'
5.2'
5.3'
5.8'
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
MATCH EXISTING
EX VEGETATION
EX DUMPSTER
(TO REMAIN)
MATCH EXISTING
E
E
E
E
E
E
C
C
C
EX EOA
EX WALL TO REMAIN
E
E
E
E
E
6" VERTICAL
CURB HEAD
SEE DETAIL
SHEET C2.0
6' TRANSITION (RAMP) TO SW
FLUSH WITH ROAD (0" CURB HEAD)
6' TRANSITION
(RAMP) TO SW
FLUSH WITH ROAD
(0" CURB HEAD)
L.O.C.
E
F
EX TOB
NOTE: STRIPING WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY. ANY NOTES REGARDING
STRIPING AND PAINTING OF LINES IS FOR THE CITY'S INFORMATION ONLY.
4"
6"
18"
N
CONTRACTION JOINT (CDOT M&S STD DETAIL M-412-1.C)
EXPANSION JOINT (CDOT M&S STD DETAIL M-412-1.A)
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT (CDOT M&S STD DETAIL M-412-1.F)
C
E
F
PAVEMENT NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING STONE WALLS.
2. REFER TO LANDSCAPE PLANS AND STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR HAND RAIL DETAIL.
3. ROADWAY PAVEMENT SECTIONS SHALL BE AS DEFINED BY AN APPROVED PAVEMENT DESIGN.
PAVEMENT DESIGN WAS NOT PREPARED AT THE TIME OF THIS PLAN PREPARATION.
4. DO NOT SAW CUT CURB AND GUTTER AT THE TIE IN LOCATIONS. REMOVE THE COMPLETE PANEL OF
EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER AND/ OR SIDEWALK BEYOND THE TIE IN LOCATION.
5. NEW SIDEWALK, CURB AND GUTTER AND CURB CUTS SHALL HAVE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CDOT M&S STANDARDS M-412.
6. ALL SIDEWALKS ARE CONCRETE AND 6" THICK (UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) AND HAVE A 2%
(MAXIMUM) CROSS SLOPE.
7. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL STUDY FOR ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION AND COMPACTION
REQUIREMENTS.
8. REFER TO CITY OF FORT COLLINS (CITY) STANDARDS FOR ADDITIONAL PAVING REQUIREMENTS AND
DETAILS.
9. CONCRETE SHALL BE CDOT CLASS B. UNLESS MODIFIED BY AN APPROVED PAVING DESIGN REPORT.
CONCRETE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CDOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION.
10. SUBGRADE SHALL BE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CDOT CRITERIA AND COMPACTED TO 95%
OPTIMUM DENSITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH AASHTO T-99, UNLESS FURTHER RESTRICTED BY THE
APPROVED PAVING DESIGN.
11. SIGNAGE AND STRIPING SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MUTCD,
CURRENT EDITION.
12. STRIPING FOR ASPHALT SURFACES SHALL BE EPOXY PAINT. SYMBOLS AND CROSS WALKS/ STOPBARS
SHALL BE METHYL METHACRYLATE, HOT APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC (90 MIL), PREFORMED PLASTIC
(90MIL), OR INLAYED TAPE (STAMARK), OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY.
13. STRIPING FOR CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL BE EPOXY PAINT. SYMBOLS AND CROSS WALKS SHALL BE
METHYL METHACRYLATE, PREFORMED THERMOPLASTIC (90 MIL), PREFORMED PLASTIC (90MIL), OR
INLAYED TAPE (STAMARK), OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY.
14. TRUNCATED DOMES SHALL EXTEND THE ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE SIDEWALK OR RAMP.
15. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO GRADING AND EROSION CONTROL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES
AND REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTING THESE IMPROVEMENTS.
16. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CDOT M&S STANDARD M-412-1 AND CDOT
ROADWAY AND BRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS.
17. ALL SIDEWALKS THAT CROSS A DRIVING SURFACE ARE 8" THICK.
18. REFER TO BRIDGE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL BRIDGE PAVING INFORMATION.
19. CITY TO PLACE ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
EX PAVING BENEATH
STAIRS TO REMAIN
LEGEND:
EXISTING SANITARY MH
EXISTING HAND RAIL
HAND RAIL
GRAY CONCRETE (6" THICK)
GRAY CONCRETE (8" THICK)
COLORED CONCRETE (6" THICK)
TRUNCATED DOMES
ENHANCED CROSSWALK (8" THICK CONCRETE) RE: UD SHEETS
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF ASPHALT REPLACEMENT(L.O.C.)
SAWCUT/ PATCHBACK
STREET SIGN EXIST / PROP
STORM SEWER INLET
LIMITS OF THICKENED EDGE SIDEWALK
(SEE DETAIL 1)
SCALE 1"=2'
1 THICKENED EDGE SIDEWALK DETAIL
NOTE: RE: BRIDGE DETAILS FOR SECTION ON BRIDGE
1
1
1
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\ACAD C10 PAVING JOINTING SIGNING & STRIPING.dwg, 9/4/2013 3:58:39 PM,
DWG To PDF.pc3
5045.85
BOR/ME
5046.04
BOR
5045.82
SW
5045.82
SW
2%
2'x2' CONCRETE CATCH BASIN
(SEE NOTE 1)
LP / GR = 5044.39
INV OUT = 5041.66
N: 129828.2388
E: 186899.9211
2'x2' CONCRETE CATCH BASIN
(SEE NOTE 1)
GR = 5044.75
INV = 5041.12
N: 129817.5046
E: 186866.2386
5044.68
5044.92
ME
2%
4%
5044.40
ME
5044.45
EOC
0.5%
2.5%
5044.72
EOC
5044.82
HP
2%
5044.80
SW/GB
0.9%
2%
2%
5045.96
SW
%(1'
INV = 5041.66
N: 129827.7868
E: 186892.3264
12.5%
12.5%
5046.11
HP
1%
5044.83
SW
5044.94
SW
5045.06
TOC
2%
5045.06
TOC
5046.09
FL/HP
5045.89
FL
5046.52
TOR
2%
5045.80
ME
5046.54
SW
5045.30
ME
6%
1%
5046.02
BOR/SW
5046
5046.33
BL
5046.10
BL
5045.90
BL/ME
5046
5046.23
BL
5046.37
HP
2.4%
2.7%
2.4%
2.0%
3.8%
2%
5045
5045
8.3%
8.3%
2%
5045.06
5046
1%
2%
5045.96
FL
0.5%
5046.56
SW
5046.63
SW
5046.71
SW
4%
2%
1+00
2+00
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
6.7 LF 8" PVC
SDR-35
@ 2.0%
HAND RAIL
RECONSTRUCT LANDING
2% MAX CROSS SLOPE
EX UNDERGROUND
ELECTRIC
EX TELEPHONE
EX STORM
MANHOLE
EX SAN MANHOLE
INV @ CENTER = 5040.00
EX SAN SEWER
EX WATER
EX GAS LINE
EX GAS METER
EX FL
EX TEL
PROPOSED
HAND RAIL
EX DOUBLE
YELLOW
STRIPE
EX WALL
EX
BRIDGE
ABUTMENT
PROPOSED
BRIDGE
PROPOSED ABUTMENT
EOW
EX GAS LINE
EX FIBER
OPTIC
EX DRAINAGE GRATE
AND CONCRETE LINING
(TO BE REMOVED)
EX CURB & GUTTER
(TO BE REMOVED)
EX PARKING SIGN
(TO BE REMOVED
AND RESET BY
CITY)
2 ~ 6.25" STEPS
TOS = 5045.87 (EAST EDGE OF STEP)
BOS = 5044.83 (EAST EDGE OF STEP)
EX TEL
EX SIGNS
(TO BE
REMOVED
AND RESET
BY CITY)
EX GAS LINE
EX EOC
EX PARKING
STRIPE (TYP)
EX HAND RAIL
(TO BE REMOVED)
HAND
RAIL
DO NOT
DISTURB EX
WALL (TYP)
END NEW
SIDEWALK
8' TRANSITION
TO MATCH EXISTING
YELLOW STRIPE
EX BRIDGE
ABUTMENT
EX 8" PIPE
(TO BE REMOVED)
HAND RAIL
EX 8" PIPE
(TO BE
REMOVED)
CURB
RAMP
CURB
RAMP
PROPOSED
RETAINING
WALL
16.5'
DRIVEWAY
2' APRON
14.8'
SIDEWALK
8'
SIDEWALK
EX PAVING BENEATH
STAIRS TO REMAIN
7'
SIDEWALK
7'
SIDEWALK
GRADE INVERT TOWARD
MIDDLE OF BOX
GRADE INVERT TOWARD
MIDDLE OF BOX
RIPRAP
(REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS)
MATCH TOP OF RIP RAP TO
SIDEWALK ELEVATION
27.2 LF 8"
PVC SDR-35
@ 2.0%
6'
SIDEWALK
3.9 LF 8" PVC
@ 3.0 %
INV OUT = 5041.0
TEMP TRENCH CONDUIT
FOR CL & COMCAST
CL OF TRENCH/CONDUIT
FOR COMCAST AND CITY
LIGHTING. CONTRACTOR TO
COORDINATE WITH CITY
AND APPLICABLE UTILITY
FOR FINAL LOCATION
COMCAST
CL
CL OF TRENCH/CONDUIT
FOR COMCAST AND CITY
LIGHTING. CONTRACTOR TO
COORDINATE WITH CITY
AND APPLICABLE UTILITY
FOR FINAL LOCATION
EX PARKING SIGN
(TO REMAIN)
EX TELEPHONE
BOX
5045.18
EOC/ME
EX UNDERGROUND
5%
VARIES
SECTION A-A
SCALE: 1"=1'
1'
CONCRETE
SIDEWALK
C-6.0
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE CATCH BASINS SHALL BE 2' X 2' WITH PEDESTRIAN
GRATE AND FRAME SUITABLE FOR HS-20 LOADING D&L FOUNDRY
AND SUPPLY (FRAME AND GRATE PART NO. D&L 1-9224 OR
APPROVED EQUAL).
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING
STONE WALLS.
3. BEDDING FOR ALL STORM SEWER PIPES SHALL IN ACCORDANCE
WITH CDOT M&S STANDARD M-603-1. EXTEND CLASS 1 OR 2
BEDDING TO PIPE SPRINGLINE.
4. REFER TO URBAN DESIGN (UD) PLANS FOR HAND RAIL DETAIL.
5. COORDINATES ARE TO CENTER OF STRUCTURE.
6. REMOVAL OF DRAINAGE GRATE AND CONCRETE LINING WILL NOT
BE MEASURED AND PAID FOR SEPARATELY BUT SHALL BE
INCLUDED IN THE WORK FOR ITEM 202 REMOVAL OF PIPE.
LEGEND:
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
EXISTING CONTOUR
EXISTING GAS
EXISTING FIBER OPTIC
EXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC
EXISTING TELEPHONE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND MH
EXISTING WATERLINE AND VALVE
EXISTING STORM SEWER, MH AND INLET
EXISTING HAND RAIL
HAND RAIL
MAJOR CONTOUR LINE
STORM SEWER AND INLET
GRAY CONCRETE (6" THICK)
GRAY CONCRETE (8" THICK)
COLORED CONCRETE (6" THICK) RE: UD SHEETS
TRUNCATED DOMES
ENHANCED CROSSWALK (8" THICK CONCRETE) RE: UD SHEETS
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF ASPHALT REPLACEMENT
SAWCUT/ PATCHBACK
STREET SIGN EXIST / PROP
BL BASELINE
BOR BOTTOM OF RAMP
D.I.P. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
EOA EDGE OF ASPHALT
EOC EDGE OF CONCRETE
EOW EDGE OF WALK
EX EXISTING
FG FINISH GRADE
FL FLOWLINE
HP HIGH POINT
ABBREVIATIONS:
INV INVERT
LOC LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
O OFFSET
ME MATCH EXISTING
PC POINT OF CURVATURE
PT POINT OF TANGENCY
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
SW SIDEWALK
TOB TOP OF BANK
TOR TOP OF RAMP
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATION
CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (CITY LIGHTING)
COMCAST CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (COMCAST)
CL
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\ACAD-C8-C9 GRADING & UTILITY PLAN.dwg, 9/4/2013 3:17:02 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
5046.22
BOR
5046.75
TOR
2%
3.4%
5046.33
BL
5046.10
BL
5046.18
FL/HP
0.5%
0.5%
1%
5045.90
BL/ME
5046
5046
5046.23
BL
5046.37
HP
2.4%
2.4%
5046.21
5046.81
SW
5046.85
SW
5045
5046.80
SW
5046.76
SW
1+00
2+00
COMCAST
CL
COMCAST
CL
EX SAN MANHOLE
INV @ CENTER = 5039.72 EX SAN SEWER
EX FL
PROPOSED
HAND RAIL
PROPOSED
HAND RAIL
EX WALL
EX DOUBLE
YELLOW
STRIPE
EX TEL
PROPOSED
EOW
PROPOSED
EOW
EX
BRIDGE
ABUTMENT
PROPOSED
BRIDGE
ABUTMENT
PROPOSED
EOW (MATCH
EXISTING)
PROPOSED EOW
(MATCH EXISTING)
EX ELEC
EX TEL
EX FL EX FL
PROPOSED
EOW
EX WALL
EX TEL
PROPOSED
DOUBLE
YELLOW STRIPE
5' TRANSITION
TO MATCH EXISTING
PROPOSED
HAND RAIL
PROPOSED
RETAINING
WALL
SAWCUT LINE
7.8' SIDEWALK
9.2'
SIDEWALK
8.8' SIDEWALK
EX BRIDGE
ABUTMENT
TEMP TRENCH CONDUIT
FOR CL & COMCAST
5045.18
EOC/ME
EX UNDERGROUND
C-7.0
LEGEND:
EXISTING CONTOUR
EXISTING GAS
EXISTING FIBER OPTIC
EXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC
EXISTING TELEPHONE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND MH
EXISTING WATERLINE AND VALVE
EXISTING STORM SEWER, MH AND INLET
EXISTING HAND RAIL
HAND RAIL
MAJOR CONTOUR LINE
STORM SEWER AND INLET
GRAY CONCRETE (6" THICK)
GRAY CONCRETE (8" THICK)
COLORED CONCRETE (6" THICK)
TRUNCATED DOMES
ENHANCED CROSSWALK (8" THICK CONCRETE) RE: UD SHEETS
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF ASPHALT /REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT
SAWCUT/ PATCHBACK
STREET SIGN EXIST / PROP
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATION
CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (CITY LIGHTING)
CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (COMCAST)
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE CATCH BASINS SHALL BE 2' X 2' WITH
PEDESTRIAN GRATE AND FRAME SUITABLE FOR HS-20
LOADING D&L FOUNDRY AND SUPPLY (FRAME AND GRATE
PART NO. D&L 1-9224 OR APPROVED EQUAL).
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING
STONE WALLS.
3. BEDDING FOR ALL STORM SEWER PIPES SHALL IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CDOT M&S STANDARD M-603-1. EXTEND
CLASS 1 OR 2 BEDDING TO PIPE SPRINGLINE.
4. REFER TO URBAN DESIGN (UD) PLANS FOR HAND RAIL
DETAIL.
5. COORDINATES ARE TO CENTER OF STRUCTURE.
BL BASELINE
BOR BOTTOM OF RAMP
D.I.P. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
EOA EDGE OF ASPHALT
EOC EDGE OF CONCRETE
EOW EDGE OF WALK
EX EXISTING
FG FINISH GRADE
FL FLOWLINE
HP HIGH POINT
ABBREVIATIONS:
INV INVERT
LOC LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
O OFFSET
ME MATCH EXISTING
PC POINT OF CURVATURE
PT POINT OF TANGENCY
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
SW SIDEWALK
TOB TOP OF BANK
TOR TOP OF RAMP
COMCAST
CL
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\ACAD-C8-C9 GRADING & UTILITY PLAN.dwg, 9/4/2013 3:15:12 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
STA:0+57.34, O:12.20 R
EOC EL:5045.80
BOR
STA:0+65.56, O:12.16 R
FL EL:5045.81
TOR / BEGIN 6" CURB
STA:0+71.73, O:12.25 R
TOR/TC:5046.39
FL EL:5045.89
INTX. CL ROAD/
BL CULVERT
STA:1+12.44, O:0.00
FL EL:5046.36
L1
C1
L2 L3 L4
7' CONC.
SW
EX HANDICAP
LOADING STALL
TO REMAIN
14.9'
12.3'
BASELINE
8.8' 8'
15.7'
12.2'
14.8'
12.9'
8' CONC SW
5'
EX PARKING
STALLS TO
REMAIN
EX STOP
BAR
EX
EOC
EX EOA
EX STRIPE
EX
STRIPE
EX
EOA
SAWCUT
LINE
EX FL TO BE
REMOVED
EX STOP SIGN
(TO REMAIN)
PROP BOX
CULVERT (REFER
TO STRUCT.
PLANS)
EX TRASH
ENCLOSURE TO
REMAIN
EX EOG
EX
EOA
EX PARKING STALLS
TO REMAIN
PEDESTRIAN
WALL
(NORTH)
REFER TO
UD PLANS
EX WOOD
FENCE
LOC
RIPRAP (REFER TO
STRUCTURAL PLANS)
MATCH SIDEWALK ELEV.
PROPOSED
FL
PROPOSED
FL
EX FL TO
REMAIN
REMOVE EX
MEDIAN, CURB &
GUTTER
EX SIGN (TO BE
REMOVED AND
RESET BY CITY)
EX TOB
EX TOB
EX SIGN (TO
BE REMOVED
AND RESET
BY CITY)
BASELINE ALIGNMENT - LINE TABLE
LINE
L1
L2
L3
L4
LENGTH
14.89
47.74
40.35
32.31
DIRECTION
1
(
1
(
1
(
1
(
BASELINE ALIGNMENT - CURVE TABLE
CURVE #
C1
LENGTH
91.75
RADIUS
449.79
DELTA
11.69
CHORD DIRECTION
1
(
CHORD LENGTH
91.59
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
NOTES:
1. REFER TO PAVEMENT DESIGN FOR ASPHALT
PAVEMENT THICKNESS.
2. SEE SHEET 7 FOR PROFILE.
3. SEE SHEET 4 FOR SECTIONS.
4. SEE SHEET 8 FOR STRUCTURAL PLANS.
5. SEE SHEETS C-8.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN.
6. SEE SHEETS C-6.0-C-7.0 FOR DETAILED GRADING
7. PATCHBACK WILL NOT BE MEASURED OR PAID
FOR SEPARATELY BUT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN
THE WORK FOR ITEM 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT.
1
LEGEND:
EXISTING CONTOUR
EXISTING GAS
EXISTING FIBER OPTIC
EXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC
EXISTING TELEPHONE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND MH
EXISTING WATERLINE AND VALVE
EXISTING STORM SEWER, MH AND INLET
EXISTING HAND RAIL
HAND RAIL
MAJOR CONTOUR LINE
STORM SEWER AND INLET
CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (CITY LIGHTING)
CENTERLINE OF CONDUIT (COMCAST)
GRAY CONCRETE (6" THICK)
GRAY CONCRETE (8" THICK)
COLORED CONCRETE (6" THICK)
TRUNCATED DOMES
ENHANCED CROSSWALK (8" THICK CONCRETE)
RE: UD SHEETS
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF ASPHALT REPLACEMENT
SAWCUT/ PATCHBACK
STREET SIGN EXIST / PROP
STORM SEWER INLET
ADA RAMP (MAX LONGITUDINAL SLOPE =8.3%
LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
BL BASELINE
BOR BOTTOM OF RAMP
D.I.P. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
EOA EDGE OF ASPHALT
EOC EDGE OF CONCRETE
EOW EDGE OF WALK
EX EXISTING
FG FINISH GRADE
FL FLOWLINE
HP HIGH POINT
ABBREVIATIONS:
INV INVERT
LOC LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
O OFFSET
ME MATCH EXISTING
PC POINT OF CURVATURE
PT POINT OF TANGENCY
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
SW SIDEWALK
TOB TOP OF BANK
TOR TOP OF RAMP
COMCAST
CL
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\ACAD-C7 ROAD PLAN-rev1.dwg, 9/4/2013 3:12:05 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING REPAINTING OF WHITE LANE LINES.
2. TRAFFIC CHANNELIZING DEVICES TO BE TUBULAR MARKERS TO
BE INSTALLED PER MUTCD STANDARDS FOR PEDESTRIAN
CHANNELIZATION. MINIMUM 36" HEIGHT. * RE: SHEET 34 FOR ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAVING AND STRIPING.
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\PEDESTRIAN PATH\C4-C6 INTERIM PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PLAN 20130904 rev.dwg,
9/4/2013 3:25:30 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
WORK OR AS NEEDED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION IN ACTIVE AREAS TO
PREVENT STORMWATER FROM ENTERING INTO DISTURBED AREAS, OR TO
PROTECT UNDISTURBED AREAS. BERMS SHALL ALSO BE PLACED AT THE TOP
OF FILL SLOPES TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM GOING DIRECTLY INTO NEWLY
GRADED OR SEEDED SLOPES AND CAUSING RILL EROSION. BERMS TO
INTERCEPT AND DIVERT DRAINAGE SHALL NOT BE USED WHERE THE
DRAINAGE AREAS EXCEED 10 ACRES. TEMPORARY BERMS SHALL BE MADE
OF COMPACTED SOIL. BERM ENDS SHALL BE J-HOOKED TO PREVENT WATER
FROM RUNNING AROUND THE ENDS, CAUSING SEDIMENT LADEN WATER TO
EXIT OFF THE PROJECT SITE. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, OUTFALL
AREAS AT THE END OF BERMS SHALL HAVE SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES IN
PLACE TO PREVENT EROSION OCCURING OR BE DIRECTED INTO A SEDIMENT
TRAP OR SLOPE DRAIN. BERMS ARE A TEMPORARY FEATURE AND SHALL BE
REMOVED ONCE PERMANENT SEEDING HAS TAKEN PLACE. BERMS SHALL BE
PAID FOR BY DOZING HOURS OR AS DIRECTED. BERMS SHALL BE PLACED IN
AREAS AS DIRECTED BY THE BY THE EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR, AS
APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. BERM LOCATIONS SHALL BE ADDED TO THE
SITE MAP WITH A SPECIFIC NARRATIVE AS TO WHY THEY ARE BEING USED
AT THEAT LOCATION.
BERMS SHALL HAVE A HEIGHT OF 18 INCHES, SIDE SLOPES OF 2:1 OR
FLATTER, AND A MINIMUM BASE WIDTH OF 4.5 FEET (SEE FIGURE EC 8.1 IN
THE CDOT EROSION CONTROL AND STORMWATER QUALITY GUIDE, COPY
DETAIL AND PLACE IN SWMP NOTEBOOK).
EROSION LOGS: EROSION LOGS ARE USED TO CAPTURE AND FILTER
SEDIMENT LADEN RUNOFF FROM DISTURBEDAREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
INLET/OUTLET PROTECTION - SHALL BE PLACED AT INLETS AS SHOWN IN
THE PLANS AND WHERE DISTURBANCE MAY CAUSE SEDIMENT LADEN WATER
TO ENTER PIPE. FOR NEW INLETS - LOGS SHALL BE PLACED ONCE THE INLET
IS PLACED TO PREVENT SEDIMENT WATER FROM ENTERING PIPE. WHERE
THE SLOPE HAS BEEN WORKED ABOVE NEW PIPES AND SEDIMENT MAY
ENTER THE PIPE FROM ABOVE, A LOG SHALL WRAP THE TOP OF PIPE AND
RUN DOWN SLOPE TO DIRECT WATER AWAY FROM PIPE. LOGS SHALL BE
J-HOOKED OR PLACED IN SUCH A MANNER AT THESE LOCATIONS THAT
SEDIMENT WATER WILL NOT GO AROUND THE ENDS OF LOGS DIRECTLY IN
TO PIPE OR DITCH.
STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION SHALL CONFORM TO STANDARD PLAN NO.
M-208-1 SHEET NO. 6 FOR GRAVEL BAG FILTER AT DROP INLET. STORM
DRAIN INLET PROTECTION WILL BE MEASURED BY THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF
DROP INLETS THAT ARE INSTALLED AND ACCEPTED. WORK WILL BE PAID
FOR UNDER ITEM 208, STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION, EACH.
DITCH CHECKS/STABILIZATION OF DITCHES - LOGS SHALL PLACED IN
AREAS INDICATED IN THE PLANS OR AS DIRECTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE,
IMMEDIATELY IN MOST CASES AFTER DITCH GRADING HAS BEEN
COMPLETED. DITCHES NOT DIRECTED TO HAVE RIPRAP PLACES SHALL BE
PERMANENTLY STABILIZED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMPLETION DURING THE
SEEING SEASON. WHEN SEEDING CANNOT OCCUR DUE TO SEASONAL
CONSTRAINTS MULCH/MULCH TACKIFIER SHALL BE PLACED ALONG WITH
CHECKS AT INTERVALS SPECIFIED. IF EROSION OCCURS IN THE DITCH,
MULCH AND MULCH TACKIFIER SHALL BE REPLACED BY BLANKET
(STRAW/COCONUT) AS A TEMPORARY MEASURE. ONCE SEEDING CAN
OCCUR BLANKET SHALL BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, NEW BMPS (LOGS,
BLANKET, OR MULCH/MULCH TACKIFIER) SHALL BE PLACED.
RIPRAP USED AS A PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL FEATURE IN DITCHES
SHALL HAVE RIPRAP PLACED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMPLETION OF DITCH.
TOES OF SLOPE - LOGS ARE TO BE PLACED PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING
FOR TOES OF SLOPE LOCATIONS. LOGS SHALL BE PLACED WITH ENDS OF
LOGS J-HOOKEDTO PREVENT WATER FROM RUNNING AROUND THE ENDS
CAUSING EROSION.
VEGETATIVE BUFFER STRIPS AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION :
EXISTING VEGETATON SHALL BE USED AS A BMP ON THE PROJECT. EXISTING
VEGETATION AIDS WITH EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL, AND PROTECTS
WATER QUALITY. AREAS OF PRESERVED VEGETATION SHALL BE MARKED ON
THE SITE MAP; PRESERVED VEGETATION ARE THOSE AREAS OUTSIDE OF
DISTURBANCE LINE TO THE RIGHT OF WAY FENCE. THE AMOUNT OF SEDIMENT
REACHING BUFFER STRIPS SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM BY PLACING
TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL FEATURES ON DISTURBED
SLOPES. IF SEDIMENT DOES ENTER BUFFER STRIPS AND COVERS EXISTING
VEGETATION IT SHALL BE CLEANED/RE-SEEDED AS DIRECTED.
PERMANENT SEEDING: SEEDING IS USED TO CONTROL RUNOFF AND EROSION
ON DISTURBED AREAS. DRILL SEEDING SHALL OCCUR ON SLOPES FLATTER
THAN 2:1 AND SHALL OCCUR ON THE CONTOUR OF THE SLOPE. COMPLETED
AREAS (ANY PORTION OF A SLOPE THAT IS AT FINAL GRADE) SHALL BE
SEEDED WITHIN 48 HOURS DURING SEEDING SEASONS. SEEDED AREAS
SHALL BE INSPECTED FREQUENTLY FOR AREAS OF FAILURE. SLOPES THAT
ARE TOO STEEP FOR DRILL SEEDING SHALL HAVE SEED BROADCAST AT
DOUBLE THE RATE AND RAKED INTO THE SURFACE, SEE INTERIM AND FINAL
SEEDING. SEEDING IN DITCH LINES SHALL FOLLOW THE CONTOUR, DRILL
ROWS RUNNING DOWN A DITCH LINE SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED.
WHEN ENGINEER APPROVED, THE TOP PORTION OF THE SLOPE (APPROX 15')
CAN REMAIN UNSEEDED FOR PAVING OPERATIONS TO OCCUR. ONCE PAVING
OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETED IN AN AREA, SHOULDERING SHALL OCCUR
IMMEDIATELY. SEEDING PER SECTION 9 OF THE SWMP SHALL THEN TAKE
PLACE WITHIN 48 HOURS. SLOPES THAT HAD BEEN PREVIOUSLY SEEDED AND
WERE DISTURBED BY PAVING/SHOULDERING OPERATIONS SHALL BE
RESEEDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT.
SOIL RETENTION BLANKET: SHALL BE PLACED IN AREAS AS SHOWN ON THE
PLANS OR AS DIRECTED; ALL SLOPES 3:1 AND STEEPER SHALL RECEIVE
BLANKET. TYPICALLY DITCHES THAT HAVE A GRADE STEEPER THAN 2% SHALL
HAVE BLANKET PLACED. SOILS SHALL BE PROPERLY PREPARED PRIOR TO
PLACING BLANKET. IF RILLS, PLANT MATERIAL, ROCKS, WEEDS, ETC. ARE
PRESENT THEY SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO PLACING BLANKET TO ENSURE
BLANKET IS PLACED ON THE SOIL WITH NO TENTING; SEE SPECIFICATIONS
AND M&S STANDARDS.
ON SLOPES WHEN SEEDING CANNOT OCCUR DUE TO SEASONAL
CONSTRAINTS, A TEMPORARY BERM, EROSION LOG OR OTHER BMP SHALL BE
PLACED AT THE TOP OF SLOPE TO PREVENT STORMWATER FROM FLOWING
ONTO SLOPE AND CAUSING EROSION; IN ADDITION FLEXIBLE GROWTH
MEDIUM OR MULCH SHALL BE REPLACED BY A BLANKET (STRAW/COCONUT)
AS A TEMPORARY MEASURE. ONCE SEEDING CAN OCCUR BLANKET SHALL BE
REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF; NEW SOIL RETENTION BLANKET SHALL BE
REPLACED.
C. OFFSITE DRAINAGE (RUN ON WATER)
1. PLACE BMPS TO ADDRESS RUN-ON WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUBSECTION 208.03. DIVERSION PIPE MUST BE USED UPSTREAM OF THE
BRIDGE IN THE EVENT THAT WATER IS FLOWING WITHIN THE CANAL TO
RUN SITE WATER OFF SITE THROUGH THE PROJECT.
D. CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING :
1. DEWATERING IS TO BE IMPLEMENTED IF ANY WATER IS RUNNING IN THE
CANAL OR IS PRESENT DURING EXCAVATION.
2. OBTAIN A DEWATERING PERMIT FROM CDPHE IF CONDITIONS OF THEIR
LOW RISK GUIDANCE FOR DISCHARGES OF UNCONTAMINATED
GROUNDWATER TO LAND ARE NOT MET; SEE SUBSECTION 107.25(B) 8.
E. PERIMETER CONTROL
1. PERIMETER CONTROL SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AS THE FIRST ITEM ON THE
SWMP TO PREVENT THE POTENTIAL FOR POLLUTANTS LEAVING THE
CONSTRUCTION SITE BOUNDARIES, ENTERING THE STORMWATER DRAINAGE
SYSTEM, OR DISCHARGING TO STATE WATERS.
2. PERIMETER CONTROL MAY CONSIST OF VEGETATION BUFFERS, BERMS,
EROSION LOGS, EXISTING LANDFORMS, OR OTHER BMPS AS APPROVED.
3. PERIMETER CONTROL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION
208.04.
2. DURING CONSTRUCTION
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SWMP ADMINISTRATOR/EROSION CONTROL
SUPERVISOR DURING CONSTRUCTION
THE SWMP SHOULD BE CONSIDERED A “LIVING DOCUMENT” THAT IS
CONTINUOUSLY REVIEWED AND MODIFIED. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE
FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE ADDED, UPDATED, OR AMENDED AS NEEDED BY THE
CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 208
A. MATERIALS HANDLING AND SPILL PREVENTION - PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION
COMMENCING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SPILL PREVENTION,
CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURE PLAN, SEE SUBSECTION 208.06. MATERIALS
HANDLING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 208.06.
B. STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT - SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUBSECTION 107.25 AND 208.07
C. CONCRETE WASHOUT - CONCRETE WASH OUT WATER OR WASTE FROM
FIELD LABORATORIES AND PAVING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTAINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 208.05 .
D. SAW CUTTING - SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION
107.25, 208.04, 208.05
E. STREET CLEANING - SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION
208.04
3. INTERIM AND FINAL STABILIZATION
A.SEEDING PLAN - SOIL PREPARAT ION, SOIL CONDITIONING OR TOPSOIL,
SEEDING (NATIVE), MULCHING (WEED FREE) AND MULCH TACKIFIER WILL BE
REQUIRED FOR AN ESTIMATED 0.06 ACRES OF DISTURBED AREA WITHIN THE
RIGHT-OF-WAY LIMITS WHICH ARE NOT SURFACED. THE FOLLOWING TYPES
AND RATES SHALL BE USED:
COMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMELBS. PLS PER ACRETOTAL
B. SEEDING APPLICATION: DRILL SEED 0.25 INCH TO 0.5 INCH INTO THE
SOIL. IN SMALL AREAS NOT ACCESSIBLE TO A DRILL, HAND BROADCAST AT
DOUBLE THE RATE AND RAKE 0.25 INCH TO 0.5 INCH INTO THE SOIL.
C. MULCHING APPLICATION: APPLY A MINIMUM OF 1 ½ TONS OF CERTIFIED
WEED FREE HAY PER ACRE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 212, AND
MECHANICALLY CRIMP IT INTO THE SOIL IN COMBINATION WITH AN ORGANIC
MULCH TACKIFIER.
D. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: DUE TO HIGH FAILURE RATES, HYDROMULCHING
AND/OR HYDROSEEDING WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.
E. SOIL CONDITIONING AND FERTILIZER REQUIREMENTS :
1. FERTILIZER WILL NOT BE REQUIRED ON THE PROJECT.
F. BLANKET APPLICATION: ON SLOPES AND DITCHES REQUIRING A BLANKET,
BLANKET SHALL BE PLACED IN LIEU OF MULCH AND MULCH TACKIFIER.
4. TABULATION OF STORMWATER QUANTITIES
PAY
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT* QUANTITY
208 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 165
208 GRAVEL BAG LF 40
208 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EACH 1
208 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION EACH 2
208 REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF SED (LABOR) HOUR 40
208 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR HOUR 120
208 REMOVAL OF TRASH HOUR 5
208 SWEEPING (SEDIMENT REMOVAL) HOUR 5
212 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 0.02
213 MULCHING (WEED FREE) ACRE 0.02
*IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT ADDITIONAL BMPS AND BMP QUANTITIES
NOT SHOWN ON THE SWMP SITE MAPS SHALL BE REQUIRED ON THE
PROJECT FOR UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS
THAT ARE BEYOND THEIR USEFUL SERVICE LIFE, SEE SUBSECTION
208.03 AND 208.04 (E). QUANTITIES FOR ALL BMPS SHOWN ABOVE
ARE ESTIMATED, AND HAVE BEEN INCREASED FOR UNFORESEEN
PROJECT CONDITIONS.
A.BMP SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL SHALL BE PAID FOR AS: 208
REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF SEDIMENT (EQUIPMENT) AND 208 REMOVAL AND
DISPOSAL OF SEDIMENT (LABOR). ALL OTHER BMP MAINTENANCE IS
INCLUDED IN THE BMP DEVICE.
B.IT IS ESTIMATED THAT 40 HOURS OF LABOR MAY BE REQUIRED FOR
MISCELLANEOUS EROSION CONTROL WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
WORK SHALL BE PAID FOR AS: 203 LABOR
C.MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS SHALL BE PAID FOR AS: 212 SEEDING
(NATIVE),213 MULCHING, 213 MULCH TACKIFIER, 216 SOIL RETENTION
COVERING, 214 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE LUMP SUM, 203 LABOR HOURS,
OR INCLUDED IN THE PRICE OF THE WORK
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\C2-C3 SWMP-rev1.dwg, 9/4/2013 3:08:00 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
NOTIFICATION SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF
ANY WORK. AT THE DISCRETION OF THE WATER UTILITY PROVIDER, A PRE-CONSTRUCTION
MEETING MAY BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK.
12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SEQUENCE INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO
MINIMIZE POTENTIAL UTILITY CONFLICTS. IN GENERAL, STORM SEWER AND SANITARY
SEWER SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE WATER LINES AND DRY
UTILITIES.
13. THE MINIMUM COVER OVER WATER LINES IS 4.5 FEET AND THE MAXIMUM COVER IS 5.5 FEET
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE PLANS AND APPROVED BY THE WATER UTILITY.
14. A STATE CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PERMIT IS REQUIRED IF
DEWATERING IS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO INSTALL UTILITIES OR WATER IS DISCHARGED INTO
A STORM SEWER, CHANNEL, IRRIGATION DITCH OR ANY WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES.
15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE COLORADO
PERMIT FOR STORM WATER DISCHARGE (CONTACT COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH,
WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION, (303) 692-3590), THE STORM WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN,
AND THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN.
17. PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS,
CERTIFICATION OF THE DRAINAGE FACILITIES, BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER, MUST BE
SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE STORMWATER UTILITY DEPARTMENT. CERTIFICATION
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STORMWATER UTILITY DEPARTMENT AT LEAST TWO WEEKS
PRIOR TO THE RELEASE OF A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY FOR SINGLE FAMILY UNITS. FOR
COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES, CERTIFICATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STORMWATER
UTILITY DEPARTMENT AT LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO THE RELEASE OF ANY BUILDING
PERMITS IN EXCESS OF THOSE ALLOWED PRIOR TO CERTIFICATION PER THE DEVELOPMENT
AGREEMENT.
18. THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR INJURIES
SUSTAINED IN THIS DEVELOPMENT AS A RESULT OF GROUNDWATER SEEPAGE, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM GROUNDWATER FLOODING, STRUCTURAL DAMAGE OR OTHER DAMAGE
UNLESS SUCH DAMAGE OR INJURIES ARE SUSTAINED AS A RESULT OF THE CITY OF FORT
COLLINS FAILURE TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN ITS WATER, WASTEWATER, AND/OR STORM
DRAINAGE FACILITIES IN THE DEVELOPMENT.
20. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN
ON THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED
IN GOOD REPAIR BY THE CONTRACTOR, UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE ENTIRE DISTURBED AREAS
IS STABILIZED WITH HARD SURFACE OR LANDSCAPING.
21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSURING THAT NO MUD OR DEBRIS SHALL
BE TRACKED ONTO THE EXISTING PUBLIC STREET SYSTEM. MUD AND DEBRIS MUST BE
REMOVED WITHIN 24 HOURS BY AN APPROPRIATE MECHANICAL METHOD (I.E. MACHINE
BROOM SWEEP, LIGHT DUTY FRONT-END LOADER, ETC.) OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF
FORT COLLINS STREET INSPECTOR.
22. NO WORK MAY COMMENCE WITHIN ANY IMPROVED OR UNIMPROVED PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
UNTIL A RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT OR DEVELOPMENT CONSTRUCTION PERMIT IS OBTAINED, IF
APPLICABLE.
23. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL NECESSARY PERMITS FOR
ALL APPLICABLE AGENCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEERING INSPECTOR (FORT
COLLINS - 221-6605) AND THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS EROSION CONTROL INSPECTOR (FORT
COLLINS -- 221-6700) AT LEAST 2 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY EARTH
DISTURBING ACTIVITY, OR CONSTRUCTION ON ANY AND ALL PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS. IF THE
CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER IS NOT AVAILABLE AFTER PROPER NOTICE OF
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE CONTRACTOR MAY COMMENCE WORK
IN THE ENGINEER ABSENCE. HOWEVER, THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS RESERVES THE RIGHT
NOT TO ACCEPT THE IMPROVEMENT IF SUBSEQUENT TESTING REVEALS AN IMPROPER
INSTALLATION.
24. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING SOILS TESTS WITHIN THE PUBLIC
RIGHT-OF-WAY AFTER RIGHT OF WAY GRADING AND ALL UTILITY TRENCH WORK IS
COMPLETE AND PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT. IF
THE FINAL SOILS/PAVEMENT DESIGN REPORT DOES NOT CORRESPOND WITH THE RESULTS
OF THE ORIGINAL GEOTECHNICAL REPORT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
A RE-DESIGN OF THE SUBJECT PAVEMENT SECTION OR, THE CONTRACTOR MAY USE THE
CITY OF FORT COLLINS'S DEFAULT PAVEMENT THICKNESS SECTION(S). REGARDLESS OF THE
OPTION USED, ALL FINAL SOILS/PAVEMENT DESIGN REPORTS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A
LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE
INSPECTOR A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF BASE AND ASPHALT.
PLACEMENT OF CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK, BASE AND ASPHALT SHALL NOT OCCUR UNTIL
THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER APPROVES THE FINAL REPORT.
25. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A LICENSED ENGINEER OR LAND SURVEYOR TO SURVEY THE
CONSTRUCTED ELEVATIONS OF THE STREET SUBGRADE AND THE GUTTER FLOWLINE AT ALL
INTERSECTIONS, INLETS, AND OTHER LOCATIONS REQUESTED BY THE CITY OF FORT
COLLINS INSPECTOR. THE ENGINEER OR SURVEYOR MUST CERTIFY IN A LETTER TO THE
CITY OF FORT COLLINS THAT THESE ELEVATIONS CONFORM TO THE APPROVED PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DEVIATIONS SHALL BE NOTED IN THE LETTER AND THEN RESOLVED
WITH THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF BASE COURSE OR ASPHALT
WILL BE ALLOWED ON THE STREETS.
26. ALL UTILITY INSTALLATIONS WITHIN OR ACROSS THE ROADBED OF NEW RESIDENTIAL ROADS
MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE FINAL STAGES OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION. FOR THE
PURPOSES OF THESE STANDARDS, ANY WORK EXCEPT C/G ABOVE THE SUBGRADE IS
CONSIDERED FINAL STAGE WORK. ALL SERVICE LINES MUST BE STUBBED TO THE PROPERTY
LINES AND MARKED SO AS TO REDUCE THE EXCAVATION NECESSARY FOR BUILDING
CONNECTIONS.
29. PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
CONTACT THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS FORESTER TO SCHEDULE A SITE INSPECTION FOR
ANY TREE REMOVAL REQUIRING A PERMIT.
30. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASPECTS OF SAFETY INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, SHORING, TRAFFIC CONTROL, AND SECURITY.
REFER TO OSHA PUBLICATION 2226, EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING.
31. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MUTCD, TO THE APPROPRIATE RIGHT-OF-WAY AUTHORITY. (CITY OF
FORT COLLINS, COUNTY OR STATE), FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES WITHIN, OR AFFECTING, THE RIGHT-OF-WAY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY AND ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AS MAY BE
REQUIRED BY THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.
32. PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL AFFECT TRAFFIC SIGNS
OF ANY TYPE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF FORT COLLINS TRAFFIC
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT, WHO WILL TEMPORARILY REMOVE OR RELOCATE THE SIGN AT
NO COST TO THE CONTRACTOR; HOWEVER, IF THE CONTRACTOR MOVES THE TRAFFIC SIGN
THEN THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE CHARGED FOR THE LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
TO REINSTALL THE SIGN AS NEEDED.
34. THERE SHALL BE NO SITE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON SATURDAYS, UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER, AND NO SITE
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON SUNDAYS OR HOLIDAYS, UNLESS THERE IS PRIOR WRITTEN
APPROVAL BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS.
35. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS
NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE INTENDED IMPROVEMENTS, SHOWN ON THESE
DRAWINGS, OR DESIGNATED TO BE PROVIDED, INSTALLED, OR CONSTRUCTED, UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.
36. DIMENSIONS FOR LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT TO BE SCALED FROM ANY
DRAWING. IF PERTINENT DIMENSIONS ARE NOT SHOWN, CONTACT THE DESIGNER FOR
CLARIFICATION, AND ANNOTATE THE DIMENSION ON THE AS-BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS.
37. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE, ONSITE AT ALL TIMES, ONE (1) SIGNED COPY OF THE
APPROVED PLANS, ONE (1) COPY OF THE APPROPRIATE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS,
AND A COPY OF ANY PERMITS AND EXTENSION AGREEMENTS NEEDED FOR THE JOB.
38. IF, DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD
INDICATE A SITUATION THAT IS NOT IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE DESIGNER AND THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER
IMMEDIATELY.
39. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECORDING AS-BUILT INFORMATION ON A
SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS KEPT ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE, AND AVAILABLE TO THE
CITY OF FORT COLLINS'S INSPECTOR AT ALL TIMES. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE
CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL SUBMIT RECORD DRAWINGS TO THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS
ENGINEER.
42. DAMAGED CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK EXISTING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, AS WELL AS
EXISTING FENCES, TREES, STREETS, SIDEWALKS, CURBS AND GUTTERS, LANDSCAPING,
STRUCTURES, AND IMPROVEMENTS DESTROYED, DAMAGED OR REMOVED DUE TO
CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT, SHALL BE REPLACED OR RESTORED IN LIKE KIND AT THE
CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THESE PLANS, PRIOR TO THE
ACCEPTANCE OF COMPLETED IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE
FIRST CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.
43. WHEN AN EXISTING ASPHALT STREET MUST BE CUT, THE STREET MUST BE RESTORED TO A
CONDITION EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. THE EXISTING STREET
CONDITION SHALL BE DOCUMENTED BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONSTRUCTION
INSPECTOR BEFORE ANY CUTS ARE MADE. PATCHING SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS STREET REPAIR STANDARDS. THE FINISHED PATCH SHALL
BLEND IN SMOOTHLY INTO THE EXISTING SURFACE. ALL LARGE PATCHES SHALL BE PAVED
WITH AN ASPHALT LAY-DOWN MACHINE. IN STREETS WHERE MORE THAN ONE CUT IS MADE,
AN OVERLAY OF THE ENTIRE STREET WIDTH, INCLUDING THE PATCHED AREA, MAY BE
REQUIRED. THE DETERMINATION OF NEED FOR A COMPLETE OVERLAY SHALL BE MADE BY
THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEER AND/OR THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS INSPECTOR AT
THE TIME THE CUTS ARE MADE.
44. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, THE SITE SHALL BE CLEANED AND RESTORED TO A
CONDITION EQUAL TO, OR BETTER THAN, THAT WHICH EXISTED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION, OR
TO THE GRADES AND CONDITION AS REQUIRED BY THESE PLANS.
45. STANDARD HANDICAP RAMPS ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT ALL CURB RETURNS AND AT ALL
"T" INTERSECTIONS.
46. AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS, PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS DEPICTED IN
THESE PLANS SHALL BE GUARANTEED TO BE FREE FROM MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
DEFECTS FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE.
GENERAL NOTES:
7853 E. ARAPAHOE COURT
SUITE 2500
CENTENNIAL, CO 80112
PHONE: 303-841-9365
FAX: 303-648-5212
X:\00 KDG PROJECTS\K12007 FC Bryan Ave Bridge\20 DWG\20130822 BID SET DOCS FROM SUBS\Road&Civil-Roth\Construction\C1 NOTES-rev1.dwg, 9/4/2013 2:55:53 PM, DWG To PDF.pc3
contracting agency to provide a contractual preference for the
use of mineral resource materials native to the Appalachian
region.
6. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1
through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work
which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work.
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it
knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is
responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended,
debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered
transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as
the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded
Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is
compiled by the General Services Administration.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to
require establishment of a system of records in order to render
in good faith the certification required by this clause. The
knowledge and information of participant is not required to
exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person
in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of
these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a
person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to
other remedies available to the Federal Government, the
department or agency with which this transaction originated
may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or
debarment.
* * * * *
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,
Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier
Participants:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by
submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is
presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment,
declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in
covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to
certify to any of the statements in this certification, such
prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this
proposal.
* * * * *
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT
FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed
$100,000 (49 CFR 20).
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and
submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be
paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of
any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of
tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier
covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it
knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is
responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended,
debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered
transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as
the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded
Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is
compiled by the General Services Administration.
i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to
require the establishment of a system of records in order to
render in good faith the certification required by this clause.
The knowledge and information of the prospective participant
is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by
a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of
these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a
person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to
other remedies available to the Federal Government, the
department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause
or default.
* * * * *
2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,
Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion – First Tier
Participants:
a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of
its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
(1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for
debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participating in covered transactions by any Federal
department or agency;
(2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this
proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered
against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in
connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing
a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under
a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust
statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery,
bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or
civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or
local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in
paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and
(4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this
application/proposal had one or more public transactions
(Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United
States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a
person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any
false statement, false representation, or false report as to the
character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to
be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to
be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the
submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs
of construction on any highway or related project submitted for
approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false
representation, false report or false claim with respect to the
character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to
be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in
connection with the construction of any highway or related
project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false
representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate,
or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid
Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended
and supplemented;
Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5
years or both."
IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts.
By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this
contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer,
Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as
appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows:
1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the
performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an
award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act
or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act.
2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be
included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in
every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as
the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing
such requirements.
X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT,
SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts, lower-tier
subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant
contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA
designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be
performed by subcontract and the amount of any such
specialty items performed may be deducted from the total
original contract price before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the contractor's own organization
(23 CFR 635.116).
a. The term “perform work with its own organization” refers
to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and
equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or
without operators. Such term does not include employees or
equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor,
agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The
term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased
employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant
Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased
employees may only be included in this term if the prime
contractor meets all of the following conditions:
(1) the prime contractor maintains control over the
supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased
employees;
(2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality
of the work of the leased employees;
(3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or
exclude individual employees from work on the project; and
(4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for
the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the
submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all
other Federal regulatory requirements.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work
that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or
equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting
organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the
contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor
components of the overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth
in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of
material and manufactured products which are to be
purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract
provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent
or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to
direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract
requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations
(regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its
own organizational resources (supervision, management, and
engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is
necessary to assure the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or
otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the
contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such
consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the
contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the
contract. Written consent will be given only after the
contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is
contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part
3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert
Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the
subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor
with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the
contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination
of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a
subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act
requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-
Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5
are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising
out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not
be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such
disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and
7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes
between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the
contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the
employees or their representatives.
10. Certification of eligibility.
a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that
neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an
interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to
be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of
the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person
or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue
of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the
U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY
STANDARDS ACT
The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction
contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the
overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to
the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As
guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required
records upon request or to make such records available may
be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
4. Apprentices and trainees
a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL).
Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the
predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are
employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of
Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of
Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with
a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a
person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship
program, who is not individually registered in the program, but
who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship
Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State
Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for
probationary employment as an apprentice.
The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job
site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio
permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under
the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an
apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise
employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the
classification of work actually performed. In addition, any
apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the
ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination
for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is
performing construction on a project in a locality other than
that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage
rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly
rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered
program shall be observed.
Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate
specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of
progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly
rate specified in the applicable wage determination.
Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with
the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the
apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits,
apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits
listed on the wage determination for the applicable
classification. If the Administrator determines that a different
practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification,
fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination.
In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer
and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency
recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an
apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be
permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable
Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from
the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal
contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-
assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage
requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so
much of the accrued payments or advances as may be
considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics,
including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the
contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages
required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any
laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or
helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part
of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency
may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations
have ceased.
3. Payrolls and basic records
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and
preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers
and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records
shall contain the name, address, and social security number of
each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates
of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents
thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the
Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked,
deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that
the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of
any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a
plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-
Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show
that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable,
that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the
plan or program has been communicated in writing to the
laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the
costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such
benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under
approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of
trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and
trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the
applicable programs.
b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in
which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to
the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out
accurately and completely all of the information required to be
maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social
security numbers and home addresses shall not be included
on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to
include an individually identifying number for each employee (
e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security
number). The required weekly payroll information may be
submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH–347 is
available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division
Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm
1273 format and FHWA program requirements.
1. Minimum wages
a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon
the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less
often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or
rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are
permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor
under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of
wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents
thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less
than those contained in the wage determination of the
Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part
hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may
be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers
and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona
fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon
Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages
paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions
of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions
made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not
less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs
which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be
constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate
wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for
the classification of work actually performed, without regard to
skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or
mechanics performing work in more than one classification
may be compensated at the rate specified for each
classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided,
That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the
time spent in each classification in which work is performed.
The wage determination (including any additional classification
and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this
section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH–1321) shall be
posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at
the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where
it can be easily seen by the workers.
b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of
laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in
the wage determination and which is to be employed under the
contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage
determination. The contracting officer shall approve an
additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits
therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(i) The work to be performed by the classification
requested is not performed by a classification in the wage
determination; and
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor
with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth
in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will,
through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment
vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified
and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union
to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to
provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective
bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the
requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral
practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations
pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these
special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the
contracting agency.
8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants /
Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar
with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there
under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in
all employment activities unless to do so would cause an
undue hardship.
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials
and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not
discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention
of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and
leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary
and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the
administration of this contract.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and
suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this
contract.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure
subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b):
a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State
DOT’s U.S. DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by
reference.
b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the
performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out
applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and
administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the
contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach
of this contract, which may result in the termination of this
contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency
deems appropriate.
11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such
records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO
requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of
three years following the date of the final payment to the
contractor for all contract work and shall be available at
reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA.
applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to
implement such policy will be brought to the attention of
employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or
other appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the
contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the
notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such
advertisements will be placed in publications having a large
circulation among minorities and women in the area from
which the project work force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid
bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral
sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To
meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of
potential minority group employees, and establish with such
identified sources procedures whereby minority and women
applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment
consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining
agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the
contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that
agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's
compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where
implementation of such an agreement has the effect of
discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the
contractor to do the same, such implementation violates
Federal nondiscrimination provisions.
c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to
refer minorities and women as applicants for employment.
Information and procedures with regard to referring such
applicants will be discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and
employee benefits shall be established and administered, and
personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading,
promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be
taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be
followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project
sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities
do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site
personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of
wages paid within each classification to determine any
evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel
actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of
discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will
promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the
discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such
corrective action shall include all affected persons.
Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for
withholding of progress payments, withholding of final
payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment
or any other action determined to be appropriate by the
contracting agency and FHWA.
4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract,
the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose
within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid
highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on
parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid
highway does not include roadways functionally classified as
local roads or rural minor collectors.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are
applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The
provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material
supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts.
In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply
with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60,
29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related
regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR
Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the
requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-
1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000,
the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity
Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3.
Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to
determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the
policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29
CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have
the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with
Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR
Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix
A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S.
Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment
opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take
affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth
under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35,
29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27)
and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the
Standard Plan S-630-1.
4 RS 24 only.
5 White only.
♦ New signs and devices shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting. Existing signs and devices manufactured with Type III sheeting
may be used on projects advertised prior to January 1, 2014. Signs and devices used on projects advertised on or after January 1, 2014
shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
HRI I = - $1.28
(c) Corrective Work.
The Department will analyze the SA testing for acceptance and indicate areas requiring corrective work in
accordance with subsection 105.07(b). Corrective work shall be proposed in writing by the Contractor.
Corrective work shall not be performed until approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not
perform any corrective work on the final layer until after the Engineer returns the results of the Initial
Smoothness Acceptance testing and after the Department’s Smoothness Verification testing, if performed.
The Contractor shall perform corrective work in the areas indicated by the SA testing.
Corrective work on lower layers shall be at the Contractor’s discretion.
The Contractor shall profile the roadway to verify the required corrective work has been completed.
If the Contractor elects to perform corrective work prior to the completion of initial SA testing, the entire 0.10
mile section, or fraction thereof, will not be eligible for incentive payment, but will be eligible for disincentive.
The Engineer will not modify the limits of the 0.10 mile sections to group corrective work areas in an effort to
reduce the number of sections impacted by this decision.
The Contractor may elect to perform additional corrective work to reduce or eliminate the disincentive
payment for each 0.1 mile section or fraction thereof after the initial SA testing and the Department’s
verification testing.